HomeMy WebLinkAboutCASCADE VILLAGE WESTHAVEN COMMON ARCHITECTS SPECS 1 LEGALCr"scactr<- vi\\ot1 e
N-c<o.A
be-$$ncr.v€,{\ tpndoS
A.N.\e(^s Sgec5 br &nS\ct''c\lcn
Specifications
100o/o CD Set
FOR CONSTRUCTION
September 1,2005
Town of Vail
OFFICE COPY
os'ozff
#3
"lw,Ll.$T-).W
I
'ESTHAVEN
C'ND'MINTMS
Vail, ColoradoI
100 % CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
J TABLEOFCONTENTS
It sEcr.No. sECTroNTrrLE
I DIVISIONI -GENERALREQUIREMENTSI
OI1OO SUMMARYr 3Ui3 L?H^ff$f,'rroNs
OI23O ALTERNATES
I 012s0 coNTRACT MoDrFrcATIoN pRocEDURES
I OI27O TINIT PRICES01290 PAYMENTPROCEDURES
I 01310 PR0JECTMANAGEMENTAND cooRDrNATIoNT OI32O CoNSTRUCTIoNPRoGRESS DoCUMENTATIoNOI33O SUBMITTALPROCEDURES
I 01400 QUALTTY REQUTREMENTS
I 01420 REPERENCES
OI5OO TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
I 01600 PRODUCT REeUIREMENTS
| 01700 EXECUTTON RXQUTREMENTSOI73I CUTTING AND PATCHINGOI77O CLOSEOUTPROCEDURES
I
- DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTIONII 0222r BUILDTNGDEMoLTTIoN02223 SITE CLEARING
r 02300 EARTI{WORK02370 EROSION AND SEDMENTATION CONTROLI ffi13 stffil.Pfffi"H8ilI 02580 ELECTRIC, coMMLT"NIcATIoN& cAS sysrEMs02630 STORM DRAINAGE
I oz72o uNBouNDBASECouRSEI 02740 FLEXBLE PAVEMENT02750 RIGID PAVEMENT
I 02810 LANDSCAPETRRTGATTONI O29OO LANDSCAPEPLANTING02970 LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE
DryISION3 -CONCRETE
O33OO CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
t TABLE'F.'NTENT'
I
I
I
TOC- I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
04860 STONE VENEERASSEMBLIES
DIVISION 5 -METALS
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS
06100
06150
06401
06402
STRUCTURAL STEEL
STEEL DECK
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING
METAL FABRICATIONS
METAL STAIRS
GRATINGS
ORNAMENTALMETAL
ORNAMENTALRAILINGS
ROUGH CARPENTRY
WOODDECKING
EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
SELF-ADI{ERING SHEET WATERPROOFING
COLD FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING
HOT FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING
BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING
BUILDING INSULATION
METALROOFPANELS
FIBERCEMENT SIDING
ST{EET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
ROOF ACCESSORIES
SPRAYED FIRE-RESIS TIVE MATERTALS
THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS
JOINT SEALANTS
100 % CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
05120
05310
05400
05500
0551 I
05530
05700
05721
DIVISION 7 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
0713r
07141
07142
07160
07210
07411
07460
07620
07720
0781 I
0784r
07920
DTVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
081l0
0821 I
082r2
08300
08311
08361
0841I
TABLE OF CONTENTS
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
FLUSHWOODDOORS
STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS
SMOKE CONTAINMENT SYSTEM
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES
SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
TOC- 2
x WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100 % CD: September2005
_. Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS (continued)
I 08550 ALUMINUM CLADWOODWINDOWSI 3il11 ifigttr#H33i.."'rNc
'YSTEM08814 MIRRORED GLASS
r 08817 FrRE RATED GLASS
I DIVISION9-FIMSHESI
09220 PoRTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO)
I ogz6o cYPSUM BoARD ASSEMBLTESI 09265 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT-WALL ASSEMBLIES
O93IO CERAMIC TILE
I 09385 DMENSToN sroNETrLE
I 09640 WOOD FLOORTNG
09680 CARPET
I 09800 pArNTrNc (spEctALTy WALL FrNrsH)
I 09912 PATNTTNG
09931 EXTERIORWOOD STAINS
09950 WALL COVERINGS
I
I DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
II,
IO3OO PREMANUFACTURED MASONRY FIREPLACES
I 10431 srGNS
r, 10520 FIRE-PROTECTION SPECIALTIESIO55O POSTAL SPECIALTIESIO8OI TOILETAND BATHACCESSORIES
T
I DTvISIoN ll - EeuTPMENTI
II45I RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCESI
I
- DTVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS
I 12356 KITCTIENCASEWORK
I DIVTSTON 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
I39I5 FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPINGII
T TABLEOF..NTENTS
I
TOC- 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS
14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
DTVISION 15 _ MECHANCIAL SPECIFICATIONS
15010
15060
t507r
15082
15083
15100
15140
15160
15181
15t94
15410
15763
t577?'
15815
15820
15900
DTVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
16010
16060
16073
16t20
16130
16140
r6145
16231
t64to
r6441
t6M2
1651 I
r6521
16721
16750
MECHANCIAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND CONTROLS
PLUMBING INSULATION
HVAC INSULATION
BASIC MATERIAL AND METHOD
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
STORM DRAINAGE PIPING
HYDRONICPIPING
FUEL GAS PIPING
PLUMBINGFXTURES
FAN-COILUNITS
RADIANT HEAT PIPII{G
METALDUCTS
DUCT ACCESSORIES
CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION
100 % CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
GROTINDING AND BONDING
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FORELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
RACEWAYS AND BOXES
W]RINGDEVICES
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR
ENCLOSED SWITCTIES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
SWITCHBOARDS
PANELBOARDS
INTERIOR LIGHTING
EXTERIORLIGHTING
FIREALARM
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC- 4
WESTT{AVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
APPENDX A MISCELLANEOUS INTERIOR TRIM
APPENDIX B TILE SPECIFICATIONS
APPENDIX C RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES
APPENDX D PLUMBING FIXTURES
APPENDIX E PUBLIC AREA FINISHES
100 % CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC- 5
A,
B.
C.
D.
B,
t.1
1.2
1.3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION 011OO. SUMMARY
PART 1-GENERAL
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Project ldentification: Project consists ofnew 13 unit apartment building w/ parking garage on
the lowest level constructed of steel frame on concrete foundations.
1. Proj ect Location: 1325 Westhaven Drive, Special Development District #4, Cascade
Village, Vail, Colorado
2. Owner: Mirus, LLC. PO Box72'70, Avon, Colorado
Architect ldentification: The Conhact Documents, dated <to be determined>, were prepared for
Project by Morter Architects, Vail, Colorado.
The Work consists of but is not limited to the following:
l. The Work includes demolition and removal of the existing concrete foundation on the
site, relocating and providing new utilities for the project, new concrete foundations, new
steel framed tlree and four story building elements over a concrete and steel parking
garage level, 2 elevators, 13 finished residential apartments with heating and air-
conditioning provided to all units.
Proj ect will be constructed under a general construction contract.
USE OF PREMISES
General: Contraclor shall have full use of premises for construction operations, including use of
Project site, during construction period. Contractor's use of premises is limited only by Ownet's
right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions ofProject.
SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CO}N/ENTIONS
Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the
l6-division format and CSVCSC's "MasterFormat" numbering system.
Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and
the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations.
These conventions are as follows:
l. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract
Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate.
Words implied, but not stated, shall be infened as the sense requires. Singular words
shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where
applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates.
SUMMARY 01100 - I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
t
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications.
Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor.
Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for
clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by
others when so noted.
a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context,
are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION OIlOO
SUMMARY 01100 - 2
I *E'TIIAVENC'NDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
T
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SECTION 01140 - WORK RESTRICTIONSI
- PART l -GENERAL
I
' I.1 USE OF PREMISES
I A. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of site
t beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.
I 1. Limits: Confine constructions operations to staging and work areas approved by the
I Town of Vail and allowed by agreement with the Cascade Development.2. Owner Occupancy: Do not allow for Owner occupancy ofsite.
I 3. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and
I available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use
these areas for parking or storage of materials.
I a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances.I
I
I
4. Roadways and paths: Use and obstruction ofpublic roadways and recreation paths shall
be as approved by the Town of Vail. Keep roadways and recreation paths adjacent to
premises clear and available to public, and emergency vehicles at all times.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
I PART 3 - EXECUTToN (Not used)
I END oF sECrroN oll4o
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
WoRKRESTRICTIoNS 01140 - I
A.
B.
C.
l.l
1.2
LJ
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
T
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION OI25O - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
MINORCHANGES IN THE WORK
Architect will issue supplemental instructions
involving adjushnent to the Contract Sum or
"Architect's Supplemental Instructions. "
l00Yo CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not
the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710,
SUMMARY
This Section specifies adminishative and procedural requirements for handling and processing
Contract modifi cations.
See Division I Section "Allowances" for procedural requirements for handling and processing
allowances.
See Division I Section "Unit Prices" for administrative requirements for using unit prices.
PROPOSAL REQUESTS
Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed
changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If
necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.
L Proposal Requests issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider them
instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.
2. Within 7 days after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost
adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change.
a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with
total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, firmish survey data
to substanti ate quantities.
b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade
discounts.c. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of
the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and
frnish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting
an extension of the Contract Time.
Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the
Conhact, Confractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change.
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250 - I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
L.
I
100% CD: September 2005 I
FORCONSTRUCTION
lnclude a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect ofthe change on the
Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the
proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.
Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total
amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, fumish survey data to
substantiate quantities.
Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade
discounts.
Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the
change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times,
and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the
Contract Time.
Comply with requirements in Division I Section "Product Requirements" if &e proposed
change requires substifution ofone product or system for product or system specified.
Proposal Request Form: Use AIA Document G709.
ALLOWANCES
Allowance Adjushnent: To adjust allowance amounts, base each Change Order proposal on the
difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final measurement of
work-in-place. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances,
mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar margins.
l. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the Iallowance.
2. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate dishibution of
overhead costs and other margins claimed.
3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of work, if any, claimed in Change Orders
related to unit-cost allowances.
4. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work-in-place by independent
quantity survey, measure, or count.
Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nafure of the allowance
described in the Contract Documents, whether for the Purchase Order amount or Contractor's
handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. Submit claims within 14 days of receipt of
the Change Order or Construction Change Directive authorizing work to proceed. Owner will
reject claims submitted later than 14 days after such authorization.
l. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost
amount unless it is clearly shown that the nahue or extent of work has changed from what
could have been foreseen from information in the Contract Documents.
2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower-
priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated.
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures
of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
L
A
5.
A.
t.4
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
B.
A.
1.5
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250 -2
I
I WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100o/oCD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I 1.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
t A. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA
I Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change
rn the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
I 1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. Itt also designates -.ihod to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the
Contract Time.
t B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the
Construction Chanse Directive.
I l. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to
substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Conhact.
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
! PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
I ENDOFSECTIONOl25O
r
!
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONTRACT MODTFTCATTON PROCEDURES 01250 - 3
A.
B.
1.1
t.2
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION OI29O - PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART I - GENERAL
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
SUMMARY
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and
process Applications for Payment.
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
l. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required adminishative forms
and schedules, including Submittals Schedule and Application for Payment forms with
Continuation Sheets.2. Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than
seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.3. Subschedules: Where the Work is separated into phases requiring separately phased
payments, provide subschedules showing values conelated with each phase of payment.
Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items
for the Schedule ofValues. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section.
1. Identification: lnclude the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values:
a. Proj ect name and location.b. Name ofArchitect.
c. Architect's project number.
d. Contractor's name and address.e. Date of submittal.
2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the
following for each item listed:
a. Related Specification Section or Division.
b. Description of the Work.c. Name of subcontractor.
d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator.e. Name of supplier.
f. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value.g. Dollar value.
l) Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted
to total 100 percent.
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
A,
B.
C.
D.
E.
t.J
l00Y' CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
3. Provide a breakdown of the Conhact Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued
evaluation of Applications for Payrnent and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project
Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subconhact amounts,
where appropriate.
4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum.
5. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where
Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated
and stored, but not yet installed.
6. Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each
subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work.
7 . Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each allowance.
Show line-item value of unit-cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by
measured quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine
quantities.
8. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete.
Include total cost and proportionate share ofgeneral overhead and profit for each item.
a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual
work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of
Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option.
9. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next
Applications for Payment when Change O'rders or Construction Change Directives result
in a change in the Contract Sum.
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
Each Application for Pal.rnent shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as
certified by Architect and paid for by Owner.
l. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial
Completion, and final Application for Payrnent involve additional requirements.
Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in tbe Agreement
between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered by each Application
for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.
Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is the 15th day of each
month. The period covered by each Application for Payment starts on the day following the
end of the preceding period and ends 15 days before the date for each progress payment.
Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 Continuation
Sheets as form for Applications for Payment.
Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person
authorized to sigr legal documents on behalf of Conhactor. Architect will retum incomplete
applications without action.
1 . Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction
Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 0t290 -2
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last
day of construction period covered by application.
F. Transmittal: Submit 3 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to
Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien
and similar attachments if required.
1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate
information about appl ication.
G. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's
lien from every entify who is lawfirlly entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the
Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment.
l. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after
deduction for retainage, on each item.2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers.
3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit
walvers.
4. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by final waivers liom every entity
involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully
entitled to a lien.
H. Initial Application for Pa)rrnent: Adminishative actions and submittals that must precede or
coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:
1 List of subcontractors.
2. Schedule of Values.
3. ConhactoCs Construction Schedule (preliminary if not frnal).
4. Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final).
5. List of Contractor's staff assignments.
6. Copies of building permits.
7. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for
performance of the Work.
8. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
9. Performance and payment bonds.
10. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance.
L Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certifrcate of Substantial
Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of
the Work claimed as substantially complete.
1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a
statement sho'irring an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued
previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
J. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Pa)rynent with releases and supporting
documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the
following:
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 -3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
100% CD: September 2005 I
FORCONSTRUCTION I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l.
2.
Evidence of completion ofProject closeout requirements.
lnsurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof
that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.
Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.
AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims."
AIA Document G706A. "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens."
AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment."
Evidence that claims have been settled.
Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of
date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed
responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work-
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION OI29O
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 4
B,
C.
C.
1.1
t.2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
WESTTIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION O13IO - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART I -GENERAL
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on
Project including, but not limited to, the following:
L General Project coordination procedures.
2. CoordinationDrawines.
3. Project meetings.
See Division I Section "Summary of Multiple Contracts" for a description of the division of
Work among separate contracts and responsibility for coordination activities not in this Section.
See Division I Section "Execution Requirements " for procedures for coordinatin g general
installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control
points.
COORDINATION
Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of tle
Specifrcations to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate
construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper
installation, connection, and operation.
l. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where
installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before
or after its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure
maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.3. Make adequate pro\.isions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
If necessary, prepare memoranda for distrjbution to each party involved, outlining special
procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of
attendees at meetings.
L Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their
Work is required.
Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required adminishative
procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts
and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such adminishative activities include, but are not
limited to, the following:
l. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 0t310 - I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September200, I
FoRCoNsrRUCrroN
I
1.3
2.
J.
^
5.
6.
7.
Preparation of the Schedule of Values.
Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
Delivery and processing of submittals.
Progress meetings.
Preinstallation conferences.
Proi ect closeout activities.
SUBMITTALS
Coordination Drawings: Prepare Coordination Drawings if limited space availability
necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components or if
coordination is required for installation ofproducts and materials fabricated by separate entities.
l. Indicate relationship of components shown on separate Shop Drawings.
2. lndicate required installation sequences.
3. See Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for specific
Coordination Drawing requirements for mechanical installations.
4. See Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for specific
Coordination Drawing requirements for electrical installations.
PROJECT MEETINGS
General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise
indicated
l. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is
required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled
meeting dates and times.
2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Dishibute the agenda to all invited attendees.
3. Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Diskibute the
meeting minutes to everyone concemed, including Owner and Architect, within 7 days of
the meeting.
Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconshuction conference before starting
construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after
execution of the Agreement. Hold the conference at Project site or another convenient location.
Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments.
l. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants;
Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; manufacfurers; suppliers; and
other concemed parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference
shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the
followine:
Tentative construction schedule.
Phasing.
Critical work sequencing.
Desigration of responsible personnel.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
II
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t.4
B.
a.
b.
d.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 2
g
h.
i.
j.
k.
Il.
m,
n.
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
Distribution of the Contract Documents.
Submittal procedures.
Preparation of Record Documents.
Use of the premises.
Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.
Parking availability.
Office, work, and storage areas.
Equipment deliveries and priorities.
o. First aid.
p. Security.q. Progress cleaning.r. Working hours.
C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each
construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.
1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacfurers and fabricators involved in or
affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and
installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect
of scheduled meeting dates.2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the
particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:
a. Conhact Documents.
b. Options.c. Related Change Orders.d. Purchases.
e. Deliveries.
f. Submittals.
E. Review of mockups.
h. Possible conflicts.i. Compatibility problems.j. Time schedules.
k. Weatherlimitations.
l. Manufacturer'swrittenrecommendations.
m. Wanantyrequitements.
n. Compatibility of materials.o. Acceptability of substrates.p. Temporary facilities and controls.q. Space and access limitations.
r. Regulationsofauthoritieshavingjurisdiction.
s. Testing and inspecting requirements.t. Required performance results.u. Protection of construction and personnel.
3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements.4. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded.
Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the
Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.
I
I
t
I
I
I PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at bi-weekly intervals. Coordinate dates of
meetings with preparation of payrnent requests.
1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor,
subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in
planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these
meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized
to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review
other items of significance that could affect progress. lnclude topics for discussion as
appropriate to status of Project.
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.
Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule,
in relation to Contractor's Conskuction Schedule. Determine how construction
behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to
do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and
subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:
Interface requirements.
Sequence of operations.
Status of submittals.
Deliveries.
Off-site fabrication.
Access.
Site utilization.
Temporary facilities and controls.
Work hours.
Hazards and risks.
Progress cleaning.
Quality and work standards.
Change Orders.
Documentation of information for payment requests.
3. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who
should have been present. hrclude a brief summary, in narrative form, of progress since
the previous meeting and report.
a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress
meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recogrized. Issue
revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION Ol3IO
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
r),\
3)
4)
5)
6)
1)
8)
e)
10)
tl)
12)
13)
r4)
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 4
. WESTHAVENCONDOMINruMS
Vail, ColoradoI
SECTION OI32O - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
I
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
PART I - GENERAL
! 1.1 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes adminishative and procedural requirements for documenting the progressI of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:
I l. Contractor's Construction Schedule.
ll 2. Submittals Schedule.
3. Daily construction reports.
;1 1 Field condition reports.
f 5. Constructionphotographs.
B. See Division I Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting the Schedule of Values.
t C. See Division I Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting photographic or digital images as
Project Record Documents at Project closeout.
I
1,2 DEFINITIONS
I A. Critical Path: The longest continuous chain of activities through the network schedule that
establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.
I B. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.
r L Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a
t i:il1i,:H[t"nrJ#5J#i*'#Hn"x"Hll* to both parties as needed to meet
I C. Major Area: A story of construction, a separate building, or a similar significant constructionI element.
I 1.3 SUBMTTTALS
I A. Submittals Schedule: Submit three copies of schedule. Arrange the following information in a
I tabular format:
1. Scheduleddateforfirstsubmittal.
I 2. Specification Section number and title.I 3. Submittal category (action or informational).4. Name of subcontractor.
I 5. Description of the Work covered.
I 6. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval.
I
I
CONSTRUCTTON PROGRESS DOCUMENTATTON 01320 - I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS fi}o/o CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit three printed copies of initial schedule, one a
reproducible print and one a blue- or black-line print, large enough to show entire schedule for
entire construction period.
C. Construction Photographs: Submit two prints of each photographic view within seven days of
taking photographs.
1. Format: 8-by-I0-inch (203-by-254-mm) smooth-surface matte prints on single-weight
commercial-grade stock, enclosed back to back in clear plastic sleeves that are punched
for standard 3-ring binder.
2. Identification: On back of each print, provide an applied label or rubber-stamped
impression with the following:
a. Name ofProject.
b. Name and address ofphotographer.
c. Name of Architect.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Date photograph was taken.
f. Description ofvantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and
elevation or story of construction.
3. Negatives or digital files: Submit a complete set of photographic negatives in protective
envelopes or digital files as a Project Record Document. Identify date photographs were
taken.
Daily Construction Reports: Submit three copies at monthly intervals.
Field Condition Reports: Submit three copies at time of discovery of differing conditions.
COORDINATION
Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of
construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors.
Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of
subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required
schedules and reports.
1. Secure time corrmitments for performing critical elements of t}le Work ftom parties
involved.
2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule
them in proper sequenc€.
1.4
D.
E.
A.
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
tCONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 -2
2.
B.
C.
D.
E.
1.6
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
PRODUCTS
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
1.5 SUBMITTALSSCHEDULE
A. Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required
by construction schedule. lnclude time required for review, resubmittal, ordering,
manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates.
l.Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values, and
Conhactor's Conskuction Schedule.
Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's Construction
Schedule.
CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt-chart-0/pe,
Contractor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established for commencement of the
Work. Base schedule on the Preliminary Construction Schedule and whatever updating and
feedback was received since the start ofProject.
Preparation: lndicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of
each week with a continuous vertical line.
1. For construction activities that require 3 months or longer to complete, indicate an
estimated completion percentage in l0 percent increments within time bar.
Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for commencement of the Work to date of
Substantial Completion.
L Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission ofa schedule that shows an
early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.
Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal
element of the Work. Comply with the following:
1. Procurement Activities: lnclude procurement process activities for long lead items and
major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule.
Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals,
purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.2. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmiftal times indicated in Division I
Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittat review times in
Contractor's Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule.3. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for
Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedues
necessary for cedification of Substantial Completion.
Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and
as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 -3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005 I
FORCONSTRUCTION t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
1.7
1 Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract.
2. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by
Owner.
3 . Work Restrictions: Show the effect on the schedule of the following:
a. Coordination with existing construction.
b. Limitations of continued occupancies.
c. Unintemrptibleservices.
d. Use of premises restrictions.
e. Provisions for fufure construction.
f. Seasonal variations.
C. Environmentalcontrol.
4. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each maj or portion of the
Work.
F. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but
not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion.
G. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its
submission, prepare a time-impact analysis to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on
the overall project schedule.
REPORTS
Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording events at Project site,
including the following:
1. List of subcontractors.
2. High and low temperatur€s and general weather conditions.
3. Accidents.
4. Stoppages, delays, shortages, andlosses,
5. Meter readings and similar recordings.
6. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.
7. Services connected and disconnected.
8. Equipmetit or system t€sts and startups.
Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field condifions
and the Contract Documents, prepare a detailed report, Submit with a request for information
on CSI Form 13.24. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with
recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 4
B.
A.
B.
C.
D.
2.1
2.2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
PART2 . EXECUTION
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
Conhactor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monttrly intervals, update schedule to reflect
acfual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly
scheduled progress meeting.
L Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have
been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report ofeach
such meeting.2. htclude a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not
limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.3. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity.
Distribution: Dishibute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate conlractors,
testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know
schedule responsibility.
l Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the
same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned
portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.
CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
Photographer: Engage a qualified commercial photographer to take construction photographs.
Photographic Film: Medium-format, 2-ll4by 2-3/4 inches (60 by 70 mm).
Date Stamp: Unless otherwise indicated, date and time stamp each photogaph as it is being
taken so stamp is integral to photograph.
Periodic Construction Photographs: Take color photographs monthlS coinciding with cutoff
date associated with each Application for Payment. Photographer shall select vantage poinls to
best show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken,
l. Fielct Office Prints: Retain one set of prints of periodic photographs in field office at
Project site, available at all times for reference. Identify photographs the same as for
those submitted to Architect.
END OF SECTION OI32O
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 5
B.
1.1
1.2
1.3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION O 1330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART I -GENERAL
c.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other miscellaneous submittals.
See Division I Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and
reports, including Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule and
construction photographs.
See Division I Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports and
Delegated-Desigr Submittals and for erecting mockups.
See Division I Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties Project Record
Documents and operation and maintenance manuals.
DEFINITIONS
Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive action.
Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's approval.
Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.
SI.]BMITTAL PROCEDURES
Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of
consfuction activities.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, pwchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.2. Coordinate hansmittal of different fypes of submittals for related parts of the Work so
processing will nol be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for
coordination.
a. Architect reserves the right to withhold acfion on a submiffal requiring
coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.
Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division I Section "Construction Progress
Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of
related construction activities.
Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as
follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receiot of submittal.
A.
B.
C.
D.
A,
B.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - l
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
100%CD: September2005 I
FOR CONSTRUCTION
1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time
if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals.
Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for
coordination.
2. If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.
3. Allow 15 days for processing each resubmittal.
4. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to hansmit
submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing.
D. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
1. Indicate name offirm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.2. Provide a space approximately 4 by 5 inches on label or beside title block to record
Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect.
3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken:
Project name.
Date.
Name and address of Architect.
Name and address of Conhactor.
Name and address of subcontractor.
Name and address of supplier.
Name of manufacfurer.
Unique identifier, including revision number.
Number and title ofappropriate Specification Section.
Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
Other necessarv identifi cation.
E. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract Documents
on submittals.
F. Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless
Architect observes noncompliance with provisions of the Contract Documents, initial submittal
may serve as final submittal.
1. Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will be marked with action taken
and will be returned.
G. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and
handling. Transmit each submittal using a hansmittal form. Architect will return submittals,
without review, received from sources other than Conftactor.
L hclude Conhactor's certification stating that inforrnation submitted complies with
requirements of the Contract Documents.
2. Transmittal Form: Use AIA Document G810.
H. Distribution: Fumish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers,
fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of
construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
tSUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 -2
B.
2.1
t
T
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
I. Use for Construction: Use only final
in connection with construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
submittals with mark indicating action taken by Architect
ACTION SUBMITTALS
General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections.
L Number of Copies: Submil four copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated.
Architect will retum two copies. Mark up and retain one retumed copy as a Project
Record Document.
Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and
flpe of product or equipment.
l. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are
not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.3. lnclude the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufacfurer'swrittenrecommendafions.
b. Manufacturer'sproductspecifications.
c. Manufacturer'sinstallationinstructions.
d. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.e. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.f. Printed performance curyes.g. Operational range diagrams.
h. Compliance with recogrized trade association standards.i. Compliance with recogrized testing agency standards.
Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base
Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Conhact Documents or standard printed data.
1. Preparation: lnclude the following information, as applicable:
a. Dimensions.
b. Identificationofproducts.
c. Fabrication and installation drawings.d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams.e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and
conhol wiring.
Shopwork manufacturing instructions.
Templates and patterns.
Schedules.
Notation of coordination requirement s.
Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
('
h.
J.
SUBM]TTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
2. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed
wiring.
3. Sheet Size: Except for templates, pattems, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop
Drawings on sheets at least 8- 1/2 by 1 I inches but no larger than 30 by 40 inches.
D. Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management
and Coordination."
E. Samples: Prepare physical units of materials or products, including the following:
l Comply with requirements in Division I Section "Quality Requirements" for mockups.
2. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or
sections of units showing the full range of colors, texfures, and pattems available.
a. Submit two full sets of available choices where color, pattem, texture, or similar
characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line.
Architect will retum submittal with options selected.
3. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared
from the same material to be used for the Work, cured and frnished in manner specified,
and physically identical with the product proposed for use, and that show fult range of
color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, partial
sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials;
complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and
pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection.
a. Submit two sets of Samples. Architect will retain one Sample sets; remainder will
be returned.
4. Preparation: Mount, display, or package Samples in manner specified to facilitate review
of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match Architect's sample where so indicated.
Attach label on unexposed side.
5. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattem, and texture for a final check of these
characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between
final submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.
6. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-
control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be
used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set.
F. Product Schedule or List: Prepare a written sunmary indicating types of products required for
the Work and their intended location.
G. Delegated-Desigr Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division I Section "Quality
Requirements."
H. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division I Section "Construction Progress
Documentation."
L Application for Payment: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Payment
Procedures."
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
ISUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 4
B,
D.
F.
G.
J.
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
1
t
T
I
I
I
!
I
T
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS I 00% CD: Seprember 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
J. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements in Division I Section "Pa;rment Procedures."
K. Subconhact List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each
portion of the Work, including those who are to fumish products or equipment fabricated to a
special design. Use CSI Form 1.5A.
2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections.
l. Number of Copies: Submit two copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated.
Architect will not refum copies.2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of
entity responsible for preparing certification. Certifrcates and certifications shall be
sigted by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that
entity.
3. Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements in Division I Section "Quality
Requirements.
Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division I Section
"Construction Progress Documentation."
Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience
of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names
and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.
Product Certilicates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
product complies with requirements.
Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel
comply with requirements. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and
Procedure Qualification Record @QR) on AWS forms. lnclude names of firms and personnel
certifred.
Installer Certificates: Prepare writt€n statements on manufacfurer's letterhead certi$ing that
Installer complies with requirements and, where required, is authorized for this specific Project.
Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying
+hat manufacturer complies with requirements. Include evidence of manufacturing experience
where required.
Material Certificates: Prepare wdtten statem€nts on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
material complies with requirements.
Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's
standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with
requirements.
Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on tesfing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate
preparation needed for adhesion.
K. Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's
standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests perforrned either during
installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with
requirements.
L. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by
manufacfurer complies with requirements. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by
manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed
by a qualified testing agency.
M. Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect
for Project.
N. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and
normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements in Division I
Secfion "Closeout Procedures. "
O. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to,
performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations.
Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a surnmary of loads.
Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for
calculations. Include page numbers.
P. Manufacturer's lnstructions: Prepare written or published information that documents
manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a
product or equipment. lnclude name of product and name, address, and telephone number of
manufacturer.
a. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized
service representative's tests and inspections.
R. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating cuffent status of
inswance or bonding coverage, lnclude name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of
coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage.
S. Construction Photographs: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction
Progress Documentation."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Conhact Documents. Note
correctiong and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect.
I
J
I
I
I
T
J,l
t
t
il
t
T
I
T
t
t
T
I
I
ISUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 6
B.
C.
D.
3.2
t
t
I
I
I
;
t
!
a
t
I
J
t
I
I
T
t
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. lnclude Project name
and location, submiftal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date
of Conhactor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked,
and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.
ARCHITECT'S ACTION
General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and
will return them without action.
Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal. make marks to indicate corrections or
modifications required, and retum it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp
and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken.
Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will
reject and refurn it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each
submittal to appropriate parfy.
Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be discarded.
END OF SECTION OI33O
ST/BMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 7
A.
B.
B.
D.
A.
r.l
1.2
1.3
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
l
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION 01400 - QUALTTY REQUTREMENTS
PART 1-GENERAL
C.
I 00% CD: Septernber 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and
quality conhol.
Testing and inspecting services are required to veriff compliance with requirements specified or
indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the
Contract Document requirements.
L Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality-conhol
procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements.2. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-control services required by Architect,
Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.
See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.
DEFINITIONS
Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during
execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that proposed
construction complies with requirements.
Quality-Contol Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after
execution of the Work to evaluate that completed construction complies with requirements.
Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect.
Mockups: Full-size, physical example assemblies to illushate finishes and materials. Mockups
are used to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects
and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution, and to review construction,
coordination, testing, or operation; they are not Samples. Mockups establish the standard by
which the Work will be judged.
Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specilic tests, inspections, or both. Testing
laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.
DELEGATED DESIGN
Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a
design professional are specifically required of Conhactor by the Contact Documents, provide
products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.
L If criteria indicated are not suflicient to perform services or certification required, submit
a written request for additional information to Architect.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINILMS
Vail, Colorado
l00Yo CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to
demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a
recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.
B. Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required
submittals, submit a statement, sigred and sealed by the responsible design professional, for
each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be desigaed or certified by a
design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with
performance and design criteria indicated. lnclude list of codes, loads, and other factors used in
performing these services.
C. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following:
I . Date of issue.
2. Project title and number.
3. Name, address, and telephone number oftesting agency.
4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections.
6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.
7. Identification ofproduct and Specification Section.
8. Complete test or inspection data.
9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation oftest results.
10. Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting.
11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with
the Contract Document requirements.
12. Name and sigrrature of laboratory inspector.
13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.
D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses,
certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee
payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for
compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.
1.5 QUALTTYASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: A frrm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated
for this Project and with a record of successfrrl in-service performance, as well as sufficient
production capacity to produce required units.
B. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of
manufacturer who is kained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of
manufachuer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this
Project.
C. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling
work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has
resulted in construction with a record of successfii in-service performance.
!
I
I
I
I
I
I
,!
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
IQUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 2
t
I
I
i
I
t
l
1
I
t
B.
1.6
l
I
I
T
l
t
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
D. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar
to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance.
E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to
practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing
engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed
for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those indicated for this
Project in material, design, and extent.
F. Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities
shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall
satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.
1. Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and similar regulations
Soveming the Work, nor interfere with local trade-union jurisdictional settlements and
similar conventions.
G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An agency with the experience and capability to conduct
testing and inspecting indicated, as documented by ASTM E 548, and that specializes in types
of tests and inspections to be performed.
H. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each
form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using
materials indicated for the completed Work:
1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by
Architect.
2. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be
constructed.
Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.
Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction.
Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for
judging the completed Work.
Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated.
QUALITYCONTROL
Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility,
Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.
L Owner will fumish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing
agencies engaged and a description of the types of testing and inspecting they are
engaged to perform.
2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work
that failed to comply with the Conhact Documents will be charged to Contractor.
Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services
specified and required by authorities having jurisdiction.
J.
4.
5.
6.
QUALITYREQUIREMENTS 01400 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
l
T
I
!
I
I
I
't
T
I
I
I
3
I
t
t
3
t
E.
F.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
submit a
Contract
I . Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing
agency to perform these quality-conhol services.
a. Contractor shall not employ the same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in
writing by Owner.
2. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires
testing or inspecting will be performed.
3. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility,
certified written report, in duplicate, ofeach quality-control service.
4, Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the
Documents are Contractor's responsibility.
5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction,
when they so direct.
C. Special Tests and lnspections: Qwner will engage a testing agency to conduct special tests and
inspections required by authorities havingjurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner.
l. Testing agency will notiff Architect and Conhactor promptly of irregularities and
deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.
2. Testing agency will submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar
quality-control service to Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having
jurisdiction.
3. Testing agency will submit a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial
Completion, which includes a list ofunresolved deficiencies.
4. Testing agency will interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested
and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Conhact Documents.
5. Testing agency will retest and reinspect corrected work.
Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service
representative to inspect freld-assembled components and equipment installation, including
service connections. Report results in writing.
Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Conhactor's
responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for
construction that revised or replaced Work that failed to comply with requirements established
by the Conhact Documents.
Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of
duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.
1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the
Work during performance of its services.
2. lnterpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work
complies with or deviates from requirements.
3. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar
quality-conhol service through Contractor.
4. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or
approve or accept any po(ion of the work.
5. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.
D.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 4
A,
B.
C.
3.1
I
I
I
I
I
t
il
t
l
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
l
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September2O05
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
G. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and
similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify
agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the
following:
Access to the Work.
Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and
inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples.
Facilities for storage and field-curing oftest samples.
Delivery of samples to testing agencies.
Preliminary design mix proposed for use for matedal mixes that require control by testing
agency.7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project
site.
Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance
and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessify of removing and
replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.
l. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar actiyities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS Q.{ot Used)
PART 3 -EXECUTION
REPAIR AND PROTECTION
General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair
damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
L Pror"ide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections
ofthese Specifications. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas
in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching.2. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for Division I Section "Cutting and
Patching."
Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.
Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of
responsibility for qual ity-c ontrol services.
END OF SECTION OI4OO
L
2.
4.
5.
6.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 5
I
I
I
3
I
t
t
I
il
l
I
t
T
t
1
I
I
I
I
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruM S
Vail, Colorado
SECTION OI42O - REFERENCES
PART I.GENERAL
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I.1 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications,
and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the
Conditions of the Contract.
C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested,"
"authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as
"ditected."
D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on
Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown,"
"noted," "scheduled," and "specilied" have the same meaning as "indicated."
E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having
jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control
performance of the Work.
F. "Fumish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,
installation, and similar operations.
G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking,
assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying working to dimension, finishing, curing,
protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
H. "Provide": Fumish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
I. "lnstaller": Conftactor or anolher entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor,
or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation,
erection, application, and similar operations.
L Using a term such as "ca4rent4r" does not imply that certain construction activities must
be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name,
such as "caqtenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively
to tradespeople of the corresponding generic name.
J. "Experienced": When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully completed
a minimum of five previous proj ects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar
with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities
having jurisdiction.
REFERENCES 0t420 - |
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 200 , I
FORCONSTRUCTION
K. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site
is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on
which Project is to be built.
C.
INDUSTRY STANDARDS
Applicability of Standards: Unless the Conhact Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if
bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards
are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents,
unless otherwise indicated.
Conflicting Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the
standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality
levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that
are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified
shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly
with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum witlin
reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are
minimum or rnaximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer
uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project must be familiar with
industry standards applicable to its conskuction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not
bound with the Contract Documents.
1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain
copies directly from publication source and make them available on request.
Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Abbreviations and acronyms are
frequently used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents to represent the name of a
trade association, standardsdeveloping organization, authorities having jurisdiction or other
entity in the context of referencing a standard or publication.
Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale
Research's "Encyclopedia of Associations" ot in Columbia Books' "National Trade &
Professional Associations of the U.S.", which are available in most libraries.
PART 2 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01420
t
I
t
I
l
t
B.
1.2
I
t
I
I
I
D.
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
LJ
1.4
REFERENCES 07420 -2
B.
B.
C.
B.
1.1
1.,
1.3
1.4
1.5
I
I
I
l,
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
l
I
t
It
I
t
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION O15OO - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART I - GENERAL
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SUMMARY
This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including temporary
utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities.
See Division I section "Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning requirements.
USE CHARGES
General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to Owner or Architect
and shall be included in the Conhact Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and
facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, occupants of
Project, Architect, testing and inspecting agencies and personnel of authorities having
jurisdiction.
Water Service: Use water from Owner's existing water system without metering and without
paynent of use charges.
Elecnic Power Service: Use electric power from Owner's existing system without metering and
without payment of use charges.
SUBMITTALS
Temporary Utility Reports: Submit reports of tests, inspections, meter readings, and similar
procedures performed on temporary utilities.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Standards: comply with ANSIA10.6, NEcA's "Temporary Electrjcal Facilities," and
NFPA 241.
l. Electric service: comply with NECA, NEMA, and uL standards and regulations for
temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFpA 70.
Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each
temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Temporary utilities: At earliest feasible time, when acceptable to owner, change over from use
of temporary service to use of permanent service.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005 I
FORCONSTRUCTION I
)1
I . Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume
responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service
during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of
previously assigned responsibilities.
B. Conditions of Use: The following conditions apply to use of temporary services and facilities
by all parties engaged in the Work:
1. Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat.
2. Relocate temporary services and facilities as required by progress of the Work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
C.
MATERIALS
Pavement: Comply with Division 2 Section "Flexible Pavement" And Section "Rigid
Pavement. " pavement Sections.
Wood Enclosure Fence: Plywood, 6 feet high, framed with four 2-by-4-inch rails, with
preservative-treated wood posts spaced not more than 8 feet apart.
Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry"
Water: Potable.
EQUIPMENT
Field Offices: Prefabricated, or mobile units, with lockable entrances, operable windows, and
serviceable finishes; heated and air conditioned; on foundations adequate for normal loading.
Fire Extinguishers: Hand carried, portable, UL rated. Provide class and extinguishing agent as
indicated or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures.
1. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size
required by location and class of fire exposure.
Self-Contained Toilet Units: Single-occupant units of chemical, aerated recirculation, or
combustion type; vented; fully enclosed with a glass-fiber-reinforced polyester shell or similar
nonabsorbent material.
Drinking-Water Fixtures: Drinking water fountains, containerized, tap-dispenser, bottled-water,
or drinking-water units, including paper cup supply.
1. Where power is accessible, provide electric water coolers to maintain dispensed water
temperature at 45 to 55 deg F.
Heating Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent heating system, provide
vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic
control.
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
T
tI
l
I
t
B.
C.
D.
2.2
A.
B.
D.
E.
ITEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 2
I WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
B.
A.
B.
3.1
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
l. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating
units is prohibited.
2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and marked for intended use for type of fuel being consumed.
F. Electrical Outlets: Properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110- to
120-V plugs into higher-voltage outlets; equipped with ground-fault circuit intemrpters, reset
button, and pilot light.
G. Power Distribution System Circuits: Where permitted and overhead and exposed for
suweillance, wiring circuits, not exceeding 125-Y ac,20-A rating, and lighting circuits may be
nonmetallic sheathed cable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference
with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required.
Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as
required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use
of completed permanent facilities.
TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
General: Engage appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to
existing service. Where utility company provides only part of the service, provide the
remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company
re commendations.
L Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be
intemrpted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.2. Provide adequate capacrty at each stage of construction. Before temporary utility is
available, provide hucked-in services.
3. Obtain easements to bring temporary utilities to Project site where Owner's easements
cannot be used for that purpose.
Sewers and Drainage: If sewers are available, provide temporary connections to remove
eflluent that can be discharged lawfully. If sewers are not available or cannot be used, provide
drainage ditches, dry wells, stabilization ponds, and similar facilities. If neither sewers nor
drainage facilities can be lawfully used for discharge of effluent, provide containers to remove
and dispose of effluent off-site in a lawful manner.
1. Filter out excessive soil, construction debris, chemicals, oils, and sjmilar contaminants
that might clog sewers or pollute waterways before discharge.
2. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by sewer department officials.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 200, I
FORCONSTRUCTION
3. Maintain temporary sewers and drainage facilities in a clean, sanitary condition. After
healy use, restore normal conditions promptly'
4. Provide temporary filter beds, settlement tanks, separators, and similar devices to purify
effluent to levels acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for
construction until permanent water service is in use. Sterilize temporary water piping before
use.
Water Service: Use of Owner's existing water service facilities will be permitted, as long as
facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial
Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.
1. Provide rubber hoses as necessary to serve Project site.
2. Where installations below an outlet might be damaged by spillage or leakage, provide a
drip pan of suitable size to minimi ze water damage. Drain accumulated water promptly
from pans.
Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water fixtures.
Comply with regulations and health codes for type, number, location, operation, and
maintenance of fixtures and facilities.
l. Disposable Supplies: Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and similar
disposable materials for each facility. Maintain adequate zupply. Provide covered waste
containers for disposal of used material.
2. Toilets: lnstall self+ontained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy.
3. Wash Facilities: Install wash facilities supplied with potable water at convenient
locations for personnel who handle materials that require wash up. Dispose of drainage
properly. Supply cleaning compounds appropriate for each type of material handled.
a. Provide safety showers, eyewash fountains, and similar facilities for convenience,
safety, and sanitation of personnel.
4. Drinking-Water Facilities: Provide bottled-water, drinking-water units.
a. Where power is accessible, provide electric water coolers to maintain dispensed
water temperature at 45 to 55 deg F.
Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities
for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from
adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that
will not have a harmfirl effect on completed installations or elements being installed.
l. Maintain a minimum temp€rature of 50 deg F in permanently enclosed portions of
building for normal construction activities, and 65 degF for finishing activities and areas
where finished Work has been installed.
Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction
activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction
from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that will not have a
I
t
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
D.
E.
F.
G.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 4
I
t
I
I
I
1
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100Yo CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation
requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption.
H. Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution
system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period.
Include meters, transformers, overload-protected disconnecting means, automatic ground-fault
intemrpters, and main distribution switchgear.
l. Install electric power service underground, unless overhead service must be used.2. Install power distribution wiring overhead and rise vertically where least exposed to
damage.
I. Electric Power Service: Use of Owner's existing electric power service will be permitted, as
long as equipment is maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner.
J. Electric Distribution: Provide receptacle outlets adequate for connection of power tools and
equipment.
l. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electrical power cords if
single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. Do not
exceed safe length-voltage ratio.
Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination
for construction operations and traffic conditions.
l. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements
without operating entire system.2. Provide one 100-W incandescent lamp per 500 sq. ft., uniformly distributed, for general
lighting, or equivalent illumination.
3. Provide one 100-W incandescent lamp every 50 feet in traffic areas.4. Provide one 100-W incandescent lamp per story in stairways and ladder runs, located to
illuminate each landing and flight.5. Install exterior-yard site lighting that will provide adequate illumination for construction
operations, traffio conditions, and signage visibility when the Work is being performed.
Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service throughout construction period for
common-use facilities used by all personnel engaged in construction activities. Install separate
telephone line for each field office and first-aid station.
l. Provide additional telephone lines for the following:
a. In field office with more than two occupants, install a telephone for each additional
occupant or pair of occupants.b. Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine and computer with
modem in each field office.
At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.
Provide messaging service on superintendenfs telephone.
K.
2.
3.
I
I
l
I
I
t
I
I
I
I TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
3.3 SUPPORTFACILITIESINSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with the following:
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
t
I
T
t
I
I
I
l. Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other temporary construction
and support facilities for easy access.
2. Provide incombustible construction for offices, shops, and sheds located within
construction area or within 30 feet of building lines. Comply with NFPA 241.
3. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial
Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use
permanent facilities, under condjtions acceptable to Owner.
B. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas
adequate to support loads and to withstand exposure to traffrc during construction period.
Locate temporary roads and paved areas within construction limits indicated on Drawings.
1. Provide a reasonably level, graded, well-drained subgrade of satisfactory soil material,
compacted to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry density in the top 6 inches.
2. Provide gravel paving course of subbase material not less than 3 inches (thick; roller
compacted to a level, smooth, dense surface.
3. Provide dust-control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontrackjng. Reapply fieatment
as required to minimize dust.
Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas
adequate to support loads and to withstand exposure to haffic during construction period.
Locate temporary roads and paved areas in same location as permanent roads and paved areas.
Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within construction limits indicated, as necessary for
construction operations.
1. Coordinate elevations of temporary roads and paved areas with permanent roads and
paved areas.
2. Prepare subgrade and install subbase and base for temponry roads and paved areas
according to Division 2 Section "Earthwork."
3. Recondition base after temporary use, including removing contaminated material,
regrading, proofrolling, compacting, and testing.
4. Delay installation of final course of permanent hot-mix asphalt pavement until
immediately before Substantial Completion. Repair hot-mix asphalt base-course
pavement before installation of final course according to Division 2 Section "Hot-Mix
Asphalt Paving ."
Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections
for temporary drainage and dewatering facilities and operations not directly associated with
construction activities included in individual Sections. Where feasible, use sarne facilities.
Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water.
Project Identification and Temporary Sigrrs: Prepare Proj ect identification and other signs in
sizes indicated. Install signs where indicated to inform public and persons seeking entrance to
Project. Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs.
l. Engage an experienced sign painter to apply graphics for Project identification signs.
Comply with details indicated.
C.
I
T
!
I
3
I
l
I
t
I
D.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
i
t
t
t!
T
I
l
WEST}IAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
2. Prepme temporary signs to provide directional information to construction personnel and
visitors.
F. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle
waste from construction operations. Containerize and clearly label hazardous, dangerous, or
unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Comply with Division I Section
"Execution Requirements " for progress cleaning requirements.
l. If required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide separate containers, clearly labeled,
for each type of waste material to be deposited.
2. Develop a waste management plan for Work performed on Project. Indicate types of
waste materials Proj ect will produce and estimate quantities of each type. Provide
detailed information for on-site waste storage and separation of recyclable materials.
Provide information on destination of each type of waste material and means to be used
to dispose of all waste materials.
G. Common-Use Field Office: Provide an insulated, weathertight, heated and air-conditioned field
office for use as a common facility by all personnel engaged in construction activities; of
sufficient size to accommodate required office personnel and meetings at Project site. Keep
office clean and orderly.
l Furnish and equip offices as follows:
a. Desk and four chairs, fourdrawer file cabinet, a plan table, a plan rack, and
bookcase.
b. Coffee machine and supplies, including regular and decaffeinated coffee, filters,
creamer, sugar and sugar substifute.
2. Construct framing, sheathing, and siding using fire-retardant-treated lumber and
plywood.
3. Provide an eleckic heater with thermostat capable of maintaining a uniform indoor
temperature of68 deg F .
H. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate
materials and equipment involved, including temporary utility services. Sheds may be open
shelters or fully enclosed spaces within building or elsewhere on-site.
L Construct framing, sheathing, and siding using fire-retardant-treated lumber and
plywood.
Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities for hoisting materials and personnel. Truck cranes and
similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not
temporary facilities.
Temporary Elevator Usage: Refer to Division 14 Sections for temporary use of new elevators.
Temporary Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide temporary stairs where ladders
are not adequate. Cover finished, permanent stairs with protective covering of plywood or
similar material so finishes will be undamased at time of acceotance.
J.
I
I
I
I
I
I TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
3.4 SECURITYANDPROTECTIONFACILITIESINSTALLATION
A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct
construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that
minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable
effects. Avoid using tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of
noisemaking tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms
near Project site.
B. Stormwater Control: Provide earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around
excavations and subgrade construction, sufficient to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater
from heavy rains.
C. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line
of trees to protect vegetation from conskuction damage. Protect tree root systems from damage,
flooding, and erosion.
D. Pest Control: Before deep foundation work has been completed, retain a local exterminator or
pest-control company to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents,
roaches, and other pests. Engage this pest-control service to perform extermination and control
procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial
Completion. Obtain extended warranty for Owner. Perform control operations lawfully, using
environmentally safe materials.
E. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, install enclosure fence with
lockable entrance gates. Locate where indicated, or enclose entire Project site or portion
determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. Install in a manner that will
prevent people, bears and other animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates.
1. Set fence posts in concrete bases.
2. Provide gates in sizes and at locations necessary to accommodate delivery vehicles and
other construction operations.
3. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting diskibution to authorized
personnel. Provide Owner with one set ofkeys.
F. Security Enclosure and Lockup: lnstall substantial temporary enclosure around partially
completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance,
vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security.
G. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for
erecting structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and warning
sigrrs to inform personnel and public of possible hazard. Where appropriate and needed,
provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights.
H. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in
progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar
activities. Provide temporary weatlertight enclosure for building exterior.
1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, provide
insulated temporary enclosures. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and material
drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects.
2. Vertical Openings: Close openings of 25 sq. ft. or less with plywood or similar materials.
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
T
!
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
ITEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 8
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
3. Horizontal Openings: Close openings in floor or roof decks and horizontal surfaces with
load-bearing, wood-framed construction.
4. Install tarpaulins securely using fire-retardant-heated wood framing and other materials.
I. Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to
limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise.
L Construct dustproof partitions of not less than nominal 4-inch studs, 5/8-inch gypsum
wallboard with joints taped on occupied side, and ll}-inch fire-retardant plywood on
construction side.
2. Construct dustproof, floorto-ceiling partitions of not less than nominal 4-inch studs, 2
layers of 3-mil polyethylene sheets, inside and outside temporary enclosure. Cover floor
with 2 layers of 3-mil polyethylene sheets, extending sheets 18 inches up the side walls.
Overlap and tape full length ofjoints. Cover floor with 3/4-inch fire-retardant plywood.
Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks.
Protect air-handling equipment.
Weatherstrip opdningq,
J.Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire-protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities,
install and maintain temporary lire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against
reasonably predictable and conhollable fire losses. Comply with NFPA24I.
l. Provide fire extinguishers, installed on walls on mounting brackets, visible and accessible
from space being served, with sign mounted above.
a. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended
purpose; provide not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable
stairwell.
2. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations.
3. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire-
protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. Prohibit smoking
in hazardous fire-expo sure areas.
4. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and sirnilar
sources of fire ignition.
5. Permanent Fire Protection: At earliest feasible date in each area of Project, complete
installation of permanent fire-protection facility, including connected services, and place
into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities.
6. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and first-aid fire-protection program for
personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire deparhnent and establish
procedures to be followed. lnstruct persormel in methods and procedures. Post warnings
and information.
7. Provide hoses for fire protection of sufficient length to reach construction areas. Hang
hoses with a waming sigr stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are
not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles.
8. hovide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning
sign stating that hoses are f;or fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed.
Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzTes.
3.
4.
5.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 9
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
,
t
I
I
I
I
I
l
t
I
I
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and
abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from
damage caused by freezing temperatures and similar elements.
l. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,
ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated
results and to avoid possibility of damage.
2. Prevent water-filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines.
Protect from damage during excavation operations.
C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Except for using permanent fire protection as soon as
available, do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to
permanent faci lities until Substantial Completion.
D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has
ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than
Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may
have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Worlq
clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
l. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property of Contractor.
Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.
2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during
construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements in Division I Section
"Closeout Procedures."
END OF SECTION OI5OO
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - l0
B.
C.
B.
c.
D.
l.t
1.2
il
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION 01600 - PRODUCT REQUTREMENTS
PART 1 . GENERAL
100% CD: Septernber 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
SUMMARY
This Section includes administratjve and procedural requirements for selecting products for use
in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on
products; special warranties; product substitutions; and comparable products.
See Division I Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties for contract closeout.
See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and
installations specified to be warranted.
DEFINITIONS
Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or
taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes tle terms "material,"
"equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.
1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or
model number or other designation, shown or listed in manufactuer's published product
literafure, that is curent as of date of the Contract Documents.
2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or
facility, except that products consisting of recycled-content materials are allowed, unless
explicitly stated oiherwise. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not
considered new products.
3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonshated and approved through submittal
process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities
related to t1pe, fuaction, dimension, in-service perfomance, physical properties,
appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.
Substifutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from
those required by the Conuact Documents and proposed by Contractor.
Basis-of-Design Product Specification; Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and
accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other
desigtation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, firnction, dimension, jn-service
performance, physical properties, app€arance, and other characteristics for purposes of
evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers.
Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer for
a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - I
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
J
I
I
I
t
I
B.
1.3
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
E. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents,
either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for
Owner.
SUBMITTALS
Product List: Submit a list, in tabular from, showing specified products. Include generic names
of products required. Include manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each
product.
1 . Coordinate product list with Conhactor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals
Schedule.
2. Completed List: Within 60 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3
copies of completed product list. lnclude a written explanation for omissions ofdata and
for variations from Contract requirements.
3. Architect's Action: Architect will respond in writing to Cortractor within 15 days of
receipt of completed product list. fuchitect's response will include a list of unacceptable
product selections and a brief explanation ofreasons for this action. Architect's response,
or lack of response, does not constitute a waiver of requirement that products comply
with the Contract Documents.
Substitution Requests: If contract price is based upon substituted products, submit three copies
of each request for consideration at the pre-construction conference and allow three additional
weeks for review. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. lnclude
Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
1. Substitution Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.1A.
2. Documentation: Show oompliance with requirements for substitutions and the following,
as applicable:
a. Statement indicating why specified rnaterial or product cannot be provided.
b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to
other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate
confractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution,
c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed subsfitution with those of
the Work specified. Significant qualities may include athibutes such as
performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and
requirements indicated.
d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and
installation procedures.
e. Samples, where applicable or requested.
f. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and
addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners.
C. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test
results for compliance with requirements indicated.
h. Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for
Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having
iurisdiction.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 -2
A.
1.4
1.5
il
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
i. Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using proposed
substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall
Contract Time.j. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum.
k. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in
the Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated.
l. Conhactor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently
become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated
results.
3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or
documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a request for substitution.
Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection ofproposed substitution wjthin
15 days of receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of additional information or
documentation, whichever is later.
a. Form ofAcceptance: Change Order.b. Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on us€ ofa proposed
substitution within time allocated.
C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division I
Section "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more
products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible witi products previously
selected, even ifpreviously selected products were also options,
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND IIANDLING
Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage,
deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
l. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent
overcrowding of constuction spaces.
2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that
are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other
losses.
3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original
sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for
handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.4. lnspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to
ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.
5. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting ofunits.
6. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.
7. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight
enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
8. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity,
ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.
9. Protect stored products from damage.
1.6 PRODUCTWARRANTIES
A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other
warranties required by the Contract Documents. ManufactureCs disclaimers and limitations on
product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract
Documents.
B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and
identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution.
1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and
properly executed.
2. Specified Form: Forms are included with the Specifications. Prepare a written document
using appropriate form properly executed.
3. Refer to Divisions 2 tlrough 16 Sections for specific content requirements and particular
requirements for submitting special warranties.
C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division I Section "Closeout Procedures."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PRODUCT OPTIONS
General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents,
that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation.
l. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items
needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.
2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are
specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used
successfully in similar situations on other projects.
3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with
requirements of the Conkact Documents.
4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make
selection.
5. Where products iue accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is
Architect's.
6. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications
establish "salient characteristics" of products.
Product Selection Procedwes: Procedures for product selection include the following:
1. Product: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Product" name a
single product and manufacturer, provide the product named.
2.1
I
I
I
I
B,
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 -4
I'
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
a. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled
"Manufacturertt 91 rr$orrrcerr name single manufacturers or sources, provide a product by
the manufacturer or from the source named that complies with requirements.
a. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Products" introduce a
list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed that
complies with requirements.
a. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Manufacfurers"
introduce a list of manufacftrers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers
listed that complies with requirements.
a. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
5. Available Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Available
Products" introduce a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of
the products listed or another product that complies with requirements. Comply with
provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed
product.
6. Available Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled
"Available Manufacturers" inhoduce a list of manufacfurers' names, provide a product by
one of the manufacturers listed or another manufacturer that complies with requirements.
Comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of
an unnamed product.
7. Basis-of-Design Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled
"Basis-of-Design Product" are included and also inhoduce or refer to a list of
manufactwers' names, provide either the specified product or a comparable product by
one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes,
profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named.
Comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of
an unnamed product.
a. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
8. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an established
Sample, select a product (and manufacturer) that complies with requirements and
matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed
product matches satisfactorily.
a. If no product available within specified category matches satisfactorily and
complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions of the
Contract Documents on "substifutions" for selection of a matching product.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
T
I
2.2
9. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected
from manufacfurer's colors, pattems, textures" or a similar phrase, select a product (and
manufacturer) that complies with other specified requirements.
a. Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phase "standard range of
colors, patterns, texttues" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattem, or
texfure from manufacturer's product line that does not include premium items.
b. Full Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "full range of colors,
pattems, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, or texture
from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items.
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
Timing: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 60 days after
cornmencement of the Work. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at
discretion of Architect.
Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following
conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will retum
requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
l. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy
conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner
must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect
for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and
similar considerations.
2. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to tJre Confract Documents.
3. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce
indicated results.
Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's Construction Schedule.
Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having
jurisdiction.
7 . Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
8. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
9. Requested substitution provides specified wananty.
10. Requested substifution is presented at or before pre-construction conference.
COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, submit the following, in addition to
other required submittals, to obtain approval ofan unnamed product:
l. Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract
Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the
indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.
2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the
Specifications. Significant qualities include atfibutes such as performance, weight, size,
durability, visual effect, and specific feahres and requirements indicated.
A.
i
5.
6.
t.J
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 6
I WESTHAVEN C0NDOMINTMS fio%oCD:september2005
Vail. Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and
I names and addresses of architects and owners, ifrequested.
I 5. Samples, if requested.
I PART 3 - EXECUTIoN Qrtot used)
I END oF sECrroN or6oo
I
I
l
l
t
t
I
t
I
l
t
I
I
I
PRODUCTREQUIREMENTS 01600 - 7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTTON 01700 - EXECUTION REQUTREMENTS
PART I -GENERAL
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 -EXECUTION
100% CDr September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTIONI
I
T\
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t.I SUMMARY
This Section includes genetal procedural requirements goveming execution of the Work
including, but not limited to, the following:
L Construction layout.
2. Field engineering and suweying.
3. Generalinstallationofproducts.
4. Progress cleaning.
5. Starting and adjusting.
6. Protectionofinstalledconstruction.
7 . Correction of the Work.
See Division I Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project
Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels,
and final cleaning.
SUBMITTALS
Certificates: Submit certificate signed by professional engineer certiflng that location and
elevation of improvements comply with requirements.
Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept
hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice
in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-suweying
services of the kind indicated.
A.
B.
1.2
B.
1.3
J.t EXAMINATION
Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other
constuction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700- l
TWESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100%o CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction
affecting the Work
1. Before construction, verify the location and points ofconnection of utility services.
B. Existing Utilities: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and
construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate
and verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other construction affecting
the Work.
1. Furnish location data for work related to hoject that must be performed by public
utilities serving Project site.
C. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or
Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances
and other conditions affecting perfonnance. Record observations.
l. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with
existing finishes or primers.
2. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of
connections before equipment and fixture installation.
3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
B,
PREPARATION
Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility that is necessary to adjust,
move, or relocate existing utility stmctures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility
appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having
jurisdiction.
Existing Utility Intemrptions: Do not intemrpt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or
others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide
temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility intemrptions.
2. Do not proceed with utility intemrptions without Owner's written permission.
Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to ht the Work properly. Recheck
measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated 1o fit to
other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before
fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the
Work.
D. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown
diagrammatically on Drawings.
Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for
clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Architect. Include
T
I
I
tl
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
J.L
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 2
3.3
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: Septernber 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
a detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for changing the
Contract Documents.
CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT
Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on
Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are
discovered, notify Architect promptly.
General: Engage a professional engineer to lay out the Work using accepted surveying
practices.
L Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of
construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.
2. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain
required dimensions.
3. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.
4. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses.
5. Notift Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable
tolerances.
6. Close site surveys with an enor of closure equal to or less than the standard established
by authorities having jurisdiction.
Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill
and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and invert elevations.
Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for stnrctures, building
foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and
electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels.
Level foundations and piers from two or more locations.
Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and
levels. lnclude beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and
duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log
available for reference by Architect.
FIELD ENGINEERING
Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference
points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control
points during c onstruction operations.
Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site,
referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having
jurisdiction for tlpe and size of benchmark.
l. Record benchrnark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record
Documents.
B.
c.
D.
E.
B.
3.4
t
I
I
l
t
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I EXECUTION REQT]IREMENTS 01700 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUM S
Vail, Colorado
l0o%o CD:September 2005 I
FORCONSTRUCTION
T
I
t3.5
2. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and
other work requiring field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing
dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and sitework.
INSTALLATION
General: Locate the Work and components of ihe Work accurately, in correct alignment and
elevation, as indicated.
l. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.
2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance
and ease of removal for replacement.
3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated.
Comply wift manufacturet's written insffuctions and recommendations for installing products in
applications indicated.
Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results.
Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.
Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or
loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions ofoccupancy.
Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component
securely in place, accwately located and aligned with other portions of the Work.
1. Mounting Heights: lVhere mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at
heights directed by Architect.
2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and conftaction.
Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated,
arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairliae joints.
Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered
hazardous.
PROGRESS CLEANING
General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including cornmon areas. Coordinate
progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more {han one installer has worked. Enforce
requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
l. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 fot removal of combustible waste materials and
debris.
2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the
temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F.
3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste.
Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.
A.
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
3.6
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 4
B.
B.
3.7
3.8
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
B. Site: Maintain Proiect site free of waste materials and debris.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for
proper execution of the Work.
1. Remove liquid spills promptly.
2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom+lean or vacuum the
entire work area, as appropriate.
D. lnstalled Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed swfaces according to written
instructions of rnanufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials
specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not reconlmended, use cleaning
materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.
E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
F. Waste Disposal: Burying or buming waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing
waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.
G. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining
materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from
damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
H. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as ftequently as necessary through
the remainder of the constuction period. Adjust and lubricate operable componcnts to ensure
operability without damaging effects.
I. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the
construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise
deleterious exposure during the construction period.
STARTING AND ADruSTING
Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove
malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.
Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for
proper operation.
Test each piece of equipment to veriry proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties.
Replace damaged and malfunctioning conhols and equipment.
PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage
or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
3.9 CORRECTION OF THEWORK
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
T
IA. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes.
Comply with requirements in Division I Section "Cutting and Patching."
1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up
with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.
B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.
C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired
without visible evidence of repair.
D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components
that cannot be repaired.
E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.
END OF SECTIONO1TOO
I
I
I
I
I
l
t
T
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
IEXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 6
A.
B.
D.
l.l
1.2
1,'l.J
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION OI73 I - CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART I . GENERAL
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SUMMARY
This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching.
See Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for patching fire-rated
construction.
See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specilic requirements and limitations applicable to
cutting and patching individual parts of the Work.
Requirements in this Section apply to mechanical and electrical installations. See
Divisions 15 and 16 Sections for other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and
patching mechanical and electrical installations.
SUBMITTALS
Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least 10 days before
the time cutting and patching will be performed, requesting approval to proceed. lnclude the
fol lowin g information :
l. Extent: Describe cutting and patching, show how they will be performed, and indicate
why they cannot be avoided.
2. Changes to Existing Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to
structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building's appearrunce
6.
and other significant visual elements.
Products: List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work.
Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.
Utilities: List utilities that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List
utilities that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate
how long service will be disrupted.
Structural Elements: Where cutting and patching involve adding reinforcement to
structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of
reinforcement with original strucfure.
Architecfs Approval: Obtain approval of cutting and patching proposal before cutting
and patching. Approval does not waive right to later require removal and replacement of
un sati sfactory work.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch strucfural elements in a manner that could change
their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio.
J.
4.
5.
7.
CUI"TINGAND PATCHING 01731 - l
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005 I
FORCONSTRUCTION
B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a
manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased
maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.
C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch the following elements or related components in
a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity
to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or
safety.
D. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual
evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or
in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's
aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually
unsatisfactory manner.
1. If possible, retain original lnstaller or fabricator to cut and patch exposed Work listed
below. If it is impossible to engage original lnstaller or fabricator, engage another
recognized, experienced, and specialized firm.
WARRANry
Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged
during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing
warranties.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MATERTALS
General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications.
Existing Materials: Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use
materials that visually match existing adjacent surfhces to the fullest extent possible.
1. Ifidentical materials ari: unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed,
will match the visual and firnctional performance of existing materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to
be performed.
1 Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates,
including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
1.4
A.I
T
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
2.1
A.
B.
J.l
ICUTTING AND PATCHING 01731-2
A,
B,
c.
D.
B.
C.
J.L
5.J
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
l
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
2. Proceed with installation onlv after unsafe
corrected.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
or unsatisfactorv conditions have been
PREPARATION
Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut.
Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage.
Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be
exposed during cutting and patching operations.
Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or intermption of free passage
to adjoining areas.
Existing Services: Where existing services are required to be removed, relocated, or
abandoned, bypass such services before cutting to minimize intemrption of services to occupied
areas.
PERFORMANCE
General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and
patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.
1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or perfblmance
of other consfuction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to thejr
original condition.
Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar
operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or
adjoining construction. Ifpossible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply
with original Installer's written recommendations.
1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not
hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size
required, and with minimum disfurbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover
openings when not in use.
2. Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed
surfaces.
3. Concrete or Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a
diamond-core drill.4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections
where required by cutting and patching operations.
5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be
removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent
entrance of moisfure or other foreign matter after cutting.
6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.
Patching: Patch consfruction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations
following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as
CUTTING AND PATCHING ol73t - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
possible. Provide materials and
Sections of these SPecifications.
END OF SECTION 01731
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
comply with installation requirements specified in other
T
T
J.
t.
z.
4.
5.
lnspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to
demonstrate integrity of installation.
Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish
restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence
of patching and refinishing.
Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area
into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an ev€n
surface ofuniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall
coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and
appearance.
Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane
surface of uniform appearance.
Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a
weathertight condition.
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
T
t
l
I
I
t
I
I
ICUTTING AND PATCHING ot73l -4
B.
c.
D.
1.1
r.2
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
WESTHAVENCONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART I -GENERAL
l00o/o CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout,
including, but not limited to, the following:
l. lnspectionprocedures.
2. Project Record Documents.
3. Operation and maintenance manuals.
4. Warranties.
5. Instruction of Owner's personnel.
6. Final cleaning.
See Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for requirements for Applications for Payment
for Substantial and Final Completion.
See Division I Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting Final
Completion construction photographs and negatives.
See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for
products of those Sections.
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial
Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request.
Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on
the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete.
Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final
certifi cations, and similar documents.
Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unreskicted use of the Work and access to
services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar
releases.
Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals,
Final Completion construction photographs and photographic negatives or digital files,
damage or settlement surveys, properfy surveys, and similar final record information.
Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designted by
Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.
Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's
personnel of changeover in security provisions.
Complete startup testing of systems.
Submit test/adiust/balance records.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - |
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
T
T
I
I
l
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
B.
t.J
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
10. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from hoj ect site, along with mockups,
consffuction tools. and similar elements.
1 I . Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities.
12. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and
maintenance.
13. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.
14. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual
defects.
B. lnspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of
request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled
requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection
or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by
Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
L Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
incomplete is completed or corrected.
2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final
Complefion.
FINAL COMPLETION
Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final
Completion, complete the following:
l. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division I Section "Payment
Procedures."
2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be
completed or coffected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy
of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for
acceptanae.
3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with inswance
requirements.
4. Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty.
5. Inskuct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products,
equipment, and systems.
Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request,
Architect will either proceed with inspection or notiff Contractor of unfulfilled requirements.
Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor
ofconstruction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
incomplete is completed or corrected.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 2
B.
C.
D.
l.)
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
l
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
1.4 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
A. Preparation: Submit tlree copies of list. lnclude name and identification of each space and area
affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction
including, ifnecessary areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits ofconstruction.
1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and
proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor.
2. Organize items applying to each space by maj or element, including categories for ceiling,
individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
General: Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Protect Project
Record Documents from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Proiect Record Documents
for Architect's reference during normal working hours.
Record Drawings: Maintain and submit one set of blue- or black-line white prints of Conhact
Drawings and Shop Drawings.
1. Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from tlat
shown originally. Requr're individual or entity who obtained record data, wlether
individual or entity is Installer, subconhactor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up
Record Prints.
a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that cannot be
readily identified and recorded later.
b. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup
before enclosing concealed installations.
2. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish
between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location.
3. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, Change Order numbers, alternate
numbers, and similar identification where applicable.
4. Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD
DRAWING' in a prominent location. Organize into manageable sets; bind each set with
durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets.
Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and
contract modifications. Mark copy to indicate the actual product installation where installation
varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.
l. Give particular attention to information on concealed prducts and installations that
cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and
equipment fumished, including substitutions and product options selected.
3. Note related Change Orders and Record Drawings, where applicable.
Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Assemble miscellaneous records required by other
Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 0t770 -3
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
A.
B.
1.6
1.7
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for
continued use and reference.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating the operation and
maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. lnclude
operation and maintenance data required in individual Specification Sections and as follows:
l. Operation Data: Include emergency instmctions and procedures, system and equipment
descriptions, operating procedures, and sequence of operations.
2. Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's information, list of spare parts, maintenance
procedures, maintenance and service schedules for preventive and routine maintenance,
and copies of warranties and bonds.
Organtze operation and maintenance manuals into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind and
index data in hearry-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, looseleaf binders, in thickness necessary to
accommodate contents, with pocket inside the covers to receive folded oversized sheets.
Identify each binder on front and spine with the printed title "OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project name, and subject matter of contents.
WARRANTIES
Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of
the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is
indicated.
Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the
Proj ect Manual.
1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, looseleaf binders,
thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-l/2-by-11-inch
( I I 5-by-280-mm) paper.
2. Provide heary paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark
tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or
installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone
number of Installer.
3. Identify each binder on tJre front and spine with the typed or printed title
"WARRANTIES," Project narne, and name of Contractor.
Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 0t770 - 4
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
2.1 MATERIALS
Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or
fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents tlat are potentially
hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
Instruction: lnstruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems,
and equipment not part ofa systern.
l. Provide instructors experienced in operation and maintenance procedures.
2. Provide instruction at mufually agreed-on times. For equipment that requires seasonal
operation, provide similar instruction at the start of each season.
3. Schedule training with Ovr'ner, tbrougb Architect, with at least seven days' advance
notice.
4. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, tines, length of
instruction, and course content.
5. Videotape or otherwise record the actual operating and maintenance training. Provide
two copies of this video for the Owner.
Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules
for each systein and equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification
Sections. For each training module, develop a leaming objective and teaching outline.
l. Include instruction for system desigrr and operational philosophy, review of
documentation, operations, adjustments, troubleshooting, maintenance, and repair.
FINALCLEANING
General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply
with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution
regulations.
Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each
surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and
maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification
of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion ofProject:
3.1
B.
3.2
B.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 5
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
I
I
l
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
m.
n.
o.
p.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
1.
Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities,
including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other
foreign substances.
Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other
foreign deposits.
Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured
surface.
Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus material from
Project site.
Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition,
free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural
weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original
condition.
Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs,
plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces.
Sweep concrete floots broom-clean in unoccupied spaces.
Vacuum carpet and similar soft sutfaces, removing debris and excess nap;
shampoo if visible soil or stains remain.
Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows.
Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials.
Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged ffansparent materials. Polish
mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces.
Remove labels that are not permanent.
Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces.
Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or
that already show evidence of repair or restoration.
1) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and
electrical nameplates.
Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and
similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and
other foreigrr substances.
Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions.
Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains
resulting from water exposure.
Replace disposable air filters and clean pennanent air filters. Clean exposed
surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills.
Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency.
Replace bumed-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and
defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply
with requirements for new fixfures.
Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
I
Pest Control: Engage an experienced, licensed exterminator to make a hnal inspection and rid
Project ofrodents, insects, and other pests. Prepare a report.
Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or
excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous
materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of
lawtully.
b.
g
h.
j
k.
q.
c.
D.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 6
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
END OF SECTION 01770
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 0t770 - 7
T
IIr WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% cD: september 2005
Vail. Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION.rt
SECTION 02221 - BUILDING DEMOLITIONII
PART 1-GENERAL
Ir' 1.1 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes demolition and removal of the following:
l. Existing concrete foundation walls, footings and related sfuctures.
! 2. Recycling of existing concrete to satisfaction of Owner.
r 3. Site improvements including site utilities.
I B. See Division 2 Section 02230 "Site Clearing" for site clearing and removal of above- and
I below-grade improvements not part of building demolition.
I C. See Division 2 Section 02300 "Earthwork" for excavation and related work.r D. See Division 2 Section 02370 "Erosion and Sedimentation Control" for installation of
I
appropriate materials for erosion control-
- E. See Division 15 Sections for demolishing or relocating site mechanical items.
t F. See Division 16 Sections for demolishing or relocating site eleckical items.
I
I 1,2 DEFINITIONS
I A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless
.a indicated to be removed and salvaged or recycled.
I
I.3 SUBMITTALS
r A. Qualification Data: For the following:
t 1. Demolition firm.
I 2. Professional engineer.
I Proposed Protection and Control Measures: Submit statement or drawing that indicates the measures
I proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Identify options if
proposed measures are later determined to be inadequate. Include measures for the following:
I 3. Environmental protection.t 4. Dust conkol.
I 5. Noise conbol.
I
IT
I BUILDING DEMOLITION 0222r - 1
Lr
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
l
B.
C.
D.
L4
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
1.5
B. Schedule of Building Demolition Activities: Indicate detailed sequence of demolition and
removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity, intemrption of utility services,
and locations of temporary protection and means of egress.
C. Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility
licensed to accept hazardous wastes.
D. Recycle Certificate: Provide certificate fiom authority stating reuse or recycling of specified
materials.
C.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work
similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Proj ect.
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before
beginning demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having
jurisdiction.
Standards: Comply with ANSI 410.6 and NFPA 241,
Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Provide access to adjacent property and Town of Vail recreation path as directed by property
easements.
1. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect adjacent
property Owner's operations.
2. Maintain acce$s to existing walkways, exits, and other adjacent occupied or used
facilities.
a. Do not close or obstruct walkways, exits, or other occupied or used facilities
without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction.
Owner aisumes no responsibilify for buildings and structures to be demolished.
l Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by
Owner as far as practical.
Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the
Work.
l. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work.
2. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disfurb;
immediately notiff Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by
Owner under a separate contract.
I
I
J
I
I
I
I
I
T
;
B,
BUILDING DEMOLITION 02221-2
B.
B.
c.
B.
2.1
2.2
2.3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
J
t
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
PART 2 - EXECUTION
100% CD: September2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
EXAMINATION
Suwey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of
building demolition required.
When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or strucfural elements are encountered, investigate
and measure the nature and extent of the element. Promptly submit a written report to
Architect.
PREPARATION
Existing Utilities: Locate, identi$, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utilities serving
buildings and structures to be demolished.
l. Arrange to shut offindicated utilities with utility companies.
2. If utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding
with building demolition provide temporary utilities that bypass buildings and skuctures
to be demolished and that maintain continuity of service to other buildings and structwes.
3. Cut off pipe or conduit a minimum of 24 inches below grade. Cap, valve, or plug and
seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing.
Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or struchual
support to preserve stability and prevent unexpected movement or collapse of constuction
being demolished.
Removed and Salvaged ltems: Comply with the following:
1. Clean salvaged items of dirt and demolition debris.
2. Crush existing concrete foundation on or off-site into useable aggregate.
3. Transport items off-site to recycling facility.
DEMOLITION, GENERAL
General: Demolish indicated existing concrete foundation walls footings and related structures
completely. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing
regulations and as follows:
l. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.
Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct building demolition and debris-removal
operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other
adjacent occupied and used facilities.
L Do not close or obstruct sheets, walks, walkways, or other adjacent occupied or used
facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide
BUILDING DEMOLITION 02221 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
l
T
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having
jurisdiction.
2. Use water mist and other suitable methods to limit spread of dust and dirt. Comply with
goveming environmental-protection regulations. Do not use water when it may damage
adjacent construction or create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice,
flooding, and Pollution'
2.4 MECHANICALDEMOLITION
A. Below-Grade Construction: Demolish foundation walls and other below-grade construction
including basements, foundation walls, and footings, completely.
B. Existing Utilities: Demolish and remove existing utilities and below-grade utility structures to
property line..
2.5 EXPLOSIVE DEMOLITION
A. Explosives: Use of explosives is not permitted.
2.6 SITE RESTORATION
A. Below-Grade Areas: Rough grade below-grade areas ready for further excavation or new
construction.
B. Site Grading: Uniformly rough grade area of demolished construction to a smooth surface, free
from irregular surface changes. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades
and new grades.
2.7 RECYCLINGDEMOLISHEDMATERIALS
A. General: Separate recyclable demolished materials from other demolished materials to the
maximum extent possible.
1. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place,
grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.
2. Transport recyclable materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.
B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for
recycling building demolition materials shall accrue to Owner.
2.8 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERTALS
A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be recycled, reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or
otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site
and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill.
l. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adj acent surfaces
and areas.
BUILDING DEMOLITION 0222t - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials offOwner's property and legally dispose of them.
2.9 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent structur€s and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by building
demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before building demolition
operations began.
END OF SECTION 02221
BUILDING DEMOLITION 02221 - 5
II
I WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
I SECTION 02223 - SITE CLEARING
I PART1 GENERAL
I 1.I DESCRIPTIONI A *f,ffit*t-1'ffi3"il'-"':fii:il#f,#**:T.ffiH::::ll;f;#:ffinm
remain or to be removed. Also includes preservation from injury or defacement of all
I vegetation and objects designated to remain.
B. Related Work:
a l. Buildins Demolition: Section 02221
2. Earthwork: Section 02300r
3. Erosion and Sedimentation Conhol: Section 02370IT 1.2 PERMITS
- A. Stormwater Discharge Permit (NPDES)
I B. ConstructionDewatering(NPDES)
I 1.3 JOB CONDTTTONS
I Protection: Protect trees, shrubs and planted areas to remain from damage or from unnecessary
I vebicular tra{fic, in manner acceptable to Owner and E ngineer. Protect bench marks, staking,
existing structures, roads, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from damage. Maintain designated
I temporary roadways, walkways, and detours. Buming is not permitted.
I PART2 N.NE
I PART 3 EXEcurroNI
3.1 CLEARINGII A. Clear and/or grub all surface objects and all trees, stumps, roots, bushes and other protruding
obstructions, not designated to remain.It 3.2 DTSPOSAL
I Deposit all waste material in designated waste arcas. Grade and shape disposal site to satisfaction of
I Engineer. Where disposal sites are not designated, remove and dispose of all waste materials offsite.
I END OF SECTTON
t
I sITECLEARING 02223-r
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION O23OO _ EARTIIWORK
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
PART I GENERAL
I.I DESCRIPTION
A. Work Included: Excavation and borrow pits, removing and satisfactorily disposing of all
materials taken from within work limits, including excavation for ditches and channels, inlet and
outlet ditches for culverts and shuctures, all necessary shaping and sloping for the construction,
preparation, and completion of all backfill, embankments, zubgrade shoulders, slopes and
intersections, to required alignment, grade, and typical cross section shown on drawings.
B. Related Work:
1. Building Demolition - Section 02221
2. Site Clearine: Section 02230
3. Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Section 02370
C. Definitions:
1. Suitable Material: Earth fill rnaterial consisting of on-site or similar non-organic sands,
gravels, clays, silts and mixtures thereof with maximum size of 6". Bedrock that breaks
down to specified soil types and sizes during excavation, hauling, and placement may be
considered as suitable material. Rock fill material which consists predominantly of
cobbles or boulder-sized pieces ofblasted or broken rock with maximum size of 18" for
fills less than l0', maxirnum size of 1' for fills greater than 10'. Fills greater than l0'
shall use select suitable material with a maximum 306 passing the 200 sieve.
2. Unsuitable Material: Any material containing vegetable or organic matter, muck, peat,
excessive expansive materials, organic silt, topsoil, frozen materials, ftees, sfumps, certain
manmade deposits, or industrial waste, sludge or landfill, or otler undesirable materials.
3. Unclassified Excavalion: Any and all materials, including surface boulders, encountered
during construction. Rock formations that can be removed by ripping with D-9 fractor in
good repair with single tooth hydraulic ripper are considered as unclassified excavation.
4. Rock Excavation: Rock formations which cannot be excavated without blasting.
Includes removal and disoosal of all rock.
5. BackfillandEmb***;' Embanlonents,includingpreparationofareauponwhichthey
are to be placed, dikes within or outside right-of-way. Placing and compacting approved
material within areas where unsuitable materials have been removed. Placing md
compacting of material in holes, pits and other depressions to lines and grades sho'nn on
drawings. Use only suitable materials in construction of embankrnents and backfills.
I
I
I EARTTIWORK 02300-l
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
PART 2
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
6. Borrow: Backfill or embanlcnent material which must be acquired from designated
borrow areas to make up deficiencies which cannot be completed frorn excavation within
work limits. Borrow material must be agreed to by Engineer.
7 . ProofRolling: Applying test loads over subgrade surface by means ofheavy pneumatic-
tired roller ofspecified design, to locate weak areas in subgrade.
1,2 PERMITS
A. Town of Vail Road Cut
C. Stormwater Discharge Permit (NPDES)
D. ConstructionDewatering(NPDES)
PRODUCTS
2.1 FILL AND EMBANKMENT MATERIAL
Any suitable material or borrow as defined above. Free-running water shall be drained from materials
before placement.
2,2 CONSTRUCTIONWATER
Acceptable water shall be provided at Contractor's expense.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXCAVATION
Unclassified Excavation: All excess or unsuitable excavated materials, including rock and boulders, that
cannot be used in backfill and embankrnents, shall be placed in designated disposal areas or disposed of
off site. Where shown on drawings or considered necessary, construct intercepting ditches above top of
cut slopes and carry to outlets near ends of cuts. To blend intersection of cut slopes with slope of adjacent
natural ground surfaces in uniform lnanner, shape tops of all cut slopes, except those in solid roch for
flattening and rounding in accordance with details shown on drawings. Treat earth overburden above solid
rock cuts in surme nxmner as earth cut. Engineer reserves the right to change cut slopes during progress of
excavation. Scale all exposed rippable rock cuts ofloose, potentially falling rock at Contractor's expense.
3.2 PROOF ROLLING
Proof rolling will be required to determine whether certain areas of subgrade meet compaction and/or
stable requirements. Proof roll designated areas with heavy rubbertired roller approved by Engineer.
Areas found to be weak or fail the test shall be repaired in accordance with recommendations by the
Engineer.
EART}IWORK 02300-2
B.
C.
D.
E,
F.
G.
3.4
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
3.3 SUBGRADEPREPARATION
100% CD: September2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
Adjust completed subgrade from slope or grade stakes to assure surface width conforms to typical section,
dimensions, lines, and grades on drawings. Compact subgrade in accordance with compaction
requirements.
EMBANKMENT AND FILL CONSTRUCTION
Place earth filI materials for backfill or embankment in thin horizontal layers near optimum
moisture content and compact as specifi€d before next layer is placed. Use effective spreading
equipment on each lift to obtain uniform thickness prior to compacting. As compaction of each
layer progresses, continuously level and manipulate to assure uniform density. Add or remove
water as necessary to obtain maximum density. Place embankment in layers not greater than 12"
which have been demonstrated to meet compaction standards. Occasional cobble and boulder-
sized pieces of excavated rocks with sizes from 6" to 18", may be placed in earth fill ifagreed to
by Engineer. Space large rocks so compaction of earth fill will meet compaction requirements.
When embankment is to be placed and compacted on hillsides, or when new embankrnent is to be
compacted against existing embankments, or when embankment is built one-half width at a time,
slopes which are steeper than 4:l measured longitudinally or at right angles to roadway shall be
continuously benched over as work is brought up in layers. Benching shall be well keyed into
existing slopes a minimum of 8' wide. Begin each horizontal bench at intersection of original
ground and sides of previous benches. Material benched shall be excavated and recompacted
along with new embankrnent material at Contractor's expense.
Rock fill embankment material consists predominantly of rock 6" to 18" in diameter placed in
loose lifts up to average rock dimension. Placing of occasional boulders of sizes larger than
maximum layer thickness may be agreed to by Engineer provided material is careflrlly placed,
large stones well distributed, and voids completely filled with smaller stones, earth, sand, or
gravel. Level and smooth each layer with suitable equipment, diskibuting soils and finer
fragments of earth. Wet each loose layer as necessary to facilitate compaction prior to placing
additional lifts. Embankrnents consisting predominantly of rock larger than 6" in greatest
dimension, shall not be constructed above an elevation 2'below finished subgrade. Balance of
embankment shall be composed of suitable material smoothed and placed in layers not exceeding
8" in loose thickness and compacted as specified.
Remove all sod and vegetable matter from surface upon which embankrnent is to be placed.
Completely break up cleared surface by plowing, scariffing, or stepping a minimum of 8" to
insure a bond between embankment and original ground. Recompact to specifications.
Frozen materials shall not be used in construction of embankrnents.
During construction maintain area in such condition that it will be well-drained at all times.
At the end of every construction day all fill areas must be flat rolled to provide proper drainage.
EARTHWORK 02300-3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
3.5 BORROW
Provide test pit if required by Engineer to evaluate acceptability and limits of source at Confractols
expense.
If more borrow is placed than required, amount of ovemrn will be deducted from borrow volume.
Conhactor shall notify Engineer at least 10 working days in advance ofneed before opening borrow area.
Strip all borrow pits of sod, topsoil, and unsuitable materials. Restore borrow area, grade and shape to
provide proper drainage before placement of topsoil, to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
3.6 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS
Deposit all surplus materials or unsuitable materials in such places as designated on drawings or approved
by Engineer. Deposit all waste material in designated waste areas. Grade and shape disposal site.
Complete topsoil and reseeding of site if required. Where disposal sites are not designated, remove and
dispose of all waste material off site.
3.7 COMPACTIONREQUIREMENTS
A. Thoroughly scarifi surface upon which embankment is to be placed to depth of 8".
B. Compact scarified materials and embankments to following % AASHTO T99. Moisture content
shall be within 2%' of optimurn.
1. Landscaped uea9o%o
2. Roadway95%
3. Drivewavs 95%
4. Parkine lots 95%
5. Public roadwavs 957o
6. Beneath structures l00o/o
C. Where Engineer agrees to rock fill material embankments constructed without moisture and
density conhol, place in loose lifts up to average rock dimension not exceeding 18". Apply water
as necessary to facilitate compacfion. Route construction equipment, compactors, or both,
uniformly over each lift prior to placing additional lifts. Apply sufficient compactive effort to
each lift to achieve uniform, well-compacted rock fi1l. Distribute rocks throughout layer, spaced
far enough apart to allow compaction equipment to pass between and permit
cross rolling. Place, move and compact embankment materials, and apply water to facilitate
compaction and prevent voids in embankment. Number of passes required will depend on
available compaction equipment to achieve compactive effort agreed to by Engineer.
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
IEARTFIWORK
END OF SECTION
023004
I
I
'ESTHA\.EN
coNDoMrNruMS
Vail, ColoradoI
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SECTION 02370 - EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
I PART I GENERAL
1.I DESCRIPTION
l.
' A. Work lncluded: Excavation, grading, and installation of riprap, Iilter material, jute netting, straw
bale sediment barriers, and all necessary appurtenances.
r B. Related Work:
l. Building Demolition: Section}Z22lI
2. Earthwork: Section 02300
f 3. StormDrainage: Section02630
I 1,2 SUBMITTALS
A. Test Reports: If requested, fumish copies oftests from certified and acceptable testing laboratory
I 1. Gradation and Soundness of Riprap.
2. Gradation ofFilterMaterial.
- 1.3 PERMTS
t A. Construction DewateringI
B. Stormwater Discharge Permit (NPDES)Ir PART2 PRODUCTS
I z.r RTPRAP
I
Hard, dense, sound, angular rough frachued stone meeting AASHTO T 85. Excavated shot rock may be
I used ifagreed to by the Owner's representative and the Engineer. Neither breadth nor thickness ofsingle
t stone to be less than one-third its length.
11 Nominal Size Min. Volume Min. Weigbt
11 9" 0.25 CF 301bs.
12" 0.5 CF 75 lbs.
18' 1.8 CF 250 lbs.
I 24u 4 CF 600 lbs.
I Size ofstone and total thickness ofriprap as shown on drawings. Stone well graded so voids can be filled,
I and at least 50% ofmass equal to or larger than size called for on drawings.
I ERoSIoN AND SEDIMENTATIoN CONTRoL 02370-l
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
Sieve Size
J
3/4"
No.4
No. 200
FILTER FABRIC
Weight
Thickness
Grab Strength
Elongation Break
Burst Strength
Trapezoid Tear Strength
Water Permeability
Water Flow Rate
EquivalentOpening Size
Percentage by Weight Passing
Square Mesh Sieves
100
20-90
0-20
0-3
4.0 ozlyd ASTM D1910
15 mils ASTM D1777
130 lbs. ASTM D1682
62% ASTMDI682
125 psi ASTMD7742
70 lb. ASTM 2263
0.02 cm/se CFMC
4.80 gaVminift CFMC
70-100 U.S. Sieve ASTM D422
Minimum Acceptable Value
90
50
190
40
0.3
40-80
90
I
I
I
I
T
l
I
2.2
z-)
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
3
I
I
I
2.5
Manufactured especially for stability of erosion control construction. Made from polyethylene and '' .
pol)?ropylene yams, in accordance with following: I
FILTERMATERIAL
Aggregate Filter: Conform to following gradation:
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
Test Method
ASTM D1682
ASTM D1682
ASTM D3786
ASTM D75l (modified)
US Std Sieve CW-02215
ASTM-G-26
2.4 EROSION CONTROL BLANKETS AND TURF REINFORCEMENT MATS
Install Landlok 450 TRM, Landlok C2 Fabric or as shown on plans
SILT FENCE
A. Silt Fence Fabric: The fabric shall meet the following specifications:
Fabric Prooerties
Grab Tensile Snenglh (lbs)
Elongation at Failure (%)
Mullen Burst Strength (PSI)
Puncture Shenglh (lbs)
Slurry Flow Rate (gaVmirVsf)
Equivalent Opening Size
Ultraviolet Radiation Stability %
B. Fence Posts (for fabricated units): The length shall be a minimum of 36 inches long. Wood posts
will be of sound quality hardwood with a minimum cross sectional area of 3.0 square inches.
Steel posts will be standard T and U section weighing not less than l 00 pound per linear foot.
EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 02370-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
T
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. Wire Fence (for fabricated units): Wire fencing shall be a minimum l4- I /4 gage with a maximum
6" mesh opening, or as approved.
D. Prefabricated Units: Envirofence or approved equal may be used in lieu of the above method
providing the unit is installed per manufacturer's instructions.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 FILTER FABRIC
Place fabric over shaped surface loosely where, when large stones are placed, they will not cause stetching
offabric beyond elastic limits. Overlap joining sections 2' at edges. Secure overlapped edges to subgrade
with cinch pins. Ifriprap is dropped, place aggregate bedding 2" thick over fabric. Place riprap in a
manner that fabric will not be damaged by shetching, punching, or ripping.
3.2 RIPRAP
A. Angular reasonably well-graded from smallest to maximum size specified. Stones smaller than
l0% of smallest size not permitted. Control gradation of riprap by visual inspection to assure
thickness of riprap conforms with drawings.
B. Hand Placed: Rectangular to facilitate butt placement. Fill openings with loose, well-graded road
aggregate base material.
3.3 FILTERMATERIAL
Wet subgrade, reasonably shape, and compact prior to placing filter material. Filter material may be
backdragged with loader bucket to a reasonably smooth surface for placement to lines and grades ofdraw-
ings.
3.4 WATERBARS/INTERCEPTORTRENCHES
Construct ditch in accordance with drawings. Flow line of water bar not steep et than l%o. Discharge on
existing vegetated slopes alternately to avoid erosion.
STRAW BALE SEDIMENT BARRIER
Use straw bale barriers at storm drain inlets, across minor swales and ditches, and other applications where
barrier is of temporary nature. Bind straw bales with nylon or baling wire, not twine. Anchor bales to
ground with two posts per bale.
EROSION CONTROL BLANKETS AND TURF REINFORCEMENT MATS
A. Site Preparation
' Grade and compact area of installation and remove all rocks, clods, vegetation or other
3,5
3.6
EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 02370-3
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September200, I
FORCONSTRUCTION
obstructions so that the installed blankeVmat will have direct contact with soil surface.r Prepare seedbed by loosening 2-3 in (50-75mm) oftopsoil above final grade.. Incorporate fertilizer into soil.. Do not mulch areas where mat is to be placed
Seeding
. Apply seed to the soil surface before installing blanket/mat, or after installation (TRM
only) for enhanced performance (preferable). When seeding prior to installation, all check slots and other areas disturbed must also be
reseeded.. When using a TRM and soil filling, seed TRM and entire disturbed area after installation, prior to
filling mat with soil.
Installation on Banks and Slopes
. ExtendedblankeVmat 2-3 ft (600-900mm) over crest ofslope and excavate a l2x6 in
(300x150mm) terminal anchor trench.. Anchor blanket/mat in trench on 1 ft (300mm) spacings, backfill and compact soil.. Unroll blankeVmat down slope with small netting on bottom, large netting on top.. Overlap adjacent rolls at least 3 in (75mm), and anchor every l8 in (a50mm) minimum
across the overlap. The higher elevation blankeVmat should be placed over the lower
blanket/mat.. Overlap blankeVmat edges approximately 2 in (50mm) and staple according to anchor
pattern guide. Make sure that edge overlaps are shingled away from prevailing winds.. Lay blanket/mat loose to maintain direct contact with soil. @o not pull blanket/mat taut.
This may a1low bridging of soil surface.). Secure blankeVmat to ground surface using U-shaped wire staples (preferred) or
geotextile pins. Refer to manufacturer's recommendation for appropriate number and patt€m of anchors. Place outer edge ofblankeVmat in previously excavated longitudinal slots, anchor using
prescribed staple pattem, backfill and compact soil.. Anchor, backfill and compact upstream end of blanket/matin a l2x6 in (300x150mm)
terminal trench.. Secure blanket/mat to ground zurface using U-shaped wire staples(preferred) or geotextile
pins.. Wlren using a TRM, seed and {i]l with soil for enhanced performance. When using a TRM with a geotextile attached. Always seed after installing mal then fill
with soil
lnstallation in Storm Water Channels
Excavate an initial anchor trench 12 in (300mm) deep and 6 in (l50mm) wide across the channel
at the lower end of the project area.
Construct check slots along the channel in the following maffier: Excavate intermittent
check slots 6 in (l50mm) deep and 6 in (150mm) wide across the channel at 30 ft (9.Im)
intervals.
Cut longitudinal channel anchor slots 4 in (l00mm) deep and 4 in (100mm) wide along
both sides of the installation to bury edges ofblanket/mat. Whenever possible extend mat
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
(-.
D.
EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 023704 I
I
I
B.
3.8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
WE STHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
2-3 ft (600-900 mm) above crest ofchannel side slopes.
Beginning at the center if downsheam end of the channel, place the end ofthe frst roll in
the anchor trench and secure with fastening devices at I ft (300mm) intervals. Note:
blanket/mat will initially be upside down in anchor hench; smaller netting on top.
In same manner, position adjacent rolls in anchor trench. Overlapping the preceding roll
minimum of 3 in (75mm).
Again, staple at I ft (300mm) intervals, backfill and compact soil.
Unroll blanket/mat over the compacted trench with smaller netting on bottom, large
netting on top. Stop at next check slot or terminal anchor trench.
Unroll adjacent rolls upstream in order to maintain a minimum 3 in (75mm) overlap.
Anchor every l8 in (a50mm) minimum across the overlap.
Fold and secure blanket/mat rolls snugly into intermittent check slots. Lay blanket/mat in
the bottom and fold back against itself. Anchor through both layers ofblanket or mat at I
ft(300mm) intervals then backlill and compact soil. Continue rolling upstream over the
compacted slot to the next check slot of terminal anchor hench.
Overlap roll ends a minimum of lft (300mm) with upsheam blankeVmat on top. Begin
all new rolls in a check slot. Anchor overlapped area by placing two rows of anchors, I ft
(300mm) apart on lft (300mm) intervals.
E.Soil Filling
If specified, soil filling is recommended for optimum performance.
After seeding, spread and lightly rake % -%in (12-19mm) of fine topsoil into the TRM
and completely fill the voids. Use backside of rake or other flat tool.
If equipment must operate on the TRM, make sure it is of the rubber-tired type. No
tacked equipment or sharp tums are allowed on the mat.
Avoid any haffrc over TRM if loose or wet soil conditions exist.
Use shovels, rakes or brooms for fine grading and finishing.
Smooth soils fill in order to just expose the top netting of matrix. Do not place excessive
soil above the mat.
Broadcast additional seed and mulch above the soil-filled TRM.
Water as necessary to enhance growth.
Consult manufacturer's technical representative or local diskibutor for installation
assistance. Particulmly if unique conditions apply (i.e. fine sandy soils, infertile
environment)
3.7 CHECKDAMS
lnstall bottom ofcheck dam at least 6" below maximum depth of newly graded channel. Extend to 6"
above maximum design water depth. Install materials in accordance with drawings.
SEDIMENT POND/TRAP
Construct pond per plans and as directed by Engineer.
The area under embankment shall be cleared, grubbed and sfipped ofany vegetation and root
mat. The pool area shall be cleared.
EROSION AND SEDMENTATION CONTROL 02370-5
WESTHAVEN
Vail, Colorado
C.
I
CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September20O, I
FORCONSTRUCTION
The fill material for the embankrnent shall be free of roots or other woody vegetation as well as I
over-sized stones, rocks, organic material or other objectionable material. The embankrnent shall
be compacted by traversing with equipment while it is being constructed. Maximum height of I
embankment shall be 4' measured at centerline of embankrnent I
All cut and fill slopes shall be 2:l or flatter.I
Geotextile Class C shall be placed over riser. Fabric shall be embedded at least 6" into existing
ground at bottom ofpond.
Outlet - An outlet shall include a means of conveying the discharge in a erosion free manner to an I
;::rj:il**
channel. Protection against soour at the discharge point shall be provided as
t
Outlet channel must have positive drainage from the trap.
Sediment shall be removed and trap restored to its original dimensions when the sediment has I
accumulated to 7z of the wet storage depth of the hap (900 cflac). Removed sediment shall be
deposited in a suitable area and in such a manner that it will not erode or disposed of offsite.
I
The structure shall be inspected periodically after each period ofrain or storm event and repaired
asneeded.
IJ. Conskuction of traps shall be carried out in such a manner that sediment pollution is abated.
Points of concentrated inflow shall be protected.
K. The structure shall be dewatered by approved methods, removed and the area stabilized when th" '
drainage area has been properly stabilized. I
3,g SILT FENCE I
Install silt fence in accordance with drawings. I
END oF sECrroN I
r
I
I
I
02370-6 I
D.
F.
G.
H,
EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
I
I WES]TIAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I SECTION O25IO - WATERDISTRIBUTION
I PART1 GENERALr1.1 DESCRIPTION
I A
ilffiHl:1",i',ff:Jill'.i,3,iif*'l;l"lf.l';#$T::'J#'""ilJ.'Jfi"fJ:h.l$;-;;#;
necessary appurtenances.
t B. Related Work:
f L Site Clearing: Section 02230
C. Definition:
I l. Trench Excavation: Excavation ofall material encountered alons trench other than rock
excavatron.
- 2. Rock Excavation; All solid rock formations which cannot be reasonably broken by a
backhoe with 3/4 cubic yard bucket with bucket curling force and stick crowd force of
35,000 lbs. each, and requiring drilling and blasting.
I D. Eagle River Water and Sanitation District Specifications: All work shall conform to the most
I current standard specifications for water lines as adopted and approved by Eagle River Water and
t Sanitation District and as amended.
I 1.2 SUBMITTALS
t A. Submit shop drawings or product data if required by Engineer showing specific dimensions and
construction materials for;
a l. Valves and Valve Boxes
I 2. Fittings
3. Fire Hydrants
t 4. Vaults
I 5. Service Lines
I 6. Meters
I B. Test Reports: Submit laboratory gradation tests for bedding and trench stabilization materials,
concrete mix design, and compression test.
I
I *ATERDISTRIBUTI.N 02510-1
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
l
2.
J.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
C. Permits: Submit copies of all permits issued for project.
D. Certificates: Submit copies of acceptance from Health Departrnent prior to placing water system
in service.
I.3 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements: Except by specific written autlorization, cease concreting when
descending air temperature in shade and away from artificial heat falls below 35 degrees F and
there is frost in subgrade. When concreting is permitted during cold weather, temperature ofmix
shall not be less than 60 degrees F at time ofplacing.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - All materials shall conform to the local water district's specifications.
2.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A1l ductile iron pipe and fittings used shall meet the latest AWWA Specifications.
A. Pioe
Ductile Iron Pipe: AWWA C l5 1, working pressure 350 psi, minimum thickness class
52, with cement-mortar lining, AWWA C104. Bihrminous outside coating one mil thick.
Pipe joints, push-on type utilizing rubber ring gasket, AWWA C I 1 I .
Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Couplings: AWWA C900, working pressure 200 psi, with
push-on joints ASTM Dl869. six inch (6"), eight inch (8") and trvelve inch (12") PVC
water lines shall be Class 200 dimension ratio 14 (DR l4). PVC pipe may be used only
in corrosive areas and in the Edwards Mehopolitan District provided the static water
pressure does not exceed 170 psi. Installation ofPVC pipe in corrosive areas must have
prior written authorizations from the District.
Steel Pipe: All steel pipe and fittings shall be fabricated in accordance with AWIVA
C200 Standard for Steel Water Pipe-eight inches (8") and larger-andAWWA M-l I Steel
Pipe Manual. Working pressure shall be 350 psi.
All material used shall be acceptable under ASTM ,4'283 Standaxd Specification for Low
and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates of Structural Quality or ASTM
A36 Standard Specifications for Structural Steel.
For mill-type pipe, all material used shall be acceptable under ASTM A53 Standard
Specifi cation for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless.
All fittings shall be fabricated from tested pipe and dye checked in accordance witb
AWWAC208.
All steel pipe and fittings shall be prepared, primed, lined, coated, painted or wrapped as
hereinafter specified:
a. Exterior Surfaces - Tape coating system conforming to AWWA C209 andC2l4.
WATERDISTRIBUTION 02510-2
2.2
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
b. lnterior Surfaces - Cement-mortar lining conforming to AWWA C205.
4. HDPE Pipe: With authorization from the engineer and approval by the Dishict, this pipe
may be used as an alternative in those applications where "hot soils" are determined to be
found.
5. Fittings: Fittings shall be made of ductile iron and in accordance with the requirements
of AWWA C153, pressure rating 350 psi. Mechanical joints shall conform to AWWA
Cl I l. Bolts and nuts shall be low-alloy steel. Al1 fittings shall be cement-mortar lined,
AWWA C104. Bituminous outside coating shall be a minimum of one-mil (l) thick.
6. Joint Reshaint Devices: Joint reshaint devices shall be made of ductile iron. Twist-off
nuts, sized the same as the tee-head bolts, shall be used to ensure proper actuating of
reshaining devices. Joint restraint devices shall be EBAA Iron, lnc., Megalug Series
I100 or 1700 or Uni-Flange Corp. Series 1400 for new pipe restraint and EBAA Iron
Sales, Megalug Series I l00SD or I l00HD or Uni-Flange UFR1 300-C or UFRI 390-C
for existing pipe restraint or accepted equal.
7 . Solid Sleeves: Solid sleeves shall be made of ductile iron, mechanical joint, long body.
Sleeves shall have a minimum pressure rating of 350 psi. Where a solid sleeve is used to
join t'wo pieces ofpipe of the same diameter, a "wedding band" is to be inserted between
the two pipes inside of the solid sleeve.
8. Tapping Sleeves: Wet taps shall only be made with the use of a tapping sleeve. The
District will allow epoxy-coated Smith Blair 620, Mueller H304,ICM4I2 or equivalent.
No tapping sleeves will be allowed for any application with a working preszure of 150
psi or higher. For those applications where working pressure exceeds 150 psi, the Distict
will require the use of a tee.
B. Fittings
Fittings shall be ductile iron and in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C 153, pressure
rating 350 psi. Mechanical joints shall conform to AWWA Cl l L Bolts and nuts shall be low-
alloy steel. All fittings cement-mortar lined, AWWA C 104. Bituminous outside coating one mil
thick.
VALVES
The valves shall be the same size as the main.
Gate Valves
Gate valves shall be Mueller A-2360, Waterous AFC-2500 or U.S. Pipe Metroseal with an epoxy-
coated interior and exterior cast iron or ductile iron body, pressure rating 250 psi, bronze-
mounted, AWWA C509. Resilient seat (wedge) rubber encapsulated gate, flanged or mechanical
joint as required. Valves with ring stem seal, two-inch (2') squarc operating nut, open left must
be used. Resilient wedge gate valves on all pipe sizes up to and including l2 inches are required.
WATERDISTRIBUTION 02510-3
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
C.
l00o/o CD:September 200, I
FORCONSTRUCTION I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B,
Direction of Opening: All valves are to open left.
Specifications:
Gate valves in sizes tlrough twenty-four inches (24") shall be of the iron body, non-rising bronze
stem, resilient seated wedge type manufactured to equal or exceed ANSVAWWA Standard C509-
80 and the specific requirements outlined in these Special Provisions.
Valves shall have a bottle-tight working water pressue of 250 psi wilh zero leakage and be
capable offlow in either direction.
End connections shall be mechanical joint and shall be furnished with all necessary joint
materials.
Valve openings shall be fumished and installed with valve stacks and covers in accordance with
locate water district specifications.
Valve body, bonnet, stuffing box and disc cast shall be manufactured of either gray or ductile iron.
The exterior of the valve shall have epoxy coating per AWWA standards, applied to the ferrous
parts ofthe valve, except for finished or seating surfaces.
All intemal ferrous metal surfaces shall be coated with a two-part thermosetting epoxy coating.
The coating shall be non-toxic, impart no taste to water, protect all seating and adjacent surfaces
from corrosion and prevent build-up of scale or tuberculation.
The valve shall be structurally designed so that ifexcessive torque is applied to the stem in the
closing direction, with the disc seated, failure of the pressure retaining parts does not occur. Stem
failure under such conditions shall occur externally at such a point as to enable the stem to be
safely tumed in the opening direct by use of a pipe wrench.
Valve Boxes
Valve boxes shall be Tyler 6668-2. A1l buried valves shall be provided with a six-inch (6')
cast iron, valve box, screw tJpe. The valve box shall be of a design which will not-transmit
shock or stress to the valve and which shall have enoug! extension capability to be raised to
final street grade. The valve box shall be cast iron, adjustable screw t5pe, with minimum five-
inch (5") diameter shaft provided with cover, marked "Water".
Pressure Reducing Valves
All pressure reducing valves shall be CLA-VAL 92G-O1ABXCKDS as appropriate and
determined by the Engineer. In addition, the PRV is to have the following features:
l. Preszure reducing pilotry with pressure conhol ranges for correct valve operation where
installed. Pilot material shall be bronze body only brass and stainless-steel trim. Tubing
shall be copper.
2. Epoxy coated interior and exterior suitable for potable water contact.
WATERDISTRIBUTION 025104
D.
F.
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
WES T}IAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
FIRE ITYDRANTS
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
3. Dura-clean stem design shall be installed.
4. Valve opening shall be regulated by means ofa "speed confiol valve" for flow conhol.
5. Ductile iron, globe body, minimum 150-pound ANSI flanges or as may be required by
system pressures, bronze trim.
6. Pilotry flow-clean shainer and minimum of three (3) pilot cocks.
Pressure Reducing Valves-Blpass Line
The PRV shall be CLA-VAL 90-01 valve, sized appropriately to allow low flow to blpass around
the main PRV. The valve shall have a ductile iron globe body with screwed ends. Pilotry is to be
equipped with a flow wye strainer and isolation cocks.
Air Release/Vacuum Valves
Shatl be an APCO air vacuum combination valve sized by the engineer as manufactured by Valve
and Primer Corporation or an equivalent valve that has been approved by the local water district.
The valve shall have a cast iron body, cover and baffle with a stainless-steel float. The seat shall
be fastened into the valve cover, without distortion and shall be easily removed, if necessary. Air
release/vacuum valves shall be installed at all high points in the system on any main line
extensions.
Check Valves
Golden-Anderson Silent Check Valve (Figure 280). Bronze mounted, AWWA C508. High
shength cast iron gate with bronze gate ring. Bronze, back-faced seat ring. Solid bronze Y-
shaped hinge.
Fire hydrants shall be Mueller Centurion A423, Kennedy KS lA-250 certified, AVK Series 2700
or 2780, Waterous Pacer or U.S. Pipe M-94 which conform to AWWA Standard C502 with a
working pressure of250psi. They also shall be six-inch (6') mechanical joint inlet, minimum 5/r
inches, compression-type main valve that closes with pressure, two 2% hose nozzler,, one 4lr-inch
pump nozzle, nozzle threads ANSI 826. Nozzles must be easily replaceable in the field with
standard tools. Operating and cap nuts must be I %-inch, Number 17 National Standard hex main
valve which open to the LEFT. An arrow cast on top ofhydrant shall indicate direction opening.
These shall be a breakable section that permits clean break at or near ground level, preventing
water loss in case of breakage. Working parts must be removable for maintenance or repair
without excavation. Also required are operating mechanism non-wetting, oil reservoir lubricated,
with O-ring seals and barrel drain bronze mounted with at least two (2) outlets, which operate
automatically with main valve. Fire hydrants must be installed at the end ofall main lines. Finish
grade ofthe fue hydrant shall be twelve inches (12") below the flange for final grade and paving
inspection.
Fire Hvdrant Extensions
WATERDISTRIBUTION 02510-5
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September200, I
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
New lnstallations: All new installations shall be installed at the standard 7-foot to 9-foot ofcover I
measured from the top of the pipe to finisb grade. A1l fire hydrants shall consist of a single solid
shaft. No fire hydrant extensions will be allowed. Any special circumstance will require written I
approval from the local water district prior to installation. I
Existing Fire Hydrants: No more than one (1), two-foot (2') long, fire hydrant grade extension I
(extension section) shall be used or installed on fire hydrant assemblies. I
All hydrants shall be installed with a guard valve to isolate the hydrant for repair while I
maintaining service to main. No service line taps will be allowed between the guard valve and thydrant. Guard valves shall be installed on the tee offof the water main.
The maximum distance from the guard valve to the fire hydrant shall not exceed fifty feet (50') t
Fire hydrants shall be installed at the end of all dead-end mains.I
IC. Fire Hydrant Marker Flags
Hlflift:ifiiliilfl};:ffir.'r."'arr
newlv constructed rire hvdrants. rhe required flat is a I
2.4 SERVICE LINES
A. Copper Tubrng I
Type "K", ASTM 888. Connections to be compression or silver soldered.I
B. Corporation Stops
Mueller 300 Ball Valve No. 8-25008 or 825028, AWWA C800. All brass construction with I
compression connection.
McDonald No. 4701BT or 4704BT, AWWA C800. I
Ford cclcomp FB-1000-G I
Ford IPS/comp FB-l 100-G
C. Curb Stops I
Mueller 300 Ball Curve Valve No. 25209, Ford B44 with compression connections, AWWA C-
I
McDonald Ball Curb Valve - 6100 T. AWWA C800.
D. Curb Boxes I
Forcurbstopsupto 1": MuellerH10314with89982 lidorMcDonald560l with560lLlid. For I
curb stops larger than l": Mueller Hl03l4 with 89982 lid and Tyler 6500 Series Enlarged I
WATERDISTRIBUTION 02510-6 I
I
I
t
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail. Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
Base #144809 or McDonald 5603 with 5601L lid. Shaft diameter shall be l" and the top of the
shaft shall be a minimum of 18" from final erade and lid.
E. Saddles
Ductile Iron Saddle: Mueller DE2A,JCM-402, Smith & Blair 313, Ford F202, McDonald 3825,
3 826 or equal and approved by the District. The saddle must have a double flat strap design with
ductile iron bodv. Said saddle must conform to AWWA C800.
2.5 METERS
Rockwell SR Compound Meter
A. All services are required to have a positive displacement Rockwell meter with ECR touch-read
pad. Conformance per AWWA C702 Standard for Cold Water Meters - Compound Type.
I. SR
2. SR2
3. Compound
4. Meter type will be determined by the District.
B. lnstallation must be in freeze-proof, accessible area.
C. A telephone jack must be installed within frve feet (5') of the meter to provide for
automated meter reading.
D. lnstallation will be near floor level in a horizontal position. Isolation valves shall be located
before the PRV and after the meter (i.e. valve, PRV, meter, valve).
E. Customer shall install wire from meter location to touch-read pad prior to meter installation.
F. Touch-read pad will be located on street side of building, frve feet (5') above the ground in an
accessible location free from snow.
G. Master Meter Vaults: All master meter vaults will be required to have a six inch (6") Rockwell
turbine rneter with a two inch (2") positive displacement low flow meter. The Contractor will be
required to submit a piping schematic to the District and Engineer prior to any installation. Refer
to Details for additional information.
2.6 BEDDING
Two types of bedding material me allowed: Screened rock and soil or select imported material,
meeting the following gradation specification table:
future
t
I WATERDISTRIBUTION 02510-7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
ISieve Size Total Percent Passing by Weight
Screened Rock Soil or Select lmport
1%inchmaximum,
and maximum of 10%
of pipe diameter to %
inch
100 100
No.4 0to10 30 to 100
No. 200 0to5 0to50
Minimum Compaction
Requirement
Tamp to spring line to
fill voids below pipe
haunches
90% of Standard Proctor
placed at +/- 3% of Optimum
Moisture
The maximum particle size of pipe bedding should generally not exceed llz inches or 10 percent of the
nominal pipe diameter, whichever is less. Bedding for small pipe such as service lines should generally
have a maximum particle size not exceeding % inch. Bedding materials shall be free of topsoil, organic
material, frozen matter, debris, or other deleterious material.
Screened rock used for waterline or sewer pipe bedding should be crushed, angular material that meets
the requirements of ASTM D 2321, Class IA bedding material. The material should have not more
than l0 percent passing the No. 4 (4.75 millimeter) screen, and less than 5 percent passing the No. 200
(75 micrometer) screen. The bedding should be tamped under the haunches of the pipe to spring line.
Where future excavation is anticipated, the sloughing properties of screened rock when unconfined
should be taken into consideration. The District may require soil or select import. Where groundwater
may be present, the potential effects of groundwater interception by the bedding material should be
considered. Groundwater interception may be conholled by: constructing check dams with low
permeable material at intervals in the bedding; providing drainage to daylight at intervals along the
pipe; substituting low permeable bedding; or a combination of these.
Compacted pipe bedding should meet the requirements of ASTM D 2321, Class IB, Class II, or Class
III bedding material. The material should have a minimum of 30 percent passing the No. 4 screen and
less than 50 percent passing the No. 200 screen. Class 6 aggregate base course per CDOT Table 703.2
conforms to this gradation criteria. The bedding should be compacted to a minimum of 90 percent at
+/- 3 percent of optimum moisture content, referencing Standard Proctor (ASTM D698, AASHTO
T99). Material containing 10 to 30 percent passing the No. 4 screen can be used with the following
considerations: materials in this range can be expected to possess properties similar to screened rock
except that compaction will be required and materials in this range may be too free-draining to be
testable for compaction by ASTM D698.
Flow-fill, ay2 sack (50 pounds) per cubic yard lean concrete mix as defined in the CDOT 1999
Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Section 206.02, may be used as bedding
where a combination of ease of placement, low permeability, and unconfined stability is desired.
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
IWATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-8
I
I WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
I Additional Requirements:
I -Bedding materials shall be free of topsoil, organic materials, ftozen matter, debrjs, or other deleterious
materials.
I -Flow-fill as specified by CDOT 1999 Standard Specihcations, Section 206.02, maybe used with
I District approval.
-Ductile Iron Pipe may be required to be encased in loose polyethylene in conformance with
I ANSVAWWA CIO5/A21.5 installation methods, unless site soils and proposed bedding materials are
I determined to be non-corrosive to iron pipe when evaluated according to Appendix A of
ANSVAWWA CIO5/421.5.
-Materials not meeting these requirements shall be used only with prior written approval of the
I District.
In specific areas, such as where access is exhemely limited, the use of on-site materials may be
I allowed, and, when used, must be on-site 1% inches rninus well-graded screened material, hee fromr organic materials, chunks of soil, frozen material, debris, or other suitable materials. Use of on-site
bedding material must have prior written District approval.
T 2.7 TRENCH BACKFILL
I Backfill with same materials excavated from work limits unless unsuitable. No boulders over six inches
I (6") in diameter in top twelve inches (12") of hench. No backfill material with boulders larger than
eighteen inches ( I 8") in diameter shall be backfilled in the ftench.
I 2.8 NON-DETECTABLE MARKTNGTAPE
I The installation of "blue" marking tape is required on all water mains and service lines. The tape shall be
I installed approximatelytwenty-fourinches (2') above tlemain or line. The tape shall meettlre following
specifications :
I A. Four (4) mil thick PVC material.t
B. Solid "blue" color with black letteringIr C. Six inches (6") in width
I z.g coNCRETEMATERTALI
A. General: All materials shall be fumished from sources agreed to by the Engineer.
I B. Cement: ASTMC-I50forPortlandCement,Typell Cementwhichhasbecomepartiallysetor
contains lumps of caked cement shall be rejected.
I C. Aggregate: ASTMC33.
I D. Water: Water used in mixing or curing concrete shall be clean and free Aom oil, acids, salt, alkali,
I or organic materials harmful to concrete.
r
I
'ATERDISTRIBUTI.N
02510-9
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
2.IO CONCRETE MIX
A. Design Mix
1. Proportions
Cement 5-ll2 sacks per cubic yard
Coarse aggregate - 43Yo
Water - 5.5 gallons per sack
Maximum size aggegate - 314"
2. Slump: 4" maximum
3. Strength: Minimum 3,000 psi at 28 days
4. Air Content: 5Yo - 7"/o
B. Job-Mixed Concrete
Mixed in drum mixer conforrning to Concrete Paving Mixer Standards of Mixer Manufacturers
Bureau of Associated General Contactors of America. Mixer shall be capable of combining
aggegates, cement, and water into thoroughly mixed and uniform mass. Discharge entire
contents of drum before recharging. Continue mixing of each batch for not less than I 0 minutes
after all materials are in drum.
C. Ready-Mixed Concrete
Proportioned, mixed and hansported in accordance with ASTM C94. Any concrete not plastic
and workable when it reaches project shall be rejected.
2.II POLYETI{YLENEENCASEMENT
A polyethylene encasement material shall be manufactured in accordance with AW\VA Cl05, with the
following additional requirements. The raw material used to manufacture polyethylene film shall be Type
I , Class A, Grade E-1, in accordance with ASTM D-1248.
2.12 THRUST BLOCKS AND ANCHORS I
Concrete thrust blocks and anchors shall be sized for the intemal pipe pressure and soil bearing capacity. I
Standard sizes and shapes of thrust blocks and anchors me shown on the details. No thrust block shall be I
smaller than that size required for an eight inch (8") main.
Thrust reaction blocking shall be concrete of a mix not leaner than I part cement to 2-lllpartssand and 5 I
parts stone, and having a compressive shength ofnot less than 3000 P.S.I. after 28 days.
Megalug joint restraint devices shall be used in conjunction with thrust blocks. t
Al1 thrust blocks shall be formed in accordance with the local water district's specifications. See detail.
I
WATER DISTRIBUTION O25IO-10 T
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
WESTTIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
The Water District shall inspect all thrust blocks.
2.13 PRESSUREREDUCERVAULTS
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
All proposed installations shall be "factory-built" vault including the appropriately sized main line inlet
and outlet.
PRV installations shall include an appropriately sized manual bypass with an approved gate valve; two (2)
appropriately sized CLA-VAL Model 90G-01ABK pressure reducing valves with approvedisolating gate
valves.
All vault installations shall include a l20l24}-voIt power panel; all assembled, tested and painted.
Minimum dimensions of the vault shall be 7' (H) x 8' (L) x 6' (U), skid - mounted capsule with Bilco
Model MNB'50 access hatch, ladder, fluorescent light, gravity drain in sump, dehumidrfier,240 volt
heater, exhaust fan and trvo (2) magnesium anode packs. All proposed vault installations must be pre-
approved by the local water district.
2.14 CASING SPACERS
Carrier pipes to be installed inside casings shall be installed with self-restraining casing spacers. Casing
spacers shall provide axial thrust restraint to prevent pipe joint sepmation during and after installation.
They shall also provide dielectric insulation between the carrier pipe and the casing and facilitate
installation of the carrier pipe into the casing.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.I TRENCHING
A. Trench Excavation: Excavate to depths required. Confine excavation to work limits.
B. Rock Trench Excavation: Prior to rernoval, notiff Engineer of areas requiring rock excavation.
C. Blasting: In general, blasting will be allowed in order to expedite the work if a permit by the local
authority havingjurisdiction granted. All explosives and appurtenances shall be fransported,
handled, stored and used in accoidance with the laws of the local, state and federal govemments,
as applicable.
All blasting shall be controlled so as not to injure any existing strucfure or facility. The protection
of life and property and all liability for blasting shall be placed solely on the person or persons
conducting the blasting operation. The hours of blasting shall be in accordance with the permit of
the local authority. Prior to blasting, provide minimurn 24-hour notification to Engineer.
D. Trench Support: The trench shall be adequately supported and the safety of workers provided for
as required by the most recent siandards adopted by the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) Standards Board. Sheeting and shoring shall be utilized where required
to prevent any excessive widening or sloughing of the trench, which maybe detrimental to human
safety, to the pipe and appurtenances being installed, to existing utilities, to existing stuctur€s, or
to any other existing facility or itern.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
I WATERDISTRIBUTION 02510-l l
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
3.2 UNSTABLE TRENCH BOT'TOMAND EXCAVATION IN POOR SOIL
If the bottom of the excavation at subgrade is found to be soft or unstable or to include ashes, cinders,
refuse, vegetable or other organic material, or large pieces or fragments of inorganic material that cannot
satisfactorily support the pipe or structure then the Contractor shall further excavate and remove such
unsuitable material. Before the pipe or structure is installed, the subgrade shall be accepted by the
Engineer.
3.3 BEDDING
Install in conformance with drawings. Place fiom minimum of 4" below bottom ofpipe to centerline for
entire width of ffench.
3.4 PIPE INSTALLATION
General: Deliver, handle, store, and install in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's
recommendations and the applicable paragraphs of AWWA C600, AWWA C603, and ASTM
D2321.
Carefully examine all pipe and fittings for cracks and other defects. Groove in bells of ductile
iron pipe to be full and continuous or be rejected. Remove all foreigr matter from interior and
ends of pipe and appurtenances before lowering into hench. Carefully lower all pipe, fittings,
valves, and hydrants into trench piece by piece to prevent damage to pipe materials, protective
coatings, and linings. Do not dump into trench. If pipe cannot be lowered into hench and into
place without getting earth into it, place healy, tightly woven canvas bag over each end and
leave in place until joints are made. During pipe laying, place no debris, tools, clothing or
other materials in pipe.
Keep trenches free from water during pipe laying and jointing. Dewatering of trench considered
as incidental to conshuction an all costs included in conhact prices. When pipe laying is not in
progress, close open ends ofpipe by watertight plug, or other means approved by Engineer.
Deflection of Pipe: Pipe deflections are discouraged. Do not exceed 50% of the deflection limits
for each type of pipe as recommended by pipe manufacturer.
Pipe Jointing
1. General: Cut pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces in neat and workrnanlike
manner with no damage to pipe or lining. Leave smooth end at right angles to axis of
PiPe.
2. Mechanical Joints: Thoroughly clean last 8" of spigot and inside bell to remove oil, grit,
tar, and other foreign matter. Coat spigot and gasket with solution furnished by pipe
manufacturer. Slip cast-iron gland on spigot end of pipe with lip extension of gland
toward spigot end. Coat gasket with joint lubricant and place on spigot end ofpipe to be
laid, with thick edge toward gland.
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
B.
C.
WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-12
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
T
t
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
Pipe Size
Inches
J
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
Push entire section forward to seat spigot in bell of pipe in place. Press gasket into place
within bell, even around entirejoint. Move ductile-iron gland along pipe into position for
bolting all nuts with suitable torque wrench. Altemately tighten nuts 180 degrees apart to
produce equal pressure on all parts of gland.
Bolt Size
Inches
5/8
3/4
Range ofTorque
Ft.-Lb.
45 -60
75 -90
t
I
I
3. Push-on Joints: Thoroughly clean exterior 4" ofpipe spigot and inside of adjoining
bell to remove all oil, grit, tar, and other matter. Place gasket in bell with large round
side of gasket pointing inside pipe bell. Apply thin film joint lubricant over gasket's
entire exposed surface. Wipe spigot end ofpipe clean and insert into bell to contact
gasket. Force pipe into bell to manufacturer's jointing mark.
4. Flanged Joints: Thoroughly clean faces offlanges ofall oil, grease, and othermaterial.
Thoroughly clean rubber gaskets and check for proper fit. Assure proper seating of
flanged gasket. Tighten blots so preszure on gasket is uniform. Use torque wrenches to
insure uniform bearing. Ifjoints leak when hydrostatic test applied, remove and replace
gaskets and retighten bolts.
D. Thrust Restraint: Concrete thrust blocks are required.
3.5 SANITARY SEWER CROSSING
A. Normal Conditions: Whenever possible lay water mains over sanitary sewers to provide vertical
separation of at least 18" between invert of water main and crown of sewer.
B. Unusual Conditions: If above separation cannot be met, use following:
l. Sewer passing over or less than 18" under water main. Install continuous watertight
presswe pipe C900 PVC or Yelomine until the water and sewer pipe are sepmated by
more than 10 feet horizontally and or more than I 8 inches verfically transition couplings
to be HARCO or equivalent.
3.6 TAPPING PIPE
Use experienced workmen with tools in good repat and proper adapters for size ofpipe being tapped.
Drilling and tapping machines proposed for tapping directly into pipe agreed to by Engineer. If tap is
improperly installed with leakage around tbreads or, in opinion of Engineer, connection is zubstandard,
provide tap saddle at Conhactors' expense. If damage to pipe cannot be repaired by saddle, install
approved repair sleeve over injured portion and retap at Conhactor's expens€.
lnstall corporation stop and couplings, flanged coupling adapters, and service saddles to provide clean seat.
Wipe gaskets clean before installation. Flexible couplings and flanged coupling adapter gaskets may be
lubricated for installation on pipe ends. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
Tighten bolts progressively from opposite sides until all bolts have uniform tighhress. Use torque
I wArERDrsrRrBUrIoN 02510-13
T
WESTTIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
wrenches or other approved equipment.
3.7 SERVICE LINE
100% CD: September 200, I
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
Place true to line and grade in accordance with drawings, from main line to curb stop or meter, in shortest
direct route by continuous section ofpipe with no splices. Locate 10' horizontally from all sewer lines.
Terminate near center ofeach lot or as shown on drawings.
3.8 VALVES AND HYDRANTS
Carefully inspect valve and hydrant before installation. Clean interior. Operate valve and hydrant to
determine parts in proper working order, with valves seating and drain valve operating properly. Set
plumb and securely braced into place.
Set hydrant with bury line at finish grade, with hose nozzles parallel to and pumper nozzle facing
pavement, at least 6" behind curb or sidewalk and 18" from property line or as shown on drawings.
Provide drainage pit having 9 square feet of surface area and 2' of depth below seep hole. Backfill pits
withl-l/2"washedrockto6"abovebarreldrainhole. Providethrustblockingatbowlofeachhydrantas
shown on drawings. Do not obstruct barrel drain hole. Hydrants and valves backfilled by installing l - 1/2 "
aggregate road base to subgrade. Valve boxes centered and plurnb over the operating nut. Valve boxes
supported by bricks or other means to prevent any shock or stress transmitted to pipe or valve. Set valve
box covers to just below subgrade level to prevent damage during construction ofsurfacing ifapplicable.
Adjust to grade of surfacing.
3.9 PLUGGINGDEADENDS
Install standard plugs or caps at dead ends of all fittings and pipe in accordance with drawings. If dead
end is not to be extended, place water service line as near dead end as practical.
3.IO VAULTS
Construct vaults to Iine and gade shown on drawings.
3.11 CONCRETE WORK
A. Placement: Place to required depth and width conforming to drawings. Place concrete as
uniformly as possible in order to minimize amount of additional spreading. Place and consolidate
with suitable tools to avoid formations of voids, honeycomb or pockets. Well vibrated and
tamped against forms.
B. Retempering: Do not retemper concrete or mortar which has partially hardened by remixing with
or without additional cement, aggregate, or water. Provide concrete in such quantity as is required
for immediate use.
C. Curing: Protect against loss of moisture, rapid temperature change, from rain, and flowing water
for not less than two days from placement ofconcrete. Irnmediately after finishing, cover concrete
surface with curing medium which is applicable to local conditions as approved by Engineer.
Protect exposed edge of concrete slabs by removing forms immediately to provide tlese surfaces
with continuous curing teaffnent.
t
T
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
IWATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-r4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
!
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
3.12 BACKFILL
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
A. One Foot Over Pipe: Use bedding material for cover material and backfill by approved
mechanical methods. Cover material shall be clean soil, free from organic materials, chunks of
soil, frozen material, debris or other unsuitable materjals. Place and compact starting at top of
pipe bedding extending upwards to 1' above top of pipe. Place in lifts to a density of 85 to 90%,
AASTITO T99,
B. Remainder of Trench: Backfill with same materials excavated from work limib unless unsuitable.
No boulders over 6" in diameter in top 12" trench. No backhll material with boulders larger than
18" in diameter. Carefully lower boulders lmger than 12" in diameter into tench until backfill is
4' over top ofpipe.
3.I3 COMPACTION
A. Demonshate method of compaction. Engineer will test compacted demonshation section for
uniform density throughout depth of each lift. Alter construction methods until acceptable to
Engineer. Continue same procedure until significant change in soils occurs, or compaction is not
being achieved, then demonsfrate new method.
B. Compaction requirements for all trenches:
l. Predominantly cohesive soils where AASIITO T99 procedures are applicable: Compact
uniformly throughout each lift ro 95%, AASHTO T99. Moisture content shall be within
2% of optimum.
2. Predominately of rock, to 18" in diameter: Place in loose lifts up to average rock
dimension. Placing of occasional boulders of sizes larger than maximum layer thickness
may be agreed to by Engineer, provided material is carefully placed and large stones well
distributed with voids completely filled with smaller stones, earth, sand, or gravel. Level
and smooth each layer to distibute soils and finer fragments of earth. Wet each loose
layer as necessary to facilitate compaction prior to placing additional lifts.
3.14 PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
Score existing surface with a cutting wheel to create clean break line. Remove and dispose of existing
surface and aggregate base course. Leave 6" undisturbed subgrade lip on each side offrench. After french
has been backfilled and properly compacted, place aggregate base course in accordance with
permit requirements or minimum thickness in these specifications. Compact aggregate base cours e to 95o/o
AASHTO T180. Reptace pavement in accordance with permit requirements or minimum thickness in
these Specifications. Compact asphalt to 95% ASTM D1559; consolidate concrete with vibrators.
3.I5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Notiff Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of pipe being laid in any hench. Cover no pipes until
observed by Engineer. Notiff Engineer at least 48 hours before pipe is to be tested.
WATERDISTRIBUTION 02510-15
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
B. Hydrostatic Testing
L
J.
Avg. Test
Pressure
psi
200
r75
150
t25
100
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
T
I
I
2.
General: Make pressure and leakage tests on al1 newly laid pipe. Test two or more
valved sections not to exceed 1000 feet. Test first section of pipe laid to verify if
watertight. Lay no additional pipe until first test section has passed tests. Fumish the
following equipment and materials for tests, unless otherwise directed by Engineer:
2 Graduated containers
2 Pressure gauges
I Suitable hose and suction pipe as required
Testing Procedure: Test each 1000 feet of line installed while trench is partially
backfilled andjoints are left exposed for examination for leaks. Do not conduct pressure
tests until 48 hours after placement of concrete thrust blocks. After pipe has been
partially backfilled, slowly let water into line. Vent to allow air in line to be released.
Flush line as necessary for cleaning. Leave water in line for 24 hours priiri to presswe
t€st. Test at 1- l/2 times working pressure, calculated for low point oftest section, or 150
psi, whichever is greater. Valve off pump and hold pressure in line for test. Test for two
hours or as agreed to by Engineer. At end of test, operate pump until test pressure is
again attained. Calibrate container of water for pump suction to determine amount of
water to replace leakage.
Leakage Allowance: Leakage is quantity of water necessary to refill line at end of test
period. No installation will be accepted until leakage is less than:
ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE PER IOOO'OF PIPE IN GPH
I
T
l
I
I
!
,t
Nominal Pipe Diameter - in.
681012 18
0.64 0.85 1.06 L28
0.59 0.80 0.99 l.l9
0.55 0.'74 0.92 l.l0
0.50 0.67 0.84 1.01
0.45 0.60 0.75 0.90
1.91
t.79
1.66
L5l
1.35
*For pipe with l8' nominal lengths. To obtain recommended allowable leakage for pipe
v/ith 20' nominal lengths, multiply the leakage calculated from the table by 0.9. If
pipeline under test contains sections ofvarious diameters, allowable leakage will be zum
ofcomputed leakage for each size. Reduce allowable leakage proportionately for sections
lessthan 1000 ft.
T
I
I
T
I
I
TWATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-16
I
t
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
3.16 FLUSHING AND DISINFECTING
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
A. General: In accordance with AW-WA C601. Acceptable chlorine disinfectants are calcium
hypochlorite granules and sodium hypochlorite solutions.
B. Chlorine-watersolutionmethod:
Chlorine Required to Produce 25 mg/L Concentration
in 100 feet of Pipe - by Diameter
Pipe
Diameter
In.
4
6
8
10
12
16
100 Percent
Chlorine
Lb.
.013
.030
.054
.085
.tzO
.217
1 Percent
Chlorine Solution
Gal.
.16
.36
.65
r.02
t.44
2.60
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
Induce chlorine solution into pipeline at a continuous feed rate to attain a concentration of25
Mg/L free chlorine.
C. Chlorination Test: Assure valves are closed on existing system to prevent chlorine solution
flowing into existing system. Retain 25 mglL chlorinated water in pipeline for minimum of 24
hours. During retention period operate all valves and hydrants to disinfect. At end of24 hour
period, chlorine in system to be no less than l0 mgil throughout length tested. When section
being tested meets 10 mg/L chlorine after 24 hours, flush main. Water samples taken shall show
no coliform organisms. If water in pipe does not meet the goveming health agency requirements,
repeat disinfection procedure, at Contractor's expense, until requirements are met. Fumish
acceptance forms from goveming agency to Engineer.
3.1'7 CLEANUP AND RESTORATION
Restore all pavements, curbs, gutters, utilities, fences, irrigation ditches, yards, lawns, and other sftuctures
or surfaces to condition e qual to or better than before work began, and to satisfaction ofEngineer. Deposit
all waste material in designated waste areas. Grade and shape disposal site. Complete topsoil and
reseeding of site, if required. Where disposal siles are not desigrrated, remove and dispose of all waste
material off site.
I
I
I WATERDISTRIBUTION
END OF SECTION
02510-t7
I
l
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION 02530 _ SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM
100%CD: September2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Work Included: Excavation, backfill, bedding, and installation of pipe, manholes, service wyes,
service lines, force mains and all necessary appurtenances.
B. Related Work:
1. Site Clearins: Section 02230
C. Definitions:
1. Trench Excavation: Excavation ofall material encountered alons trench other than rock
excavation.
2. Rock Excavation: All solid rock formations which cannot be reasonably broken by a
CAT 375 backhoe with 3/4 cubic yard bucket, and requiring drilling and blasting.
D. Eagle River Water and Sanitation Distict Specifications: All work shall conform to the most
current standard specifications for sewer lines as adopted and approved by Eagle River Water and
Sanitation District and as amended.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings or product data showing specific dimensions and constuction materials for
pipe, fittings, and manholes; or certifications that products conform with specifications.
B. Test Reports: Submit laboratory gradation tests for bedding and trench stabilization materials,
concrete mix desigt, and compression test.
I.3 JOB CONDITIONS
Environmental Requirements: Except by specific written authorization, cease concreting whan descending
air temperature in shade and away from artifrcial heat, falls below 35 degrees F, and there is frost in
subgrade. When concreting is permitted during cold weather, temperature of mix shall not be less than 60
degrees F at time of placing.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPEAND FITTINGS
A. Polyvinyl Chloride @VC): 4'-15", ASTM D3034, Type PSM, SDR 35; 18'-27", ASTM F679.
Push-on joints and molded rubber gaskets. Maximum pipe length l3'.
B. Ductile lron: AWWA Cl5l, Class 52. Push-on joints. Poly-lined or Griffur "Sewer Coat"
SANTTARY SEWER SYSTEM 02530-1
I
IWESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
ASTM 4746.
C. Yelomine: Restrained joint PVC pressure pipe and fittings. Conform to ASTMDZ24I "Standard
Specifications for PVC, pressure rated pipe (SDR Series)".
D. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Couplings: AWWA C900, working pressure 200 psi with push-on
joints ASTM D1869. Transition coupling from SDR35 to C-900, pressure pipe shall be Harco
Manufacturing 337-080, Class 150 and ASTM3I39. All spigot ends shall be beveled to
manufacturer's soecifi cations.
2.2 MANHOLES
A. Manhole bases: Precast concrete ASTM C478.
B. Manhole Sections: ASTM C478. Precast concrete (wetcast) with the lip outside with minimum
wall thickness l/12 of intemal diarneter. Cones eccentric.
C. Manhole Rings and Covers: Cast iron, ASTM A48 with a flat lid with the Iettering "Sewer" cast
on the cover. Ring and cover combined weight greater than 255 lbs., machined to fit securely.
Non-rocking cover. Hot dipped in asphalt. HS20 haffic loading. D&L 4-1043 or accepted
equal.
D. Manhole Grade Rings: An altemative to concrete grade rings is high-density polyethylene
(HDPE) as defined in ASTM D1248-84 with a "wedge" desigrr.
E. Manhole Steps: Two non-skid grooves in surface of step and capable of a vertical load of 800
pounds and a pullout load of 1500 pounds (ASTM-C478), six inches (6") from face of manhole.
The steps shall meet industry standards or equal and be plastic coated.
F. Manhole Joint Sealant: Double Rub-R-Nek with primer. One inch (1") on 48"-inch diameter
manholes; l%- inch on all larger numbers.
2.3 BEDDING
Two types of bedding material are allowed: Screened rock and soil or select imported material,
meeting the following gradation specification table:
Sieve Size Total Percent Passing by Weight
Screened Rock Soil or Select Import
| % inch maximum,
and maximum of 10"/o
of pipe diameter to %
inch
100 100
No.4 0to l0 30 to 100
No.200 0to5 0to50
I
I
I
I
I
t
J
I
I
T
,
t
I
T
T
I
ISANITARY SEWERSYSTEM 02530-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTTIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
Minimum Compaction
Requirement
90% ofStandard Proctor
placed at +/- 3% of Optimum
Moisture
The maximum particle size ofpipe bedding should generally not exceed 1/z inches or 10 percent ofthe
nominal pipe diameter, whichever is less. Bedding for small pipe such as service lines should generally
have a maximum particle size not exceeding % inch. Bedding materials shall be free of topsoil, organic
material, frozen matter, debris, or other deleterious material.
Screened rock used for waterline or sewer pipe bedding should be crushed, angular material that meets
the requirements of ASTM D 2321, Class lA bedding material. The material should have not more
than l0 percent passing the No. 4 (4.75 millimeter) screen, and less than 5 percent passing the No. 200
(75 micrometer) screen. The bedding should be tamped under the haunches of the pipe to spring line.
Where future excavation is anticipated, the sloughing properties of screened rock when unconfined
should be taken into consideration. The District may require soil or select import. Where groundwater
may be present, the potential effects of groundwater interception by the bedding material should be
considered. Groundwater intercepfion may be controlled by: consfructing check dams with low
permeable material at intervals in the bedding; providing drainage to daylight at intervals along the
pipe; substituting low permeable bedding; or a combination of these.
Compacted pipe bedding should meet the requirements of ASTM D 2321, Class IB, Class lI, or Class
III bedding material. The material should have a minimum of 30 percent passing the No. 4 screen and
less than 50 percent passing the No. 200 screen. Class 6 aggregate base course per CDOT Table703.2
conforms to this gradation criteria. The bedding should be compacted to a minimum of 90 percent at
+/- 3 percent of optimum moisture content, referencing Standard Proctor (ASTM D698, AASHTO
T99). Material containing l0 to 30 percent passing the No. 4 screen can be used with the following
considerations: materials in this range can be expected to possess properties similar to screened rock
except that compaction will be required and materials in this range may be too freedraining to be
testable for compaction by ASTM D698.
Flow-fiIl, a /z sack (50 pounds) per cubic yard lean concrete mix as defined in the CDOT 1999
Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Conshuction, Section 206.02, may be used as bedding
where a combination of ease of placement, low permeability, and unconfined stability is desired.
Additional Requirements:
-Bedding materials shall be free of topsoil, organic materials, frozen matter, debris, or other deleterious
materials.
-Flow-fill as specified by CDOT 1999 Standard Specifications, Section 206.02, maybe used with
District approval.
-Ductile hon Pipe may be required to be encased in loose polyethylene in conformance with
ANSVAWWA Cl05/A21.5 installation methods, unless site soils and proposed bedding materials are
determined to be non-corrosive to iron pipe when evaluated according to Appendix A of
ANSTAWWA C10s/A2t.5.
-Materials not meeting these requirements shall be used only with prior written approval of the
District.
In specific areas, such as where access is extremely limited, the use of on-site materials may be
Tamp to spring line to
fill voids below pipe
haunches
SANITARY SEWERSYSTEM 02530-3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vai1, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
il
I
I
t
I
I
allowed, and, when used, must be on-site 1% inches minus well-graded screened material, free from
organic materials, chunks of soil, frozen material, debris, or other suitable materials. Use of on-site
bedding material must have prior lvritten District approval.
2.4 CONCRETE MATERIAL
A. General: All materials fumished from sources agreed to by the District.
B. Cement; ASTM C- 150 for Portland Cement, Type II. Cement which has become partially set or
contains lumps of caked cement shall be rejected.
C. Aggregate: ASTM C33.
D. Water: Water used in mixing or curing concrete shall be clean and free from oil, acids, salt, alkali,
or organic materials harmful to concrete.
2.5 CONCRETE MIX
A. Desisn Mix
1. Proportions:
Cement 5-112 sacks per cubic yard
Coarse aggregate - 43o/o
Water - 5.5 gallons per sack
Maximum size aggregate - 3/4"
2. Slump: 4" maximum
3. Strength: Minimum 3,000 psi at 28 days
4. Air Content: 5% -1Yo
B. Job-Mixed Concrete
Mixed in drum mixer conforming to Concrete Paving Mixer Standards of Mixer Manufacturers
Bureau of Associated General Contractors of America. Mxer shall be capable of combining
aggregates, cement, and water into thoroughly mixed and uniform mass. Discharge entire
contents of drum before recharging. Continue mixing of each batch for not less than ten (10)
minutes after all materials are in drum.
C. Ready-Mixed Concrete
Proportioned, mixed and fransported in accordance with ASTM C94. Any concrete not plastic
and workable when it reaches project shall be rejected.
TRACERWIRE
Tracer wire shall be ten (10) gauge insulated copper wire and be required on all curve-linear applications.
I
I
I
I
2.6
SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM 025304
I
t WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
2.7 MARKETING/LOCATINGDISK
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
T
l
I
I
I
The Dishict will provide 3M "Green" marking disks to the contractor. The contractor shall ensure their
correct installation.
2.8 NON-DETECTABLE MARKING TAPE
The installation of "green" marking tape is required on all sewer mains and service lines. The tape shall be
installed approximately two feet (2') above the main or line. The tape shall meet the following
specifications:
l. 4-mil thick PVC material
2. Solid green color with black lettering
3. Six inches (6") in width
2,9 CASING SPACERS
Carrier pipes to be installed inside casings shall be installed with self-restraining casing spacers. Casing
spacers shall provide axial thmst reshaint to prevent pipe joint separation during and after installation.
They shall also provide dielectric insulation between the carrier pipe and the casing and facilitate
installation of the carrier pipe into the casing.
Resftained casing spacers shall be provided at all pipe joints. In addition, casing spacers shall be installed
every ten feet (l0r) of the pipeline to support the pipe banel and the weight of its contents. Restained
casing spacers shall be Uni-Flange Series UFRCSI3OO or URFCSI39O, or an approved equal restrained
joint device and Cascade Waterworks Manufacturing Company, Model CCM casing spacers.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 TRENCHING
A. Trench Excavation: Excavate to depths required. Confine excavation to work limits.
B. Rock Excavation: Prior to removal, notifr Engineer of areas requiring rock excavation.
C. Blasting: In general, blasting will be allowed in order to expedite the work ifa permit bythe local
authority having jurisdiction is granted. AII explosives and appurtenances shall be transported,
handled, stored and used in accordance with the laws of the local, state and federal govemments,
as applicable.
All blasting shall be conkolled so as not to injure any existing stucture or facility. The protection
of life and property and all liability for blasting shall be placed solely on the person or persons
conducting the blasting operation, The hours ofblasting shall be in accordance with Ore permit of
the local authority. Prior to blasting, provide minimum 24-hour notification to Engineer.
D. Trench Supporl The trench shall be adequately supported and the safety of workers provided for
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM 02530-5
l
l$Qo/oCD:September2005 I
FORCONSTRUCTION
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
as required by the most recent standards adopted by the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) Standards Board. Sheeting and shoring shall be utilized where required
to prevent any excessive widening or sloughing of the trench, which maybe detimental to human
safety, to the pipe and appurtenances being installed, to existing utilities, to existing stuctures, or
to any other existing facility or item.
3,2 TINSTABLE TRENCH BOTTOM AND EXCAVATION IN POOR SOIL
If the bottom of the excavation at subgrade is found to be soft or unstable or to include ashes, cinders,
refuse, vegetable or other organic material, or large pieces or fragments of inorganic material that cannot
satisfactorily support the pipe or structure, then the Contractor shall fi.rther excavate and remove such
unsuitable material. Before the pipe or structure is installed, the subgrade shall be accepted by the District.
3.3 BEDDING
Install in conformance with draw'rngs. Place from minimum of 4" below bottom of pipe to centerline for
entire width of trench.
3.4 TINDERDRAIN
A. Water seeping from trench banks, but not flowing in trench bottom: Install gravel underdrain in 'laccordance with drawings.
B. Water flowing in trench bottom: Install underdrain pipe in addition to gravel where water volume I
will fill a 4" pipe l/4 tlull. Cleanouts at each manhole in conformance with drawings.
C. Daylight all underdrains as shown on drawings or as directed by Engineer. J
3.5 PIPE INSTALLATION
A. Constructpipe accuratelyto line and grade shown on drawings. Pipe installation maybe lamped t
3;,l3'*L""tt"eer.
Remove and replace pipe not conforming to line and grade at Contractor's
I
B. Install to manufacturer's recommendations, continuously upgrade. Bell ends face upgrade. Prior
to making joints, clean and dry all surfaces. Use lubricants in conformance with manufacturer'r t
recommendations for insertion of pipe in joint. Set pipe in position and check line and grade. t
Keep dirt from entering all exposed pipe ends. Joints watertight.
C. Wyes and Risers for Service Connections: Angle upward so 1/8 bend connected to fitting will I
make service line invert equal to inside crown of sewer main. Where elevation oftop of service is
more than 12' below finished grade, install riser pipe as directed by Engineer. I
3.6 WATERLINE CROSSING
A. Normal Conditions: Wlenever possible, lay water mains over sanitary sewers to provide vertical
separation of at least 1 8" between invert of water main and crown of sewer.
B. Unuzual Conditions: If above separation cannot be met, use following:
02s30-6
|
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
l
A.
B.
3.9
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
3.8
l. Sewer passing over or less than 18" under water main. Install continuous watertight
pressure pipe C900 PVC or Yelomine until the water and sewer pipe are separated by
more than 10 feet horizontally and or more than I 8 inches vertically transition covelings
to be HARCO or equivalent.
3.7 MANHOLE CONSTRUCTION
A. Manhole; Construct in accordance with drawings. Extend concrete manhole base at least 8"
below pipe banel. Slope floor of manhole from centerline of pipe to maximum of 2" above top of
pipe at face ofmanhole. Shape invert when manhole is set. Construct side branches with as large
radius of curvafure as possible to connect to main invert. Inverts shall be smooth and clean with
no obstructions, allowing insertion ofan expandable plug in pipe. Place complete and continuous
roll of joint sealant on base ring in sufficient quantity so there will be no spaces allowing
infiltration. Join each zucceeding manhole section in similar manner. Trim away all excess
material and repair all lifting holes. Tum eccentric cone and steps away from roadway ditch.
B. Manhole Ring and Cover: Install at grade of finished surface. Where surface'rill be completed
after manhole conshuction, set top of cone so maximum of six, two-inch reinforced concrete rings
will adjust ring and cover to final grade.
CONNECTION TO EXISTING MANHOLE
Make connections to existing manholes, where no pipe is sfubbed out, in similar manner as newmanhole.
Break small opening in existing manhole as necessary to insert new pipe and attain watertight seal. Chip
existing concrete bench inside manhole to provide enough thickness for mortar bed to make new smooth
continuous inved. Place expandable waterstop around portion of sewer pipe inserted into existing
manhole. Use expandable gout to completely fill hole in manhole to create watertight repair.
SANITARY SEWER SERVICE LINES
Place fue to line and grade in accordance with drawings, from main line to house service, in shortest direct
route. Locate I 0' from all water lines. Terminate 5' liom lowest comer of lot or as shown on drawings.
Where wyes have not been installed in main sewer, tap by machine drilling hole in main,
sized to fit saddle for service line. Each lvye or drilled tap and saddle shall be inspected prior to
backfilling. Sewice line minimum grade of I /4" per foot. If service line is to be stopped at property line,
place 6-foot steel fence post at end, extending 2' above finished ground. Place watertight plug in end of
service line.
3.IO CONCRETE WORK
Placement Place to required depth and width conforming to drawings. Place concrete as
uniformly as possible in order to minimize amount of additional spreading. Place and consolidate
with suitable tools to avoid formations of voids, honeycomb, or pockets. Well vibrated and
tamped against forms.
Retempering: Do not retemper concret€ or mortar which has partially hardened by remixing wi0t
or without additional cement, aggregate or water. Provide concrete in such quantity as is required
for immediate use.
SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM 02530-7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100%CD: September2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
C. Curing: Protect against loss of moisture, rapid temperature change, rain, and flowing water, for
not less than two days from placement of concrete. Immediately after finishing, cover concrete
surface with curing medium which is applicable to local conditions as approved by Engineer.
Protect exposed edge of concrete slabs exposed by removing forms immediately to provide these
surfaces with continuous curins treatrnent.
3,I1 BACKFILL
A. One Foot Over Pipe: Use bedding material for cover material and backiill by approved
mechanical methods. Cover material shall be clean soil, free from organic materials, chunks of
soil, frozen material, debris, or other unsuitable materials. Place and compact starting at top of
pipe bedding extending upwards to I' above top of pipe for entire fench width. Place in lifts to a
density of 90% AASHTO T99.
B. Remainder of Trench: Backfill with same materials excavated from work limits rmless unsuitable.
No rocks over 6" in diameter in top 12" oftrench. No backfill material wittr rocks larger than 12"
in diameter. Carefully lower rocks up to 12" in diameter into trench.
3.12 COMPACTION
A. Demonstrate method of compaction. Engineer will test compacted demonstration section for
uniform density throughout depth of each lift. Alter construction methods until providing one
acceptable to Engineer. Continue same procedure until significant change in soils occurs, or
compaction is not being achieved, then demonstrate new method.
B. Compaction requirements for all trenches:
L Predominantly of cohesive soils where AASHTO T99 procedures are applicable:
Compacted uniformly throughout each lift to 95% AASHTO T99. Moisture content shall
be within 2Yo of optimum
2. Predominately of rock 18" in diameter: Place in loose lifts up to average rock dimension.
Placing of occasional boulders of sizes larger than maximum layer thickness may be
agreed to by Engineer, provided material is carefully placed and large stones well
distributed with voids completely filled with smaller stones, earth, sand, or gravel. level
and smooth each layer to distribute soils and finer fragments of earth. W'et each loose
layer as necessary to facilitate compaction prior to placing additional lifts.
3. Trenches outside road right-of-way: Compact to 95% AASIITO T99. Moistwe content
shall be within 2% of optimum.
3.13 PAVEMENT REMOVAI AND REPLACEMENT
Score existing surface with cuffing wheel to create clean break line. Remove and dispose of existing
surface and aggregate base course leave 6" undisturbed subgrade lip on each side offtench. After Fench
has been backfilled and properly compacted, place aggregate base course in accordance witb permit
requirements, or minimum thickness in these specifications. Compact aggregate base course to 95%
AASI{TO T180. Replace pavement in accordance with permit requirements or minimum thic}ness in
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
J
I
I
I
T
t
I
lSANITARY SEWER SYSTEM 02530-8
I
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
4
6
8
l0
t2
l5
l8
2l
24
1.
2.
J.
I
l
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
!
t
t
I
I
t
these specifications. Compact asphalt to 95% ASTM D1559; consolidate concrete with vibrators.
3.14 FIELD QUALTTY CONTROL
A. Notiff Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of pipe being laid in any trench. Cover no pipes until
observed by Engineer. Notiff Engineer at least 48 hours before pipe is to be tested.
B. Testing
General: Conduct infilkation or exfilhation test for each section between manholes. Test
first section of pipe laid to verif ifwatertight. Testing maybe required during course of
work where infiltration appears to be grater than maximum allowable, or quality of work
is questionable. No sewer line will be accepted where water tightness tests show leakage
exceeding 200 gallons per inch diameter per mile per day. Flush and clean sewer line
prior to testing, wetting pipe, and cleaning out debris. Plug all pipe outlets to resist test
pressure.
lnfiltration Test: ln high ground water table installation only. Plug upper manhole to
determine leakage in section of line between consecutive manholes. Record quantity of
water collected in time period to calculate infiltration rate.
Exfiltration Test by Air: Test each section of pipe between consecutive manholes to
determine test duration for section by computation from Air Test Tables. Pressure-
holding time is based on an average holding pressure of3 psi gauge or a drop from 3.5
psi to 2.5 psi gauge. Add air until intemal air pressure of sewer line is raised to
approximately4.0psigauge. Afterintemalpressureofapproximately4.0psiisobtained,
allow time for air pressure to stabilize. Pressure will normally show some drop until
temperature of air in test section stabilizes. When pressure has stabilized and is at or
above starting test pressure of 3.5 psi gauge, conrmence test. Before starting test,
pressure may be allowed to drop to 3.5 psi. Record drop in pressure for test period. If
pressure has dropped more than 1.0 psi gauge during test line has failed. Test may be
discontinued when prescribed test time has been completed even though 1.0 psi drop has
not occurred. ASTM C828 "f,ow Pressure Air Test for Sanitary Sewers".
Pipe Size
lnches
Time
Minutes
2-1/2
4
5
6-l12
7-u2
9-v2
tz
14
15-U2
SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM 02530-9
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
3.15 CLEANUP AND RESTORATION
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
Restore all pavements, curbs, gutters, utilities, fences, irrigation ditches, yards, lawns, and other structures
or surfaces to condition equal to or better than before work began, and to satisfaction ofEngineer. Deposit
all waste material in designated waste areas. Grade and shape disposal site. Complete topsoil and
reseeding of site, is required. Where disposal sites are not designated, rernove and dispose of all waster
material off site.
END OF SECTION
I
t
I
!
l
I
I
I
ISANITARY SEWERSYSTEM 02530-10
1.2
l.J
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
!
t
I
I
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SECTIONO258O - ELECTRIC. COMMUNICATION CONDUITS. AND GAS SYSTEMS
PART1 GENERAL
I.I DESCRIPTION
A. Work Included: Excavation, rock excavation, blasting, rock disposal, dewatering, backfil-,
bedding, compactiory installation of conduits, vaults, pads and all necessary appurtenances and
coordination with the telephone, cable television, electric and gas companies.
B. Related Work:
1. Site Clearins: Section 02230
C. Definitions:
L Trench Excavation: Excavation ofall material encountered alons trench other than rock
excavation
2. Rock Excavation: All solid rock formations which cannot be reasonably broken by a
backhoe with 3/4 cubic yard bucket with bucket curling force and stick crowd force
35,000 lbs each, and requiring drilling and blasting.
D. Utility Company Specifications: All work shall conform to the standard specifications of the
telephone company, the cable television company, the electric company and the gas company.
SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings or product data showing specific dimensions and conshuction materials for
pipe, fittings, and vaults; or certifications that products conform with specifications.
B. Test Reports: Submit laboratory gradation tests for bedding and hench stabilization materials,
concrete mix design, and compression test.
C. Permits: Submit copies of all permits issued for project.
JOB CONDITIONS
Environmental Requirements: Except by specific written authorization, cease concreting when descending
air temperature in shade and away Iiom artificial heat, falls below 35 degrees F, and there is frost in
subgrade. When concreting is permitted during cold weather, temperature of mix shall not be less than 60
degrees F at time ofplacing.
ELECTRIC. COMMUNICATION AND GAS SYSTEMS 02580-l
t
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September2O0, I
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
PART2 PRODUCTS T
2.1 PIPE ANDFITTINGS
IA. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC): 2"-8", Schedule 40 PVC. Electric rated for electric application. _
B. Electric primary conduit supplied by Holy Cross Energy. I
C. Gas pipe to be supplied and placed by gas company.
I2.2 VAULTS
All switchgear, transformer, splice vaults, pads, and bases to be supplied by Holy Cross Energy.
2.3 BEDDING
A. Granular materi al - 3/4" screened rock
B. On-site 1-1l2" minus well graded screened material, free from organic materials, chunks ofsoil,
frozen material, debris, or other suitable materials. Use of on-site bedding material must have
prior written approval of the utility company and Engineer.
204 CONCRETE MATERIAL
A. General: A1l materials fumished from sources agreed to by the Utility Companies.
B. Cement: ASTMC-l50forPortlandCement,Typetr. Cementwhichhasbecomepartiallysetor
contains lumps of caked cement shall be rejected.
C. Aggregate: ASTM C33.
D. Water: Water used in mixing or curing concrete shall be clean and free from oil, acids, salt, alkali,
or orsanic materials harmful to concrete.
2.5 COr.rCnnrB rrax
A. Design Mix
l. Proportions:
Cement 5-l12 sacks per cubic yard
Coarse aggregate - 43Yo
Water - 5.5 gallons per sack
Maximum size aggregate -3/4"
2. Slump: 4" maximum
3. Shength: Minimum 3,000 psi at 28 days
ELECTRIC, COMMTINICATION AND GAS SYSTEMS
T
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
t
I
I
I02580-2
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
l
T
!
I
I
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
4. AirContent: 5%-7yo
B. Job-Mixed Concrete
Mixed in drum mixer conforming to Concrete Paving Mixer Standards of Mixer Manufacfurers
Bureau of Associated General Contractors of America. Mixer shall be capable of combining
aggregates, cement, and water into thoroughly mixed and uniform mass. Discharge entire
contents of drum before recharging. Continue mixing of each batch for not less than ten (10)
minutes after all materials are in drum.
C. Ready Mixed Concrete
Proportioned, mixed and transported in accordance with ASTM C94. Any concrete not plastic
and workable when it reaches project shall be rejected.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.1 TRENCHING
A. Trench Excavation: Excavate to depths required. Confine excavation to work limits.
B. Rock Excavation: Prior to removal, notiff Engineer of areas requiring rock excavation.
C. Blasting: In general, blasting will be allowed in order to expedite the work if a permit by the local
authority having jurisdiction is granted. All explosives and appurtenances shall be hansported,
handled, stored and fi3ed in accordance with the laws of the local, state and federal governments,
as applicable.
All blasting shall be controlled so as not to injure any existing structure or facility. The protection
of life and property and all liability for blasting shall be placed solely on the person or persons
conducting tbe blasting operation. The hours ofblasting shall be in accordance with the permit of
the local authority. Prior to blasting, provide minimum 24 hour notification to Owner, Engineer
and Fire Deparftnent.
D. Trench Support: The tench shall be adequately supported and the safety ofworkers provided for
as required by the most recent standards adopted by the Occupational Safety and Health
Adminishation (OSIIA) Standards Board. Sheeting and shoring shall be utilized where required
to prevent any excessive widening or sloughing of the french, which may be detrimental to human
safety, to the pipe and appurtenances being installed, to existing utilities, to existing shuctures, or
to any other existing facility or item.
3.2 IINSTABLE TRENCH BOTTOMAND EXCAVATION IN POORSOIL
If the bottom of the excavation at subgrade is found to be soft or unstable or to include ashes, cinders,
refuse, vegetable or otber organic material, or large pieces or fragments of inorganic material that cannot
satisfactorily support the pipe or structure, then the Contractor shall further excavate and remove such
unsuitable material. Before the pipe or structure is installe{ the subgrade shall be accepted by the
Engineer.I
I ELECTNC. COMMUNICATION AND GAS SYSTEMS 02580-3
I
WESTHAVENCONDOMINruMS loO%CD: September200, I
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION I
3.3 BEDDING I
Install in conformance with drawings. Place from minimum of 3" below bottom ofpipe to centerline for I
entire width of trench. I
3.4 UNDERDRAIN
TA, Water seeping from trench banks, but not flowing in trench bottom: Instail gravel underdrain in
accordance with drawings.
B. Water flowing in trench bottom: Install underdrain pipe in addition to gravel where water volume l|
will fill a 4" pipe l/4 full. Cleanouts at each manhole in conformance with drawing. I
C. Daylight all underdrains as shown on drawings or as directed by Engineer. I
3.5 PIPE INSTALLATION t
A. Construct pipe accurately to line and grade shown on drawings. Remove and replace pipe not
conforming io line and giade atContractor's expense. It
B. Install to manufacturer's recommendations, continuously upgrade. Bell ends face upgrade. Prior
to making joints, clean and dry all surfaces. Use lubricants in conformance with manufacturer's I
recommendations for insertion of pipe in joint. Set pipe in position and check line and grade. I
Keep dirt from entering all exposed pipe ends. Joints watertight.
3.6 PADS AND VAULTS II
Install pads and vaults to line and grade shown on drawings. ;'
I3.7 PULL STRING
Pull string shall be labeled to identify which utility company or spare conduit the use of the conduit is Iintended for.
3.8 CONCRETE WORK IrA
ilfitr}:1- d:i#;Tt"f!"'#*#i#"T,":,:3ffi"?*#::!i":"a:':':"",4 Iwith suitable tools to avoid formations of voids, honeycomb, or pockets. Well vibrated an
tamped against forms.
B. Retempering: Do not retemper concrete or mortar which has partially hardened by remixing with I
or without additional cement, aggregate, or water. Provide concrete in such quantity as is
required for immediate use. I
C. Curing: Protect against loss of moisture, rapid temperature change, rain, and flowing water, for
t'
not less tlan two days from placement of concrete. lmmediately after finishing, cover concrete 11
surface with curing medium which is applicable to local conditions as approved by Engineer. f
ELECTNC, COMMLTNICATION AND GAS SYSTEMS 025804
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
!
T
t
t
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: Septernber 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
Protect exposed edge of concrete slabs exposed by removing forms immediately to provide these
surfaces with continuous curins heatment.
3.9 BACKFILL
A. One Foot Over Pipe: Use 3/4" screened rock or on-site screened material (if approved by
Engineer) for cover material and backfill by approved mechanical methods. Cover material
shall be clean soil, free from organic materials, chunks of soil, frozen material, debris, or other
unsuitable materials. Place and compact starting at top of pipe bedding extending upwards to
above top of pipe for entire trench width. Place in lifts to a density of 90"/o AASHTO T99.
B. Remainder of Trench: Backfill with same materials excavated from work limits unless unsuitable.
No rocks over 6" in diameter in top 12" of trench. No backfill rnaterial with rocks larger than 12"
in diameter. Carefullv lower rocks uo to 12" in diameter into trench.
3.IO COMPACTION
A. Demonstrate method of compaction. Engineer will test compacted demonstration section for
uniform density throughout depth of each lift. Alter construction methods until providing one
acceptable to Engineer. Continue same procedure until significant change in soils occurs, or
compaction is not being achieved, then demonshate new method.
B. Compaction requirements for all henches:
l. Predominantly of cohesive soils where AASI{TO T99 procedures are applicable:
Compacted uniformly throughout each lift to 95% AASHTO T99. Moishre content shall
be within 2olo of optimum.
2. Predominately ofrock 12" in diameter: Place in loose lifts up to average rock dimension.
Placing of occasional boulders of sizes Imger than maximum layer thickness may be
agreed to by Engineer, provided material is cmefully placed and large stones well
distributed with voids completely fitled with smaller stones, earth, sand or gravel. Level
and smooth each layer to distribute soils and liner fragments of earth. Wet each loose
layer as necessary to facilitate compaction prior to placing additional lifts.
3.I I PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
Score existing surface with cutting wheel to create clean break line. Remove and dispose of existing
surface and aggregate base course leave 6" undisfurbed subgrade lip on each side oftench. After tench
has been backfilled and properly compacted, place aggregate base course in accordance with permit
requirements, or minimum thickness in these specifications. Compact aggegate base course to 95o/o
AASHTO T180. Replace pavement in accordance with permit requirements or minimum thickness in
these specifications. Compact asphalt to 95% ASTM D1559; consolidate concrete with vibrators.
3.12 FrELD QUALTTY CONTROL
A. Noti$ Engineer at least 24 hours in advance ofpipe being laid in any tench. Cover no pipes until
observed by Engineer. Notify Engineer at least 48 hours before pipe is to be tested.t
I ELECTRIC. COMMTINICATION AND GAS SYSTEMS 02580-5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100%CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
T
I
!
B. Testing
1. General: Conduct testing in accordance with procedures approved by the appropriate
utility company or as directed by engineer.
3.13 CLEANUP AND RESTORATION
Restore all pavements, curbs, gutters, utilities, fences, irrigation ditches, yards, lawns, and other sauchres
or surfaces to condition equal to or better than before work began, and to satisfaction ofEngineer. Deposit
all waste material in designated waste areas. Grade and shape disposal site.
Cornplete topsoil and reseeding ofsite, is required. Where disposal sites are not designated, remove and
disoose of all waste material offsite.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
T
I
I
IELECTRIC, COMMLINICATION AND GAS SYSTEMS 02580-6
tI
II WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September2005
1_\ Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCfiON
I SECTION 02630 . STORM DRAINAGE
r PART1 GENERAL
I 1.I DESCRIPTION
I
I A. Work included: Excavation, backfill, bedding, and installation of pipe, manholes, catch basins,
inlets, outlets, underdrains, irrigation ditches, channelization, detention storage, siphons and all
I necessary appurtenances.
' B. Related Work:
I l. Siteclearing: Section02230t
_ C. Definition:
I l. Trench Excavation: Excavation of all material encountered along foench other than rock
excavanon.
I 2. Rock Excavation: All solid rock formations which cannot be reasonably broken by a
backhoe with 3/4 cubic yard bucket with bucket curling force and stick crowd force of
35,000 lbs. each, and requiring drilling and blasting.
I 1.2 SUBMITTAL
I A. Submit shop drawings or product data showing specific dimensions and construction materials
for:
T
- l. Precast Manholes
- 2. Precast Catch Basins
I| 3. Frames, Grates, Covers
I B. Test Reports: Submit laboratory gradation tests for bedding and trench stabilization materials,r? concrete mix design, and compression test.
I 1.3 JoB coNDrrloNstl
Environmental Requirements: Except by specific written authorization, cease concreting when descending
I air temperature in shade and away from artificial heat falls below 35 degrees F. and there is frost in
I subgrade. When concreting is permitted during cold weather, temperature ofmix shall not be less than 60
degrees F. at time of placing.I
t
I
STORMDMINAGE 02630-1
II
*ESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS l.,%cD:september 2005 |
Vai1, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION i
PART2-PRODUCTS T
2.1 PIPE ANDFITTINGS I
A. Non-Reinforced Concrete Pipe: ASTM Cl4 !
B. Reinforced Concrete Pipe: ASTM C76, circular; ASTM 506, arch; ASTM 507, vertical or I
horizontal elliptical. Class pipe as shown on drawings.
C. Concrete End Section: Same ASTM specification as pipe. Equivalent in area as circular pipe. I
D. Comrgated Steel Pipe and Arches: AASHTO M36, gauge as shown on drawings. Bands shall ."
conform to following: I
Pipe Size Comrgations Number
Inches 2-213" x rl2" i':lti" I
6-30 7" - 2ea I36-60 12" 14" 3 ea a
66-120 24u 20" 5 ea
Thickness ofband one gauge less than pipe but not less than 16 gauge. t
E. Comrgated Steel Pipe End Section: Sizes and dimensions shown on drawings. Materials same.as I
comrgated steel PiPe. I
F. Bituminous Coating: Where required on cormgated steel pipe and fittings, AASHTO M190, t
Type A, with minimum thickness of 0.03". Coupling bands fully coated. I
2.2 I'NDERDRAIN PIPE
A. Comrgated Steel: AASHTO M36 Type III. Holes 3/8" double row each side ofpipe for 6"-10" I
size pipe. Triple row each side ofpipe for 12"-21" pipe. Spaced in center ofeach depressed
comrgation nearest to center pipe. Install hole row each side ofpipe for 6"-10" pipe; triple row Ieach side ofpipe for 12"-21" pipe.
B. Rigid PVC Schedule 35. 'it
C. Flexible Pollpropelene or Polyethylene/t{ancor.
L
2.3 PREFABRICATED INLETS AND OUTLETS I
A. Comrgated Steel Units: Conform to drawing dimensions, AASHTO M36. Bituminous coating I
when specified, AASHTO M190, Type A. Steps fabricated into units. I
B. Precast Concrete Units: ln accordance with drawings, ASTM C478 and C789, wall "B", wall I
thickness lll2 ntemal diameter. Steps precast into units. f
STORM DRAINAGE 02630.2
I
I
I
t
l
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
2.4 MANHOLE
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
A. Manhole Bases: Precast concrete. Manhole base and first barrier section cast monolithic per
ASTM - C478.
B. Manhole Sections: ASTM C478. Precast concrete with minimum wall thickness 1/12 ofintemal
diameter. Cones eccentric.
C. Manhole Ring and Cover: Cast iron, ASTM A48. Ring and cover combined weight greater than
400 lbs., machined to fit securely. Non-rocking cover. Hot dipped in asphalt.
D. Manhole Steps: Two non-skid grooves in the surface of step and capable of carrying load of
1.000 lbs. 6" from face of manhole.
E. Manhole Joint Sealant: RubberNek.
2.5 SLOTTED DRAIN
AASHTO M36 with grate assembly, ASTM A123. Joint and couplers of ring compression f)?e. Where
required, expanded wire mesh attached across top of drain opening. Fittings provided with annular ends
for hugger-type bands.
2.6 FRAMES, GRATES, COVERS, AND STEP
Metal units conform to drain dimensions and to following for designated material.
A. GraylronCastings: AASHTOMI05.
B. Carbon-Steel Castings: AASHTO M103.
C. Ductile hon Castines: ASTM 4536.
D. Structural St""t, ,q]CSHfO Ml83 and ASTM A283, GradeB. Galvanizing, where specified,
AASHTOMlIl.
2.7 BEDDING
A. Pipe and culvert - roadbase, percent by weight passing square mesh sieves: 3/4", 100; No.4, 30-
65; No. 8,25-55; No. 200, 3-12.
B. Underdrain - washed graveh percent by weight passing square mesh sieves: 1", 100%; 314" ,95-
100%; No.4,0-5%.
2.8 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. General: All materials fumished from sources approved by Engineer.
B. Cement: ASTM Cl50 for Portland Cement, Type IL Cement which has become partially set or
STORMDRAINAGE 0263Q-3
T
100% CD: September200, I
FORCONSTRUCTION
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
contains lumps, caked cement and have been exposed to inclement weather shall be rejected.
I
Aggregate: ASTM C33.
Water: Water used in mixing or curing concrete shall be clean and free from oil, acids, salt, alkali, I
or orsanic materials harmful to concrete.
2.9 CONCRETE MIX
DesignMix: I
L Proportions: I
Cement 5-112 sacks per cubic yard
Coarse aggregate 43% a
Water 5.5 Gallons per saok f
Maximurn size aggregate3/ " n
2. Slump: 4" maximum I
3, Strength: Minimum 3,000 psi at 28 days
4. Air Content: s1o-\s|
I
Job Mixed Concrete: Mixed in drum mixer conforming to Concrete Paving Mixer Standards of I
Mixer Manufacturers Bureau of Associated General Contractors of America. Mixer shall be
capable of combining aggregates, cement, and water into thoroughly mixed and uniform mass. I
Discharge entire contents of drum before recharging. Continue mixing of each batch for not less t
than l0 minutes after all materials are in drum.
Ready Mixed Concrete: Proportioned, mixed, and transported in accordance with ASTM C94. IAny concrete not plastic and workable when it reaches project shall be rejected.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 TRENCHING
A. Trench Excavation: Excavate to depths required. Confine excavation to work limits.
B. Rock Excavation: Prior to removal, notis Engineer of areas requiring rock excavation. t
C. Blasting: In general blasting will be allowed in order to expedite the work if a permit by the local
authority having jurisdiction is granted. All explosives and appurtenances shall be hansported, I
handled, stored and used in accordance with the laws of the local, state and federal govemments, f
as applicable.IAll blasting shall be controlled so as not to injure any existing structure or facility. The protection I
of life and property and all liability for blasting shall be placed solely on the person or persons
conducting the blasting operation. The hours ofblasting shall be in accordance with ttre permit of I
the local authority. Prior to blasting, provide minimum 24 hour notification to Engineer. I
C.
D.
I
B.
C,
I
I
tSTORMDRAINAGE02630-4
5.2
J.J
3.4
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
TINSTABLE TRENCH BOTTOM, EXCAVATION IN POOR SOIL
If the bottom of the excavation at subgrade is found to be soft or unstable or to include ashes, cinders,
reftrsg vegetable or other organic material, or large pieces or fragments ofinorganic material that cannot
satisfactorily support the pipe or structure, then the Contractor shall further excavate and remove such
unsuitable material. Before the pipe or structure is installed, tie subgrade shall be accepted by the
Engineer.
BEDDING OTHER THAN UNDERDRAINS
A. Pipe: Install in conformance with drawings. Place from minimum of4" below bottom ofpipe to
centerline for full width of trench,
B. Culvert: Install in conformance with drawings. Place from minimum of 6" below bottomofpipe
to centerline of pipe for entire width of hench.
PIPE INSTALLATION
A. General: For new embankments, place fill so width each side of pipe is at least five (5) times pipe
diameter. After embankment is placed, proceed with trenching.
Begin all pipe installation at downstream end. Bell or groove ends of rigid conduit and outside
circumferential laps of flexible conduit facing upstream. Place flexible conduits with longitudinal
laps or seams at sides.
B. Comrgated Steel Pipe: Remove all loose excavated materials from boftom of tench and install
bedding to required thickness. lnstall pipe true to line and grade. Install remaining bedding
material along sides of pipe to avoid any voids. Repair bituminous coating damage using similar
coating matedal. Lubricate coupler bands. Vertical elongation caused by backfill operation shall
not exceed 37o ofpipe diameter. Compactbackfill to 90% AASHTO T99 andcontinueto I'over
top ofpipe.
C. Concrete Pipe: Extend bedding around bell where bell and spigot pipe is used. Place pipe on
bedding as shown on drawings. Place remaining bedding along pipe sides with no voids.
Compact backfill to 95% AASHTO T99 and continue to l' over pipe.
D. Underdmin Pipe:
1. General: Install to lines and grades shown on drawings. Extend underdrain material a
minimum of 6" over top of pipe. Cover underdrain material for entire width of trench
with filter fabric. If shown on drawings, line tench with fabric before installing pipe and
underdrain material.
2. Concrete Pipe: Install with bell resting on tench bottom facing up gnde, with underdrain
material supporting pipe.
3. Comrgated Steel or PVC Pipe: Holes or perforations placed down with maximum l"
underdrain material under pipe. Joint according to manufacturer's recommendations.
STORMDRAINAGE 02630-5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
3.5 SLOTTED DRAIN INSTALLATION
Install in accordance with drawings. Trench as nalrow as possible
foundation side support. lnstall true to line and grade.
3.6 MANHOLECONSTRUCTION
and backfill to create uniform
I
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
). t
3.8
A. Manhole: Conshuct in accordance with drawings. Extend concrete manhole base at least 8"
below pipe banel. Slope floor of manhole from centerline of pipe to maximum of2" above top of
pipe at face of manhole. Shape invert after manhole is set. Constuct side branches with as large
radius of curvature as possible to connect to main invert. Inverts shall be smooth and clean with
no obsauctions, allowing insertion of expandable plug in pipe. Place complete and continuous
roll ofjoint sealant on base ring in sufficient quantity, so there will be no spaces allowing
infrlftation. Join each succeeding manhole section in similar manner. Trim away all excess
material and repair all lifting holes. Tum eccentric cone and steps away from roadway ditch.
B, Manhole Ring and Cover: Install at grade of finished surface. Where surface will be completed
after manhole construction, set top of cone so maximum of six - fwo inch thick reinforced
concrete rings will adjust ring and cover to final grade.
CONNECTION TO EXISTING MANHOLE IMake connections to existing manholes, where no pipe is stubbed out, in similar manner as newmanhole. I
Break small opening in existing manhole as necessary to insert new pipe and attain watertigfut seal. Chip
existing concrete bench inside manhole to provide enougb thickness for mortar bed 1o make new smooth I
continuous invert. Place expandable waterstop around portion of sewer pipe inserted into existing I
manhole. Use expandable grout to completely fill hole in manhole to create watertight repair.
T
I
t
l
I
I
I
I
CONCRETEWORK
A. Placement: Place to required depth and width conforming to drawings. Place concrete as
uniformly as possible to minirnize amount of additional spreading. Place and consolidate with
suitable tools to avoid formations of voids, honeycomb, or pockets. Well vibrated and tamped
against forms.
B. Retempering: Do not retemper concrete or mortar which has partially hardened by remixing with
or without additional cement, aggregate, or water. Provide concrete in zuch quantity as is required
for immediate use.
C. Curing: Protect against loss of moisfure, rapid temperature change, rain, or flowing water, for not
less than two days from placement of concrete. Immediately after finishing, cover conqete
surface with curing medium which is applicable to local conditions as approved by Engineer.
Protect exposed edge of concrete slabs by rernoving forms immediately to provide these surfaces
with continuous curing treatrnent.
STORMDRAINAGE 02630-6
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
3.9 BACKFILL
100% CD: September2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
A. One Foot Over Pipe: Use 3/4" road base for cover material and backfill by approved mechanical
methods. Cover material shall be clean, free from organic materials, chunla of soil, frozen
material, debris or other unsuitable materials. Place and compact starting at top of pipe bedding
extending upwards to 1' above top of pipe. Place in lifts to a density of 95% AASHTO T99, at a
point 6" above top ofpipe.
B. Remainder of Trench: Backfill with same materials excavated from work limits unless unsuitable.
No rocks over 6" in diameter in top 12" of trench. Nobackfill materialwithrockslargerthan 12"
in diameter.
3.IO COMPACTION
A. Demonstrate method of compaction. Engineer will test compacted demonstation section for
uniform density throughout depth of each lift. Atter construction methods until providing one
acceptable to Engineer. Continue same procedure until significant change in soils occurs, or
required compaction is not being achieved, then demonstrate new method.
B. Compaction requirements for all tenches within limits of pavement, shoulders, orback of curbs:
L Predominantly ofcohesive soils where AASHTO T99 procures are applicable: Compact
uniformly tbroughout each lift to 95% AASHTO T99. Moisture content shall be within
2% of optimum.
2. Predominairtly of roclg to 12" in diameter: Place in loose lifts up to average rock
dimension. Placing of occasional boulders of sizes larger than maximum layer thickness
may be agreed to by Engineer, provided material is carefully placed and large stones well
distibuted with voids completely filled with smaller stones, earth, sand, or gravel. Level
and smooth each layer to distribute soils and finer fragments of earth. Wet each loose
layer as necessary to facilitate compaction prior to placing additional lifts.
3.I1 CONCRETESTRUCTURES
A. General: Cast-inplace concrete conforming to dimensions shown on the drawings and accurate to
tolerances of 1/4" . Install forms so all finished lines will be true and straight. Install reinforcing
steel with the spacing between the forms and between bars as shown on drawings. Keep
excavation dry during construction. Compaction requirements same as above.
B. tnlets and Outlets: Either cast-in-place or precast units, in accordance with drawings. When
required, set castings accurately to grade with adjushnent courses of brick in full mortar beds.
Construct pipe inverts or smooth concrete inverts same size as pipe up to centerline of pipe, with
bench to stand on.
C. Frames, Grates, Covers, and Steps: Install accurately according to drawings. Anchor castings in
place and set in adjushnent mortar to assure firm foundation.
D. Trash Guards: Install in accordance with drawines and manufacturer's recommendations.
I
I
I
I
I
I STORM DRAINAGE 02630-7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100%CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
3.12 PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
Score existing surface with cutting wheel to create clean break line. Remove and dispose of existing
surface and aggregate base course. Leave 6" undisfurbed subgrade lip on each side oftrench. After trench
has been backfilled and properly compacted, place aggregate base course in accordance with permit
requirements or minimum thickness in these specifications. Compact aggregate base course to 95%o
AASHTO T180. Replace pavement in accordance with permit requirements or minimum thickness in
these specifications. Compact asphalt to 95% ASTM D1559; consolidate concrete with vibrators.
3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Notify Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of pipe being laid in any trench. Cover no pipes until
obsewed by Engineer.
3.14 CLEANUP AND RESTORATION
Restore all pavements, curbs, gutters, utilities, fences, irrigation ditches, yards, lawns, and other skuctures
or surfaces to condition equal to or better than before work began, and to satisfaction ofEngineer. Deposit
all waste materials in designated waste areas. Grade and shape disposal site. Complete topsoil and
reseeding of site if required. Where disposal sites are not designated, remove and dispose of all waste
materials off site.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
ISTORMDRAINAGE02630-8
Ir
f,,
I WESTHAVEN CONDOMINILMS 100YoCD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
I SECTTON 02720 -UNBOUNDBASE COURSE
l PART1 GENERAL
t l.l DESCRTPTTON
I A. Work included: Preparing surface of subgrade and fumishing and placing one ot more courses of
aggregate in conformance with lines, grades, and tlpical sections shown on drawings.
f B. Related work:
a 1. Earthwork: Section 02300
1.2 SUBMITTALS
I A. Test Reports: If requested, fumish proposed source of materials and copies of tests fom certified
and acceptable testing laboratory:II l. Sieve analysis - ASTM Cl36
| 2. WemAbrasion -ASTM Cl31
' 3. Liquid Limit - AASHTO T89, T90
I 4. Moisture Density Curves - AASHTO T99
PART2 PRODUCTS
' 2.1 AGGREGATE
I A. Aggregate shall conform to following gradation:
r 3;:"
Percentage by Weight Passing square Mesh Sieves
a Class 2 Class 4 Class 5 Class 6
4u 100
3' 95-100
2u - 100-l-Uz" - 90-100
lu 100tt
. 314'* - 50-90 - 100No.4 - 30-50 30-70 30-65
No. 8 - 25-55
J No.200 3-15 3-12 3-15 3-12
r Liquid limit not greater than 35 for Class 2; 30 for Class 4, 5, or 6.
I Plasticitvlndex not exceeding 6.
UNBOUNDBASECOURSE 02720-I
I
I
WESTHA\TN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September200, I
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
B. Requirements for this Project, I
Fumish Class 6 aggregate for this Project.
PART3 EXECUTION I
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Staking; Owner shall provide slope stakes every 50 foot station. Contractor will provide at his I
expense all additional staking necessary to ensure work conforms with drawings.
B. Subgrade Preparation: Shape and compact to crown, line, grades, and fJpical cross section shown I
on drawings before placing base material. Compact to 95% AASHTO T99.
3.2 MIX]NG T
The Contractor shall mix the aggregate by methods that insure a thorough and homogeneous mixture.
I
3.3 PLACEMENT
If required compacted depth of aggregate base course exceeds 6", construct in two or more layers of I
approximately equal thickness. Maximum compacted thickness of any one layer shall not exceed 6".
When vibratory or other approved types of special compacting equipment are used, compacted depth of a
single layer maybe increased to 8" upon approval ofEngineer. I
3.4 SHAPINGANDCOMPACTION
Compact each layer to 95% AASHTO T180. Maintain surface of each layer during compaction so that I
uniform texture is produced and aggregates are firmly keyed. Apply water uniformly during compaction -so moisture content is vnthin 2%o of optimum. t
END oF sEcrroN I
I
I
!
I
I
UNBOLIND BASE COURSE 02720-2 I
f,
a
t.
t WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I sECTroN o2i4o -FLEXTBLE
'AVEMENT
I PART I GENERAL
- r.1 DESCRIPTIoN
I A Hf#*::'*JiTi:, #ft.::ffiil*:TiJJJt:ff:#ffff'Jlil:HffiH'avemen'fin
I B. Related work:
t
I
l. Unbound Base Course: Section 02720
I r.2 QUALITYASSUMNCE
I
A. Source: Engineer shall have access to batching plant at all times work is in progress.
B. Record of Work: Contractor shall keep record of time and date of placement, temperafure, and
- weather conditions. Retain until completion and fumish copy to Engineer.
t C. Owner will arrange and pay for all field tests to determine compliance of base course and
I pavement materials and compaction with the specilication and the approved desigr mix formula.
'- 1.3 SUBMITTALS
I A. Samples: If requested, provide samples of proposed materials.
B. Test Reports: Ifrequested, firmish copies of tests from certified and acceptable testing laboratoryIl. Aggregate - AASHTO T96, CP-45, AASHTO T304, AASHTOTIT6, AASHTO T89,
AASHTO T9O
I 2. PG Graded Binders, use PG 58 - 28 - AASHTO T48, TP48, TP5 AND T51
I
3. Liquid Asphalt -AASHTO M81, M82; ASTM D2026
4. Emulsified Asphalt - AASHTO M140 or M208
| 5. Compaction-ColoradoProced we5l,CP44orCP8l
-
I
I
II
FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT 02740-1I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
C. Job Mix Formula: The Conhactor shall submit the following to the Engineer.
l. Aproposedjob-mixgradationasrequiredbythecontract,whichshallbewhollywithinthe
Master Range Table of Table 703 - 3 of the CDOT Standard Specihcations for Road and
Bridge Construction (CDOT Specifications) before the tolerances shown in Table 401 - 1, of
the CDOT Specifications, are applied.
Thejob - mix formula shall establish a single percentage ofaggregate passing each required
sieve size. A single percentage of bituminous material to be added to the aggregate and a
single temperature for the mixture at the discharge point of the plant.
7.4 DELTVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Trucks used for hauling bituminous mixtures shall have tight, clean, smooth metal beds thinly
coated with a minimum amount of paraffin oil, lime solution, or other approved release agent.
Petroleum distillates such as kerosene or fuel oil will not be permitted. Each truck shall have a
cover of canvas or other suitable material to protect the mixfure from the weather.
1.5 JOB CONDTTIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Bifuminous plant mix shall be placed only on properly constructed surfaces
that are free from water, snow, or ice. The bifuminous mixfures shall be placed in accordance
with the temperature limitations of Table 401-3 "of the CDOT Standard Specifications for Road
and Bridge Construction" and only when weather conditions permit the pavement to be properly
placed and finished, as determined by the Engineer.
B. Protection: After final rolling do not permit vehicular taffic on asphaltic concrete pavement until
cooled and hardened. Provide barricades, flagmen, and waming devices as required to protect
pavement. Maintain pedestrian and vehicular traffic as required. Cover openings of structures in
paving until permanent coverings are placed.
C. Confirm in writing, aggregale base course consftucted by others has been compacted to
requirements of these specifications. Use any mdans necessary to proof roll or test to con{irm
aggregate base is satisfactory to receive asphaltic concrete. Notifr in wrifing to Owner any
deficient areas so they may be brought into conformance with specifications prior to placement of
asphaltic concrete.
FLEX]BLE PAVEMENT 02740-2
t
I
I WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I PART2.PRODUCTS-'
I 2.1 AGGRECATE
I Clean, hard, durable particles of crushed stone, crushed gravel, natural gravel, or crushed slag with not
I more than 45o/o of wear, AASHTO T96.
I Sieve Percentage by Weight Passing Square Mesh Sieves
tt Gradingfsx
t-l/2"
I' l"
3/4', 100- t/2" 90_100
f 3/8u
#4- #8 28-58I #3, ).,0
I Sizes #8 and larger, tolerances + 8Yo; #30 + 6%; #200 + 3%; where 100% passing, no tolerance.
I Ise Ql6ding SX for this project.II 2,2 ASPHALTIC CEMENT
A. Viscosity Graded Asphalt Cement conforming to the requirements ofAASHTOM226,Table 2.I
B. Superpave Performance Graded Binders shall conform to AASIITO Provisional Standard MP I for
I PG 58-28 Performance Graded Bindersa
2.3 TACK COAT
-r,t One of the following, grade and type as recommended by supplier:
I A. Emulsified asphalt, AASHTO M140
r B. Cationic emulsified asphalt, AASHTO M208
| 2.5 MTXDESTGN
,- A. Use Grading SX, 75 Design Gyrations, PG 58-28 Binder.
I l. Job - Mix Formula as defined in the Submittal Section (02740 -3,Part 1.03 C).
I B. Fumish aggregategradation.I
FLEXBLE PAVEMENT Q2740-3
I
WESTI{AVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
PART 3
J.t
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
B.
D.
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
3.2
3.3
100% CD: Septernber 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
C. Accepted design mix shall meet compaction requirernents of these specifications.
2.6 MIXING
C.
General: Comply with ASTM D995 for material storage, control, mixing, and plant equipment
and operation.
Aggregates: Keep each component ofvarious-sized combined aggregates in separate stockpiles.
Maintain so separate aggegate sizes will not be intermixed and to prevent segregation. Heat-dry
aggregates to reduce moisture content to not more than 2%o. Deliver dry aggregate to mixer at
recommended temperature to suit penehation, grade, and viscosity characteristics of asphaltic
cement, ambient temperature, and workability of mixture.
Asphaltic Cement: Heat bitumen to viscosity at which it can be uniformly distributed throughout
mixture. Select temperature range of 275 degrees F to 350 degrees F to suit temperature -
viscosify characteristics of asphalt. Do not exceed 350 degees F.
Mixing: Accurately weigh or measure dry aggregates and weigh or meter asphaltic cement to
comply with job-mix formula requirements. Mix aggregate and asphaltic cement to achieve 95olo
minimum coated particles for base mixtures in accordance with AASHTO Tl95 and 85-90%
coated particles for surface mixtures when tested in accordance with ASTM D2489.
EXECUTION
PREPARATION OF SURFACES
A. Base Course: Blade, shape, and smooth aggregate base course to uniform section. Remove loose
materials. Clean the surface to be paved by mechanical sweepers, blowers, or hand brooms, until I
surface is free from dust. t
B. Existing Surfaces: Clean of all foreigr materials. Fill holes and low places with levelling courses
and compact prior to surface placement. Tack coat existing surfacing at 0.1 gallon per square
yard. Apply only to areas on which surfacing is to be placed immediately. Do not extend more
than 2000' ahead of paving equipment. Prevent haffrc from travelling on tack coat.
FRAMEADruSTMENTS
Set frames of structures to final grade. Place compacted asphaltic concrete to top of frame. Ifpermanent
covers are not in place, provide temporary covers over openings until compaction is complete. Where
frames and covers are paved over, mark so crews can find on emergency basis until cut out and adjusted to
final surfacing.
SPREADING AND FINISHING
A. Place at temperatures ofnot less than 275 degrees F, or more than 350 degrees F. Iftemperature is
below 50 degees F and falling, asphaltic concrete mix shall not be less than 300 degrees F, while
on trucks just prior to laydown. Mechanical, selGpowered pavers shall be capable of spreading
mix within specified tolerances, true to line, grade, and crown as indicated on drawings. Road
FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT 027404
B,
C.
D,
E.
F.
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
l
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
3.4 COMPACTION
B. Rollers
FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
grader equipped with automatic blade control may be used for levelling courses. Pavers shall be
equipped with hoppers and distribution screws which place mix evenly in front of adjustable
screeds. Screed shall be adjustable for height and crown, equipped with conbolled heating device
for use as required. Screed shall strike off mix without tearing, shaving or gouging surface, to
depth and cross-section specified, without aid ofmanual adjustrnent during operation. Paver shall
be capable of placing courses in thicknesses ftom 112" to 4" and from widths of 8' to 15'.
Extensions and cut-off shall permit changes in widths by increments of 6".
Strike finish surface smooth; true to cross section; uniform in density and texture; free from
hollows, transverse comrgations, and other irregularities. Paint contact surfaces between gutters,
manhole rings, catch basins, and other similar structures with thin, uniform coating of tack coat.
Final surface shall be l/4" above all structures and gutters sloping away from paving, flush with
gutters sloping towards paving.
Hand Placement: Where certain areas because of inegularity, inaccessibility, or unavoidable
obstacles, do not lend tbemselyes to machine placemen! Engineer may agree to hand placement.
Spread and compact to same finish and compaction tolerances of these specifications.
Joints: Make joints between old and new pavement, or between successive day's work, to insure
thorough bond between old and new surfaces. Clean surfaces free of sand, dirt, dust, or other
materials, and apply tack coat. Construction joints must have same texture, density, and
smoothness tolerances as other zurfacing.
l Constuct transverse joints to existing material by cutting material back to expose full
depth edge. Paint thin uniform tack coat on joint and place new asphaltic concrete.
2. Prepare longitudinal joints by overlapping screed l" on existing surface. Deposit
sufficient material to complete joint. Push excess by hand rake l/2" on new mat leaving
vertical uncompacted face approximately l" high. Compact against joint by rolling
equipment. No depression allowed exceeding l/8" for width of 6", after final
compaction.
Finish Tolerance: Place levelling courses within l/2" of design grade. Finished surfaces will be
tested with 10' staight edge, parallel to center line at location of wheel paths for each lane.
Shaigbt edge will be advanced 5'and space under shaight edge shall not exceed l/4". Correct
areas deficient in smoothness by completely removing surface material and replacing. Overlay
corrections may be made only if approved by Owner.
Thickness Tolerance: Compacted thickness shall be no less than that shown on drawings. Any
surfacing which does not meet minimum thickness shall be removed and replaced.
General: Provide one pneumatic-tired and one steel-wheel roller to obtain required density,
surface texture, and rideability. Begin rolling operations immediately following placement of
asphaltic concrete. Do not permit healy equipment, rollers, etc. to stand on finished surface where
deformation may occur. End each pass ofroller in different place,
02740-5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINITA4S
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
L Steel-wheel rollers self-propelled, developing contact pressure under compression wheels
of 250 to 350 psi per inch of width of roller wheel. Rollers equipped with adjustabie
scrapers and means for keeping wheel wet to prevent mix from sticking.
2. Pneumatictired rollers self-propelled, developing contact pressure rmder each tire of85
to I l0 psi. Wheels so spaced that one pass will accomplish one complete coverage equal
to rolling width of machine. Wheels oscillate but not wobble. Remove and replace
immediately any tires picking up fines.
C. Compaction Procedures
1. Compact longitudinal joints and edges first, starting at outside edge and gradually
progress towards center ofpavement. Begin superelevated curves rolling on low side on
previously transversely compacted material. Successive passes should overlap by one
half width of roller. Mat temperature must not be below 185 degrees F.
2. Irnmediately follow rolling of longitudinal joint and edges with breakdown rolling. Place
drive wheel nearest paver and pull roller towards paver. Return roller to existing surface
and make gradual shift to overlap previous pass by half roller width. Operate pneumatic-
tired rollers as close to paver as necessary to obtain density required. Make enough
passes for reasonably smooth surface.
3. Final rolling by a combination of steel and pneumatic rollers to obtain density, surface
texture, and surface tolerances required.
D. Pavement shall be compacted to a density of 92Yo to 96% of the ma,ximum theoretical density,
determined according to Colorado Procedure 51. Field density determinations will be made in
accordance with Colorado Procedure 44 or 81 .
3.5 PATCHING
Cut out and fill with fresh, hot asphaltic concrete. Remove deficient areas for full depth of zurface and
base course. Cut sides perpendicular and parallel, and perpendicular to direction of traffic to extent of
failure. Apply tack coat to exposed surfaces before placing new pavement. Compact and finish to
specification.
CLEANI.IP
After completing operations, clean surfaces, pick up excess paving materials, and clean work area.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
t
l
I
I
3.6
FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT 02740-6
I
I WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I sEcrroN oz75o - RrcrD PAVEMENT
. PARTI GENERAL
I 1.r DEscRrPTroN
I A. Work Included: Fumishing, forming, jointing, placing, and curing of concrete pavement, curbs
' and gutters, sidewalks, c.oir-puns, in conformance with lines, grades, and tlpical cross sections
.l shown on the drawings.
t B. Related Work:
l. UnboundBaseCourse: Section02720
I r.2 QUALTTY ASSURANCE
,l
I A. Source: Engineer shall have access to batching plant at all times work is in progress.
I B. Record of Work: Contractor shall keep record of time and date of placement, temperature, and
I weather conditions. Retain until completion and fumish copy to Engineer.
I 1,3 SUBMITTALS
I A. Shop Drawings: Reinforcement, precast sections.
I B. Manufacturers Data: Additives, joint materials, curing compounds.r
C. Mix Design: Proportions of fine and coarse aggregate, water, cement, air content, admixfures.I
t D. Placement: Methodproposed, if requested.
I r.4 JOB CONDTTTONS
I A. Cold Weather: Except by specific written authorization, cease concreting when descending air
I temperature in shade and away from artificial heat falls below 35 degrees F, and there is frost in
t subgrade. Wlen concreting is permitted during cold weather, temperature ofmix shall not be less
than 60 degrees F at time ofplacing.
I B. Hot Weather: When air temperafure in shade exceeds 90 degrees F, conqete mix at delivery shall
not exceed 80 degrees F. Fog sprayers or special wetting agents may be required for protection.
II
J
II
. RIGID PAVEMENT 02750-I
I
,a
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS fi0%CD:September200, I
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
PART2 PRODUCTS T
2.1 READY-MIXED CONCRETE r
AASHTOMIsT T
2.2 CEMENT I
AASHTO M 85, ryPE II, 564 pounds/cubic yard I
2.3 AGGREGATES I
A. Fine Aggregate - AASHTO M 6, 33 to 39o/o total I
B. Coarse Aggregate - AASHTO M80, size 67,357, or 467
2.4 WATER-AASHTO T26 I
A. Slump 1" to 4"
B. Water cement ratio - 0.48 maximum '
2,5 ADMIXTURES !
A. Air Entraining Agent - AASHTO M154, plus-minus l-l/2%
Aggregate size Air content ;-'"**'^*'
'-Lt' /o
I
3/8', S t
ll2" 1 a
3/4" 6
l" andlarger 5 |
B. Chemical-Admixtures AASHTO Ml94
2.6 QUALTTY I
A. Follow ageed mix design
IB. Conform to applicable requirements of ACI 301
C. Field cylinders shall produce 28 day minirnum compressive strength of4000 psi. Cement cont€nt t
564 lb/cy minimum.
2.7 RETNFORCEMENT I
A. Deformed and plain billetsteel bars AASHTO M3l I
B. Fabricated steel bar rod mats. steel wire fabric AASHTO M 54 f
RTGTDPAVEMENT 027s0-2 I
r'
I WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS lIIo/'CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
I 2.8 JOINT MATERIALI
AASHTO MI73
I 2.9 cuRTNGMATERIALS
I A. Burlap cloth from jute or kenaf - AASHTO Ml82r
B. White liquid membrane - AASHTO M148, I gall150 SFI
I C. Sheet Materials - AASHTO M171, 4 mil
. PART3-EXECUTION
I 3.1 SUBGRADE/BASE COURSErI A :T:*"?ffiT"T;:::%ffi::i',:1?:#ffi#:HJff:i1,:H-,*ffi;"i:?::H:#H*:
than 12 hours prior to placement so subgrade will not absorb moisture from concrete.
- B. Test for crown and/or elevation by subgrade planer to assure specified thickness. If additionalI [Ta?::;,"#",1#il::fff:ffT::J.1i]'*",1f,?friili:T'#T*:1,3,'f"T&T;il;I subgrade.
I 3,2 FRAME ADruSTMENTSr
Set frames of structures in full mortar bed to provide proper bearing and to final grade. Form
I construction joints and blockouts in accordance with drawings.
t 3.3 FORMS
f A. Capable of supporting loads imposed by construction equipment, with maximum deflection of
l/4". Shaight and free from warp, with maximum deviation of surface l/8'. In good condition,
I clean, and strong enough to resist pressure ofconcrete when placed. Joined neatly and accurately
I to line and grade, and mechanically tamped to assure firm placement. Oil prior to concrete
placement.
I B. Set dowels, expansionjoints, preformed constuctionjoints, and header boards in accordance with
drawings. Securely stake preformed baskets to prevent movement. Grease dowels on one side of
I
joints with caps on greased end.
- C. Backfill behind forms as required to prevent water from entering subgrade.
r
I
- RIGID PAVEMENT 02750-3
a
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
3.4 REINFORCEMENT
Place as shown on drawings. Hold all tie and marginal bars in proper position by sufficient supports or
pins. If center longitudinal joint sawed in lieu of placing metal or plastic strip, bars may be
mechanically installed or placed on supports. Where rod mats or steel wire mesh is required, place on
freshly deposited concrete struck offto required elevation for steel placement. Where two layers of
mesh are required, support bottom layer bybar chairs with separators for top mesh, ifstrike-offcannot
be properly used. Lap adjacent mesh sheets in accordance with drawings. Laps and ties ofbars in
accordance with drawines.
3.5 PLACEMENT
Deposit near final position on grade with minimum segregation and without damage to subgrade.
Operate transit mixer outside forms at all times, except in locations agreed to by Engineer. Place
concrete on subgnde in sddcessive batches for full width between forms in manner requiring as little
rehandling as possible. Spread mechanically to prevent segregation and separation of materials.
Additional spreading may be by hand shovels. Deposit excess concrete to provide roll ahead of strike
off screed for fulI length of screed. Consolidate concrete with vibrators and spade next to forms, so
final surfaces will not have holes or honeycombs.
3.6 FINISHING
A. Use equipment designed to spread, consolidate, screed and float freshly placed concrete in one
pass, providing well consolidated, homogenous mixture, requiring minimum of hand finishing to
meet surface tolerances. Strike hand finished surfaces to tolerancbs by methods agreed to by
Engineer.
B. Finished surfaces will be tested with l0'shaight edge pmallel to centerline immediatelyfollowing
first floating of surface. Straight edge will be advanced 5'and space under straight edge shall not
exceed 3/16".
C. Final finish pavements after floating and straight edging with canvas belt, other suitable belting
12" wide, orrubbing. Work belt longitudinally with crosswise motion. curbs, gutter, cross pans,
and sidewalks finished with burlap drag, wood float, or brush.
3.7 CURING
Apply curing compounds, sheets, or burlap immediately after finishing and water film has evaporated
from surface. Do not mark or mar finished surface. Coat sides within one hour after form removal.
3.8 PROTECTION
A. Have plastic sheeting or other suitable materials available at all times to protect fresh uncured
surfaces from rain.
B. Provide full protection from freezing. Admixtures (calcium chloride) are not acceptable for freeze
protection.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IRIGID PAVEMENT 027504
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
WESTTIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
3.10
3.12
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
3.9
C. For hot weather, use fog spray or water retarding additives. Do not throw water directly on
surface.
JOINTS
A. Contraction joints, minimum depth 1/4 thickness of concrete.
I . Hand formed with tool, header board, or trowel pushed into surface to move all aggregate
from joint.
2. Saw joints as soon as concrete can support equipment without marring, no later than 12
hours after placement. First joints sawed approximately 60 feet apart, intermediate joints
sawed after initial joints. Joints to be straight, true and perpendiculm to centerline.
B. Longitudinal joints in conformance with drawings.
1. Fabricated steel or plastic strip held rigidly in place with adequate pins driven into subgrade.
2. Joints constructed by forms with recess and tie bars.
3. Sawed joints, with suitable guidelines to ensure joint is true to line. Saw as soon as possible
to prevent €rratic or uncontrolled cracking.
C. Construction joints perpendicular to centerline at end of each day's work. Use dowels, bars or
load hansfer devices in all construction joints in accordance with drawings.
D. Expansion joints with preformed joint filler in a vertical position, deviating not more than 1/4"
from a straight line. Install at all existing and proposed structures projecting through, into, or
against pavement, in accordance with drawings.
E. Install joint sealant at temperatures above 50 degrees F. in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations. Clean all dust, debris, and water Aom joint.
THICKNESS
Remove and replace work less than 95% of thickness according to drawings at Contractor's expense.
CLEANUP
After completing concrete operations, clean surfaces, pick up excess materials, and clean work area.
OPENING TO TRAFFIC
After 7 days or concrete has attained 550 psi flexural shength. No vehicle loads exceeding design
loading. No equipment permitted on new pavement until strength attained.
3.11
zuGIDPAVEMENT
END OF SECTION
02750-5
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION O28IO - LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION
PART 1: GENERAL
1.I GENERAL STATEMENT
100%o CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
The specifications set forth herein pertain to the installation of an underglound irrigation sys-
tem.
Consultant refers to Owner's Representative
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
Section 02480 - Planting, Sodding
Section 02440 - Earthwork
1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The applicable provisions of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions of
these specifications shall govem the work of this section as if it were written here in full.
B. This work shall consist of installing a complete underground irrigation system as shown
on the drawings. The contactor shall include all labor, materials, permits, licenses, in-
spection tools, facilities, transportation and equipment necessary for the installation of a
complete system according to the plans and specifications. No substitutions of material
or the procedure shall be made conceming these documents without the written consent
of an approved equal by the consultant. The work shall comply with the requirements of
all legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction.
C. A11 work in this section shall be coordinated with all utilities and trades responsible for
their installation.
D. Work called for on the drawings and details shall be furnished and installed whether or
not specifically mentioned in the specifications.
1.4 QUALTTYASSURANCE
A. IrrigationDrawings:
The irrigation drawings are essentially diagrammatic. Due to the scale of the drawings,
all characteristics of the system (i.e., sleeving, fittings, etc.) may not be represented. The
contoactor shall carefully inspect the site and plan his work accordingly, supplying any
materials and equipment necessary to install said characteristics.
t
I
I
I
LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 02810 - 1
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005 I
FORCONSTRUCTION
The contractor shall notiff consultant of any discrepancies between site dimensions,
grade differences, obstructions, etc., and those on the drawings that might not have been
known during preparation of irrigation drawings. If such written notifications are not
made, contractor shall assume all expenses and responsibility for any revisions necessary.
Work called for on the Drawings by notes or on details shall be furnished and installed
whether or not specifically mentioned in the specifications.
Design locations of heads, valves and lines are approximate. Contractor shall make mi-
nor adjustments of locations to avoid conflicts with planting, buildings and other obsta-
cles. All finish grades shall be approved prior to installation of the irrigation system.
B. Experience and Observations:
1. Work shall be performed in accordance with the best standards of practice relating
to the various trades. The conhactor shall be highly skilled and proficient in the
installation of irrigation systems of this magritude. If requested by owner or con-
sultant, contractor shall submit a list of three (3) projects of equal complexity with
references. Contractor must have a minimum of five (5) years experience with
projects of comparable size. The contractor shall coordinate installation of irriga-
tion system with other trades on the project. Superintendent approved by the con-
sultant shall oversee the irrigation system installation and shall be available on a
daily basis. The superintendent shall not be changed unless approved by the con-
sultant.
No materials ofany kind shall be installed on the project until they have been ap-
proved by the consultant. The consultant reseryes the right to observe installation
of the irrigation system at any time and to reject any and all materials or workman-
ship that does not meet project specifications and standards. Materials used with-
out prior consent of the consultant may be rejected and removed at conhactor's ex-
pense. Approval of materials is for design purposes only and shall indicate that
materials visually meet specifications, but this acceptance shall not relieve contac-
tor of any guarantees. Conhactor shall be responsible for the total performance of
such substitution to equal or surpass the original desigrr in every respect. Consult-
ant reserves the right to reject installed substitution if in his opinion, it proves un-
satisfactory. Contractor shall replace subsfitution at his own expense.
Before final acceptance of the proj ect, the contractor shall show evidence to the
consultant that all submittals, etc., have been received by the owner.
Conhactor shall give consultant forfy-eight (48) hours notice with request for stak-
ing or for field observation. Head and valve staking must be approved prior to
commencement of installation. Contractor to verify site conditions before com-
mencing work. Contractor to notify consultant in written form of any site irregu-
larities prior to commencing work. Initiation of irrigation installation implies con-
tractor acceptance of existing conditions.
I
t
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
2.
3.
4.
LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 02810 -2
I
)
f WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I C. Ordinances and Regulations:
Contractor shall observe all state and local laws, ordinances, regulations and applicabler n::":"#::TT,ill;#:j:Ts:Hi:::1:fiffi,:::?r,i::ii"'.r'',lll''1*Tiff#';l
requirements will prevail in any case.
I 1.5 SUBMITTALS
I A. Material List:
!1. A material list of all products and materials to be used in the project shall be sub-
mitted to the consultant prior to installation of irrigation system.
-2. Consultant reserves the right to rej ect any and all materials that have been installed
but have not been approved.
I 3. Contractor may request an approved equal to a product specif,ied on the plans.
Contractor must submit cut sheets of the product seven (7) days prior to bid open-
I ing to the consultant. Consultant shall respond to the request within three (3) days
of receiving product information.
t 4. Manufacturer's warranties shall not relieve the contractor of his liability for project
I guarantee. Such warranties shall only supplement the project guarantee.
I B. Operating and Maintenance Manuals:
f l. Conhactor is to deliver to owner's representatives the following before final accep-
I tance of the irrigation system:
a a. Index sheet of Contractor's address and phone number.
I b. List of materials and manufacturer's representatives with addresses and
phone numbers.
I
t
t
I
I
LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION
I
02810 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
90To CD:July 2005 I
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
c. Operating and maintenance instructions of all equipment with shutdown and
start-up procedures for the irrigation system.
C. AdditionalEquipment:
l. Equipment to be fumished as part of this contract to the owner at the completion of
the project before final acceptance of irrigation system:
Two (2) manual drain valve keys of appropriate length;
Two (2) gate valve or stop and waste valve keys of appropriate length;
Three (3) quick coupler keys and two (2) matching hose swivels;
Two (2) sets of special tools used for maintaining and adjusting each type of
sprinkler head and valve supplied;
e. Two (2) keys for each automatic conholler;
f. Two (2) sprinkler heads and nozzles for each type used.
D. As-Built Drawine:
1. Before final acceptance ofthe irrigation system, conhactor shall supply owner with
a reproducible Mylar As-Built Drawing. Drawing shall include dimensioned loca-
tions of all equipment and piping as listed in the irrigation schedule on the plans.
Drawing to include dimensioned changes in location of sprinkler heads, zoning
changes, connection to existing water lines, and any other items as requested. As-
built drawings are to be updated weekly throughout the length ofthe project and to
be made available to the consultant. The owner shall not approve any pay requests
if the As-built Drawines are not current.
If requested by owner, consultant shall review submitted As-built Drawings and re-
ject the drawings if they are not legible, etc., or do not contain the proper equip-
ment.
1.6 PROTECTION OF PROPERTY AND SAFETY MEAS{IRES
A. Property and Utilifies:
l. All trees, shrubs, flowers, fences, buildings, walks, roadways, and other property
shall be protected from damage. Any damage to said property shall be repaired or
replaced to the owner's satisfaction at the contractor's expense. Open trenches left
exposed shall be flared and barricaded as per O.S.H.A. regulations by the contrac-
tor. Contractor shall restore all areas to their original condition. Contractor shall
be responsible to contact utility cornpanies and the owner's representative for
staked locations of all utilities on the property. If staked utilities are damaged by
the conhactor, the utilities shall be repaired at the confractor's expense.
2. All nenching and other work within three feet of existing trees shall be done by
hand so as not to damage tree roots or limbs. All trenches shall be no less tlan one
foot from the trunk ofany tree.
3. Promptly notify consultant ofunexpected sub-surface conditions.
B. Reolacement of Pavine and Curbs:
a.
b.
c.
d.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
ILANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 02810 - 4
1.7
1.8
I
t
I
l
T
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTTTAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
9OYo CD: July 2005
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
1. Damage caused by trenching, crossing existing and/or proposed roadways, paths,
curbing, etc., shall be kept to a minimum and all damaged areas shall be restored to
their original condition at the contractor's expense. This will include compaction
of subgrade to ninety-five percent (95%) relative compaction.
Restoration shall take the followins course:
a. Match existing paving sections for asphalt paving. Thoroughly compact
sub-base, base course, and bituminous course, matching grade of existing
paving. No rough or rolled grades will be allowed.
b. Blacktop curbs - hot mix bituminous curb mix tamped and shaped to match
adjoining curbs.
c. Concrete paving - concrete to match adjoining concrete work, with expan-
sionjoints.
d. Sidewalks - concrete to mat,ch adjoining concrete work.
MATERTAL }IANDLING, STORAGE AND CLEAN UP
A. Material Handling and Storage:
Contractor shall be cautious in handling and installing pipe and materials. Consultant re-
serves the right to reject any and all materials that are damaged. Damaged and defective
pipe and equipment is to be removed from the site. Contractor shall make arrangements
with the owner to store materials on site. Do not expose plastic piping to prolonged
sunlight.
B. Clean Up:
Contractor shall endeavor to keep the site clean at all times. At the completion of the
project, the contractor shall remove all construction equipment and surplus materials
from the premises leaving the area in a clean and acceptable condition. Surplus materials
shall include unsuitable excavated materials, rock, trash, and debris. Any equipment or
debris which is not removed shall be removed at the expense of the contractor.
FLUSHING, TESTING AND COVERAGE
A. Flushing:
All lines shall be thoroughly flushed to eliminate any foreign matter before sprinkler
heads are installed.
B. Testing:
1. In the presence of the consultant, the contractor shall conduct a pressure test on the
mainline pipe at a pressure of 100 PSI for a period of two (2) hours. Any leaks or
breaks during the test shall be repaired and the mainline will be tested until ac-
LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 02810 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
1.9
1.10
g9oh CD:July 2005 t
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
cepted. All test equipment and pumps shall be supplied by the contractor as part of
the contract.
2. The contractor is responsible for providing the proper amount of water on sod and
plant material to establish and sustain optimum plant growth. The watering pro-
gram is to be included on As-built drawings.
C. Coverage:
After the sprinkler heads have been installed, and before installation ofsod, the contac-
tor shall conduct a coverage test in the presence of the consultant to determine if irrigated
areas are receiving the proper amount of water. As directed by the consultant, the con-
tractor shall make adjustments for proper coverage at no additional expense. This shall
include changing of noz-zle pattems and degrees of arc. Contractor shall perform, at no
additional expense, the required work to correct any coverage problems due to deviations
from irrigation plans or to problems caused by installing according to plans when it is
obvious that the plans are inadequate, without bringing it first to the attention of the con-
sultant. No overspray is permitted on any strucfure.
Any areas which do not conform to the designed characteristics ofthe drawings and un-
authorized changes or poor installation practices shall be repaired or replaced by the con-
tractor at his expense.
PRELIMINARY INSPECTION
A. Preliminary inspection will occur after completion of entire irrigation system. Provide 48
hours notice to consultant for inspection.
B. Preliminary inspection will evaluate the performance, coverage, appearance and confor-
mance of the system to that of the drawings. Contractor shall rework or replace items
that do not meet consultant's approval.
C. Consultant will provide punch list of items to be corrected.
D. Conhactor will correct all punch list items at this exDense.
FINAL INSPECTION
A. Upon completion of punch list items, contractor will give consultant 48 hours notice to
set up final inspection. Final inspection will take place after all as-built drawings, con-
troller charts and submittals have been provided to and accepted by the owner.
B. If, after inspection, the consultant determines that all work conforrns to the drawings, he
will issue a written notice of acceptance.
C. Final acceptance will not be given until all punch list items and subsequent new items are
corrected. Funds shall be withheld from the contractor to pay for any subsequent inspec-
tion as deemed necessary by the owner to ensure compliance with conhact drawings,
specifications and details.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ILANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 02810 - 6
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
90Yo CD: July 2005
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
D. If the consultant determines that the irrigation system is obviously not completed to war-
rant a final inspection, the conhactor shall pay the consultant to cover costs for final in-
spection.
1.1I WINTERIZATION
l.l2
Contractor shall be responsible for draining of the inigation system at the close of the 2004
sprinkling season and for start up of the system in the spring of2005 without being requested by
owner. Contractor shall use compressed air or an acceptable equivalent to drain system. Use
procedues that are industry standards. Conhactor shall adjust system (sprinkler heads, cover-
age, etc.) as part of the start up procedures.
WARRANTY
It shall be the responsibility ofthe contractor to insure the satisfactory operation of the entire ir-
rigation system and the workmanship and restoration of the project area. The entire system, in-
cluding materials, shall be guaranteed in writing to be complete and remain operable in every
detail by the contractor for a period ofone (1) year from date of substantial completion gf pro-
ject, and the contractor agrees to make any adjustments or repair any defects occurring within
the one-year guarantee period within seven (7) calendar days from receipt of notice of malfunc-
tion by the owner. If contractor neglects to perform these duties within the specified time, the
owner may make such repairs at the contractor's expense; provided however, that in the case of
an emergency, wherein the judgment of the owner, delay would cause serious loss or damage,
repairs or replacement may be made by verbal communication and without notice being sent to
the contractor, and the contractor shall pay the cost thereof. Any settling of irigation
trenches,/backfill material during the guarantee period shall be repaired at contractor's expense.
Contract documents shall govem irrigation replacement the same as new work. Replacements
are to be made at no cost to the owner. Any vandalism to the irrigation system prior to final ac-
ceptance shall be repaired and./or replaced at contractorrs expense.
PART2: PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERTALS
A. P.V.C. Pipe
L This specification describes the properties and performance required for polyvinyl
chloride pipe. Pipe shall be suitable for use at maximum hydrostatic working pres-
sure of200 PSI or 160 PSI as noted on plans. Pipe shall be made from clean, vir-
gin, NSF approved, type l, grade I P.V.C., conforming to Astin Resin specifica-
tion D1784-60 and project standard D2241 for P.V.C. 1120 SDR 26 or SDR 21.
P.V.C. Pipe is to be belled end and solvent weld. Solvent cement and primer shall
be ofthe type prescribed by manufachrer.
2. Marking and Declaration of Compliance
Marking shall show the size, series, identification, manufacturer's trade name at in-
tervals of not more than 20 feet. Pipe shall include the seal of approval of the Na-
tional Sanitation Foundation spaced at intervals required by NSF regulations.
LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 028t0 -7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
90% CD: July 2005
NOT FORCONSTRUCTION
B. P.V.C. Fittings:
All pipe fittings to be schedule 40 P.V.C. (ASTM D2466 and D1784) unless specifically
noted otherwise. Solvent cement to conform to ASTM D2564.
C. Brass Pipe and Fittings:
1. Brass pipe shall be 85% red brass, (ANSD Schedule 40.
2. Fittings shall be medium brass, 125 pound class, screwed type.
3. Use a dielectric union wherever a copper based metal (copper, brass, bronze) is
connected to an iron based metal (iron, galvanized and stainless steel).
D. Copper Pipe:
Copper pipe shall have the requirements of Type K, ASTM B88. Fittings shall be copper
or cast bronze. Silver solder shall be used for ioints.
E. Sprinkler Heads:
Sprinkler heads shall be ofthe type and model as indicated on drawings.
F. Backflow Preventer:
Backflow preventer shall be of the type, model and size as indicated on drawings.
G. Automatic Control Valves:
Automatic conhol valves shall be of the make specified, designed to operate with the
specified controller with size and model as listed on drawings. Control valve shall be
normally closed type and shall have manual bleed nut and manual flow control.
H. Drip Valve Assemblies:
Drip valve assembly shall be of the type, size and style as indicated on the drawings.
Strainer shall have 120 mesh nylon screen with ll2" blow-out. Pressure reducing valve
shall have manual adjusting nut.
L Drip Emitters and Tubing:
Drip emitters shall be of the type, style and size as indicated on the drawings. Drip tub-
ing shall conform to ASTM D1248 and ASTM D3350. Capillary tubing shall have l/8"
i.d.
J. Drip Line Blow Out Stubs:
Install drip line blow out stubs at all ends of drip tubing.
G. Quick Couplers:
02810 - 8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
ILANDSCAPE IRRIGATION
3.
4.
A.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
90Yo CD: July 2005
NOT FORCONSTRUCTION
Quick coupler valves shall be of the type, size and style as indicated on the drawings.
Quick coupler valves shall be two piece with rubber locking cover.
L. Gate Valves:
Gate valves up to 2-112" and larger shall be brass with non-rising stem and LP.S threads.
Gate valves shall be as shown on drawinss.
M. AutomaticController:
The automatic conholler shall be fumished and located as shown on the plans. The con-
troller shall be of the type, size and model number as shown. Controller shall be
equipped with primary line sruge protector. Install valve output surge protection arrestors
for control wiring and cornmon.
N. Control Valve Wiring:
Irrigation conhol wiring shall be #14 gauge solid A.W.G. and shall be U.F., U.L. ap-
proved. Conhol wires to be red, common wires to be white.
O. Valve Boxes:
Valve boxes shall be of the type, size and style as indicated on the details. A Carson
#910-12 box shall be used for control wire splices. Use one (l) valve box for each valve
installed. Where multiple valve boxes occur, arange in symmehic order and appearance.
No valve box extensions will be accepted. On the underside of all control valve boxes
shall be markings clearly indicating controller number and valve number.
PART 3: EXECI.JTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
Trenching:
l. Trenching and installation of irrigation system shall not commence until final grad-
ing has been completed and approved by the owner.
2. Trenches shall be cut to true line and grade, and shall be excavated so that the pipe
shall drain uniformly toward the drain valves deemed necessary to properly drain
the system. Minimum grade of pipingto drain shall be 3"/100'. All debris and
rocks shall be removed from trenches. For piping 3" and larger, trench width shall
be sufficient for installation of plpe with a clearance of at least 4 inches horizon-
tally on both sides of pipe within trench.
Pipe pulling may be used if soil conditions are acceptable to the consultant.
lnstallation Depth of Piping:
Depth of mainline from top of pipe is 24"
Depth of lateral (rotor) from top of pipe is 1 8"
LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 02810 - 9
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
B.
C.
D.
90%CD: July2005
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Depth oflateral (pop-up) from top ofpipe is 12"
Depth ofshrub (pop-up) from top ofpipe is 18"
Depth of wiring - side of mainline
Plastic Pipe and Fittings:
l. All pipe and fittings shall be installed as per manufacturer's recommendations. No
pipe shall be installed in temperatures of 40 degrees F or less. No pipe shall be in-
stalled on non-compacted fil1 dirt. Plastic pipe shall be snaked horizontally in
trench and square cut with burrs lemoved from inside of pipe. Provide for therrnal
expansion and contraction. For threaded connections, use sealants that are recom-
mended by the manufacturer for use with plastic. Do not use oil based pipe joint
compounds. Assemble threaded connections by tightening I to 1-ll2 tums beyond
finger tight. Keep piping clear of dirt and pipe scale. Keep open ends of assem-
bled piping capped. Teflon tape is to be used on all plastic threaded joints
2. Solvent weld joints shall be made according to manufacturer's recommendations. Al-
low joints to set at least 24 hours before pressrre is applied to the piping.
Backfilling:
l All backfilling shall be done with approved soil, free ofany debris including rock
and debris 1" in diameter or larger, and shall be puddled and/or mechanically
tamped to prevent settling. Backfilling shall not be done with frozen or caked soil.
Excess debris encountered during backfill process shall be removed at the contrac-
tor's expense. Backfill shall be compacted to 95%o standard proctor density
(ASTM D698-78). Any backfill soil removed due to unsuitability shall be re-
placed with new, approved soil at the contractor's expense. Any settling during the
warranty period of the backfill material shall be repaired at the contractor's ex-
pense, including any damage to other items affecting by the settling.
2. All lateral lines shall be installed in trenches with a minimum of 6" clearance.
3. Do not install lateral lines within 2' of lines of other trades.
Installation of Piping Under Paving:
Contractor to coordinate installation of sleeving with other applicable trades. All piping
that is to be located under areas where asphalt or concrete paving is to be installed shall at
an 18" depth below top of road base. Piping is to be encased in sand 4" on all sides. Add
backfill in 6" lifts and use mechanical tamping to reach 95" standard proctor density.
Contractor is to match and install new paving and base with existing paving and base
where cutting of paving is necessary for installation of piping. Contractor must obtain
written approval from the consultant for the process.
Installation of piping under existing walks is to be done with jacking or boring. Any
cracking or breaking of the walk is to be repaired at contractor's expense. Contractor
LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 02810 - 10
E.
F.
G.
J.
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
90% CD: July 2005
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
shall repair or replace to its original condition any damage caused by settling of sleeving
during the warranty period.
Sprinkler Heads:
All sprinkler heads located in turf areas shall be adjusted vertically to be flush with final
ftnish grades. Install heads as per details with spacing according to plans. Install heads
on double swing joint assemblies. Angle of nipples relative to lateral lines shall be no
more than 45 degrees and no less than 15 degrees. Locate rotary sprinklers 6" (spray
heads 3") away from walls, fences and paved areas. Under no circumstances shall the
spacing exceed the maximum spacing recommended by the manufacturers.
Gate Valves:
Installation of gate valves shall be as indicated on the details.
Back{low Preventer:
Installation of backflow preventer shall be as indicated on the details. Install as per local
and state codes. The most stringent requirement for backflow prevention shall prevail in
case of a conflict.
Automatic Control Valves:
lnstallation of automatic control valves shall be as indicated on the details. All control
valves shall be installed as close as possible to the locations as shown on plans.
Drip Valve Assemblies:
lnstallation of drip valve assemblies shall be as indicated on the details.
Drip Emitters and Tubing:
Installation of drip emitters and tubing shall be as indicated on the details. Drip tubing is
to be installed at a depth of4" below top ofgrade. ln this case, top ofgrade does not in-
clude mulch or rock layer. Drip line blow out stubs are to be installed at all ends of drip
tubings. Install drip tubing in hrrf areas as lateral piping.
Quick Coupling Valves:
All quick coupling valves shall be installed as double swing joint assemblies of schedule
45 PVC. Angle of nipple relative to mainline shall be no more than 45 degrees and no
less than l5 degrees. lnstall as per detail.
Automatic Controller:
l. Automatic controller shall be instatled as per manufacturer's recommendations
and/or irrigation details. Each controller shall have its own separate ground wire
and reduced, laminated as-built drawing installed in the door. Conholler charts
LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 02810 - 1l
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
gQYo CD:July 2005 I
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION I
I
t
I
I
T
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
N.
shall be legible and color coded to show valve numbers and their respective zones.
Charts are to be hermetically sealed between two layers of 20 mil. Thick plastic
sheets and approved prior to final acceptance.
2. All work performed as electrical installation shall conform to applicable codes. All
high voltage electrical work shall be performed by a licensed electrician. The con-
tractor shall be responsible for the electrical connection of the controller with the
metered electrical line at the base of the conholler as provided by the owner.
3. Install one valve output surge protection afestor on each control and common
wire.
4. Install a circuit breaker and elecfrical on/off switch for each controller.
Control Wiring:
Installation of confol wires shall be strung as close as possible to the mainline with such
wires to be located on one side of pipe. Wiring to be installed in separate trench if not
along mainline. All underground electrical cornections shall be made with Rainbird Pen-
tite connectors. Any splices not within control valve boxes shall be installed in a Carson
#910-12 valve box. The contractor shall leave a minimum loop of 24" at each conhol
valve, each splice and every 100 feet of wiring. Wiring is to be bundled every 20 feet
with one (l) control wire used for every control valve. Install two (2) spare #14-1 wires
along complete entirety of mainline from controllers to farthest control valve on each and
every branch of mainline. Color to be blue.
Drain Valves:
Manual drain valves shall be installed as per details. Contractor shall supply, locate and
install drain valves so as to drain entire mainline.
END OF SECTION
LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 02810 - 12
1.
3.
4.
I
T
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
WEST}IAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION O29OO - LANDSCAPE PLANTING
PART 1: GENERAL
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SCOPE OF WORK
Furnish all labor, equipment, hansportation and materials to complete the landscape planting as
shown on the drawings and herein specified:
A. Soil preparation and fine grading.
B. Planting, mulching, and fertilizing oftrees and shrubs, perennials and ground covers.
C. Staking oftrees.
D. Preparation and planting of ground cover, sod lawn.
RELATED WORK NOT INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION
A. Irrigation
B. PlantingMaintenance
GRADING
The Contractor Shall be responsible for maintaining finished grades in all planting areas, and for
executing and fine grading necessary for surface drainage and uniformity, or incidental to all plant-
ing operations.
MATERIALS
A. Commercial Fertilizer shall be Osmicote, or equal in pelleted form, and shall be complete, of
which part of the elements are derived from organic sources containing in available form by
weight: Nitrogen, Phosphoric Acid, and Potash. If commercial fertilizer having this analysis
is not obtainable, other commercial fertilizer may be used providing it meets with the ap-
proval of the Landscape Architect.
B. All trees shall be staked with 3 green wood stakes per tree. Stakes for Aspen trees zue green,
6'wood posts. Stakes for Spruce trees are green, 3' wood posts extending approximately 6 to
8" out ofthe ground. Trees are to be guyed with #12 wire and fastened to tle tree with green
nylon tree sfiaps. Aspen clumps to have main stems (more that one) guyed.
C. Plants shall be the variety, quantity and size indicated. When total quantities are tabulated,
they shall be considered approximate, and are furnished for convenience only.
l. Quality and size shall conform to standards set forth in American Standard for Nursery
Stock (ANSI 260.I)and or the ALCC Specifications Handbook. . Nursery-gtown stock
only shall be used, and which are free from insect pests and diseases. Approved col-
lected material is called out in the Plant Schedule.
LANDSCAPE PLANTING 02900 - l
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
J.
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
2.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
All plants shall comply with Federal and State laws requiring inspection for plant dis-
eases and infestations. Inspection certificates required by law shall accompany each
shipment ofplants, and certificates shall be delivered to the Landscape Architecl. The
Contractor shall obtain clearance from the County Agricultural Commissioner, as re-
quired by law, before planting plants delivered from the outside the County in which they
are to be planted.
All plants shall be true to tlpe or name indicated, and shall be tagged in accordance with
the standard practice recommended by the American Association of Nurserymen; how-
ever, determination ofplant species or variety will be made by the Landscape Architect,
and his decision shall be final.
Plants shall be healthy, shapely, and well rooted; and roots shall show no evidence of
having been rootbound, restricted or deformed. Root condition of plants in containers
will be determined by removal of soil from the roots of not less than two (2) plants, nor
more than 2yo of the total number ofplants ofeach species or variety, except when con-
tainer-grown plants are from a several solrces, the roots ofnot less than two (2) plants of
each species or variety from each source will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. In
case the sample plants inspected are found to be defective, the Landscape Architect re-
serves the right to reject the entire lot (s) of plants represented by the defective samples.
All plants rendered unsuitable for planting because of this inspection shall be immedi-
ately disposed ofoffthe site.
Each plant shall be handled and packed in the approved manner for that species or vari-
ety, and all necessary precautions shall be taken to ensure that the plants will arrive at the
site of the work in proper condition for successful growth. Trucks used for transporting
plants shall be equipped with covqrs to protect plants from windburn.
Substitutions will not be permitted, except as follows:
a. If proofis submitted to the Landscape Architect that any plant specified is not ob-
tainable, a proposal will be considered for use ofnearest equivalent size or variety
with an equitable adjustment of Contract Price.
b. Such proof shall be substantiated and submitted in writing by the Contractor within
thirty-five (35) days after the effective date ofNotice to Proceed.
Trees shall have straight trunks with the leader intact, undamaged and uncut. All old
abrasions and cuts shall be completely calloused over.
All trees and shrubs shall be measured when their branches are in normal position.
Height and spread dimensions indicated refer to the main body of the plant, and not from
branch or root tip to tip. Indicated sizes shall be before pruning.
Plants shall not be pruned prior to delivery except upon approval ofthe Landscape Ar-
chitect.
Contractor is to provide the name and location of the tree supplier for the Landscape Ar-
chitects / Owners review and approval of trees prior to delivery to the project site. The
Owner reserves the right to terminate the conhact if the trees are not acceptable to the
LANDSCAPE PLANTING 02900 -2
A.
B.
C.
D.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTTIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
Landscape Architect and the Conhactor is not able to produce acceptable trees. Plant
materials shall also be subject to inspection and approval by the Landscape Architect
upon delivery to the site.
11. Aspen trees called out as clump form means that at least one of the individual tree stems
in the clump needs to be the size called out for on the plans. The other stems in the
clump shall be close in size and proportion to the dominant stem.
12. Spruce hees are to be Specimen Grade-A quality trees fulI in appearance with layered
branches (not sheared to a solid Christmas Tree form), cone shape, with leader intact
with-out bare spots.
D. Shredded Cedar Bark mulch for shrub beds. conifer beds and tree and shrub basins.
E. Fine texfured peat moss for all perennial and ground cover beds.
F. Turf Sod: Kentucky Bluegrass Mixture.
G. Wildflower Carpet: Perennial Wildflower Sod available from Stevens Home Care, [nc. or
other approved equal sources.
H. Planting backfill mix to consist of 80% native topsoil and 20%o compost.
5. FINE GRADING AND SOIL PREPARATION
Well-rotted compost shall be spread over the surface of the ground of the areas to be peren-
nial bed or sodded at the minimum rate of two (2) cubic yards per thousand (1000) square
feet or 2" deep (5" deep in pererurial and ground cover areas). The compost shall tlen be
thoroughly roto-tilled to a depth of from a minimum of four (4) inches to a maximum of six
(6) inches until no compost appeaxs on the surface. Sewage sludge will not be allowed.
All sticks, stones and other debris appearing on the surface but not going through a hand rake
shall be carefully removed. The entire surface shall then be carefully bladed so that no un-
evenness appears. Finished grades shall be approved by the Landscape Architect before any
planting is done.
All planting areas shall be thoroughly wet down and sprinkler coverage and operation con-
firmed. Allow soil to dry so as to be workable, after which thoroughly cultivate to a depth of
6 inches and allow to dry out.
Spread l0 lbs. of iron sulfate evenly per 1,000 square feet of planting areas. Incorporate iron
sulfate into top 6 inches of soil in shrub areas immediately after approval of the Landscape
Architect. Iron sulfate may be incorporated into soil witl soil amendment. Do not allow iron
sulfate to stain pavement, wood or other swfaces on strucfures.
Soil Amendment and Fertilizers: Spread evenly over all planting areas, including turf, ground
cover, and shrub areas at the following rates:
l. Soil amendment: For turf areas, (2) cubic yards per thousand ( 1000) square feet or 2"
deep
LANDSCAPE PLANTING 02900 -3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
2. Soil amendment: For perennial and ground cover planting beds add 5" ofcompost.
3. Fertilizer: 25 lbs. per 1,000 square feet.
Incorporate into top 6 inches ofsoil.
E. Scarify all planting areas that become compacted prior to planting.
F. Rake all areas to remove rocks I inch or larger in size, sticks and debris. Drag to a smooth,
even surface. Grade to form all swales, pitch to catch basins, street curbs, etc., to insure
proper surface drainage.
G. For turf areas, lightly roll surface and reshape to level humps and hollows. Secure Landscape
Architect's approval before placing sod.
6. TREEANDSHRUBPLANTING
A. Mark tree and any B&B shrub locations using 12" wood stakes with colored flagging and size
of plant material indicated with black waterproof marker. Locations shall be approved and /
or adjusted by the Landscape Architect before plant holes are dug. Container shrub, perenni-
als and groundcovers to be placed according to the plan. The landscape Architect lvill review
and or adjust placement prior to planting.
B. Dig pits circular in outline with vertical sides as follows:
1. One gallon containers: l8-inch diameter.
2. Five-gallon containers: 24-inch diameter.
3. Larger size materials: (B&B material, l5-gal. etc.) 18" wider than the diameter of the
container.
C. After pits are dug, break sides to open wall ofpit for root penetration.
D. Backfill plant holes with backfrll mix as specified, free from rocks, clods, or lumpy material.
Backfill about l/3 of the hole with mix; place plant and water before adding remainder of
backfill.
E. Set plants in backfill to such depth that the top ofthe plant balt will be 3 inches above finished
grade. Remove wire basket and any twine from top 1/3 of rootball. Backfill rest of hole and
soak thoroughly.
F. Water backfill until saturated to the full depth of the hole. Hole shall drain completely within
li2 hour.
G. Build 3-foot diameter watering basins around hees and 2-foot diameter around shrubs and wa-
ter to drain through root ball. Basins shall be formed with 6-inch high walls.
H. Fertilize each tree and shrub immediately after planting, as follows:
1. One-gallon-canplant: l/4pint.
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
ILANDSCAPE PLANTING 02904 - 4
B.
c.
D.
F.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTTIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
2. Five-gallon-canplant: l/2pint.
3. Fifteen-gallon-can and larger:- ll2 pint.
Spread fertilizer evenly over surface of plant basin, and till into ground surface. In turf areas,
spread around plant and work into the soil. Water immediately.
I.Fine grade planting areas to smooth, even surface with positive drainage and no rocks, clods,
vegetative particles or other debris.
J. Spread 2" to 3" ofbark mulch around tree and shrub basins and in shrub beds.
7. PLANTING SODDEDLAWN
A. Sod shall be defined as living, growing grass, consisting of blades, crowns, rhizomes, roots,
and attached soil. Density of sod shall be such that the sod slabs may be handled, lifted, and
moved without substantial breaking or tearing. Sod shall be essentially free of weeds and in-
jurious insects when delivered. Sod shall be cut from mature, healthy turf fields with a sod
cutter in even sized slabs which may be rolled or folded for hansport; and the slabs shall be
reasonably uniform in thickness; and the turf evenly mowed prior to harvest. Average thick-
ness of sod shall be 3/4 to 1 inch.
Weeds and debris shall be removed. All areas shall be rough and finished graded, leaving fm-
ished grade approximately I inch lower than curbs, sidewalk, concrete paving blocks to ac-
commodate sod thickness. Install irrigation system before finished grading. Shape and finish
grading.
Broadcast on all sod areas commercial fertilizer 6-20-20 at l0lbs. per 1,00 square feet (or as
sod manufacture directs) prior to sod installation.
Sod slabs shall be laid promptly after delivery to job site. In hot, dry or windy weatheq the
staked sod atjob site shall be lightly sprinkled with water to prevent slab edges from exces-
sive drying. Sod slab ends and sides must be butted together for a close fit without overlap-
ping; stagger the ends. Sodded areas will be lightly rolled after a ligbt initial watering, then
irrigate heavily to assure water penetration in tle soil to a depth of 8 inches.
Sod should stop short at an appropriate distance from any existing hees. The area immedi-
ately around the crown should not be disturbed except for clean-up work. The exact line
around hees shall be set by the Landscape Architect.
Newly sodded areas will be kept moist at all times for ten (10) days following installation.
Particular care is to be taken to assure even irrieation disbibution on all areas ofthe sodded
surfaces during hot, dry or windy weather. ExJessive drying of the sod slab before it has
rooted into the soil may result in turf damage. The turf should not be allowed to wilt. After
(7) to (10) days, the sodded area will be mowed at normally recommended heigbts. If finish
grade has settled during this period, or if the surface is uneven, an additional light rolling shall
be carried out.
Protect sod areas by erecting such fences, barriers, signs, etc. as necessary to prevent trespass.
LANDSCAPE PLANTINC 02900 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
8.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
9.
10.
ll.
12.
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
H. Selection of variety shall be determined on the basis of turf use, soil area, shade, maintenance
and similar specific choices. The specific variety shall be selected by the Contractor with the
approval of the Landscape Architect.
PLANTING GROTIND COVERS ANd PERENNIALS
After soil preparation has been done (as indicated in section 5 above):
A. Apply general fertilizer per manufachuer's instructions to insure good plant growth. Amount
and type to be approved by the Landscape Architect.
B. Plant ground cover plants in evenly spaced rows with staggered spacing at equal intervals (see
plant legend). Water immediately after planting and in sufficient quantity to wet the soil
around the plants to a depth of 8 inches.
C. Add 2" of dark extra fine peat moss mulch to the perennial and ground cover beds.
D. After the plants have been thoroughly watered, allow the soil to adequately dry to provide a
workable surface. Rake the area to Drovide a uniform even surface.
WATERING
All plant materials shall be watered immediately after planting. After the first watering, water shall
be applied to all plants as often and in sufficient amount as conditions may require to keep the
plants in a healthy and vigorous growing condition until completion of the Contract.
MAINTENANCE OF PLANTING
A. From the time plants are planted until final acceptance oflandscape installation, plants and
lawns shall be watered, fertilized, and trash and debris shall be kept removed; weeds shall be
conholled, and replacements shall be made; all as specifred and full compensation for such
work will be considered as included in the Contract Price.
B. All plant materials must be healthy and full in appearance or be subject to rejection by the
Landscape Architect and/orthe Owner. Rejection of plant materials not in acceptable condi-
tion or appearance can occur at any time up to Final Acceptance. Plant materials rejected are
to be immediately removed from the site and replaced with the same plant material specified
on the plans.
CLEAN-UP
A. Remove all trash, rubbish, construction and planting materials, scraps, etc., from the site.
Leave area in a neat, sightly condition.
B. During construction, and on a daily basis remove any rocks and debris the roll into road
ditches and remove all empty plant containers.
APPROVAL OF PLANTING
LANDSCAPE PLANTING 02900 - 6
r WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
I Prior to Final Acceptance, the Contractor shall receive approval of the installed planting. The Con-
tractor shall notify the Landscape Architect a minimum of seven (7) days prior to the requested in-
I spection. Before the inspection, the following conditions shall exist:
I A. All construction work shall be completed.
I B. A1l planted areas shall be neat and clean.
(- {ll plants shall be installed and must be healthy.II D. Trees and tree stakes shall be shaight.
I E. Water basins are built and are intact.I
F. All flagging and plant tags removed from plant materials.
t G. All plant materials must be full and healthy in appearance.
I 13. GUARANTEEANDREPLA.EMENT
I A. Guarantee all plant materials for one year from the date of Final Acceptance as stated on the
I Certificate ofFinal Acceptance.
I B. Replace all dead plants not in a vigorous condition immediately as directed by the Landscape
t Architect. Plants used for replacement must be ofthe same kind and size as indicated on ther drawings, and planted as outlined above. All replacement ofplants shall be at the expense of
the Conhactor.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
LANDSCAPEPLANTING 02900 -7
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
3
I
I
T
t
I
t
!
I
I
t
WESTTIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION 02970 - LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE
PART I: GENERAL
100% CD: September2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
A. SCOPE OFWORK:
The Conffactor and /or appointed subcontractors shall fumish all labor, materials, and equipment
necessary to provide quality professional landscape management services on a year-round basis.
Through the use ofqualified, trained personnel and by using practices and methods recognized
and accepted as standards in the industry, contoactor will provide turf care, plant care, fertiliza-
tion, chemical pest control, irrigation control and maintenance, and any other items outlined in
this agreement.
B. DEFINITIONS: The terms "Landscape Maintenance Contractor" and the terms "Landscape
Management Contractor" shall be used in the agreement interchangeably.
C. INSURANCE: Contractor will carry complete and adequate worknan's compensation, automo-
bile, and public liability insurance in the amount ofnot less than $500,000 dollars. Contractor
shall supply contracting officer with a certificate of insurance for such coverage prior to com-
mencement date,
D. DAMAGES: Contractor will be responsible for any damages to the properfy caused by his work
force, while engaged in the performance of the duties outlined by this agreement. The cost of all
repairs will be borne by the conhactor.
E. ACTS OF GOD: The contractor assumes no responsibility for and shall not be held responsible
by the contracting officer for damages due to conditions beyond contractor's control. Such con-
ditions include, but are not limited to: harsh weather; abnormally cold, winter temperatures;
snow damage; ice; melting snow; wind; fire; vandalism; theft; and previous conhactor's neglect
or improper practices.
F. EMERGENCIES: The contractor is expected to be available, via phone, and respond when nec-
essary to emergencies which may arise. Emergencies are defined as items which, by tleir na-
fure, caru:ot be postponed and may cause damage to health or property. Snow removal calls will
not be accepted as emergencies. Response to emergencies will be by whatever means are most
practical to remedy a particular situation. Contractor is entitled to compensation for emergen-
cies.
G. PERSONNEL: Conhactor's employees shall conduct themselves in a workmanlike manner at
all times. Contractor is expected to provide adequate supervision at all times. In addition to the
general labor force, experienced, qualified personnel will be used to perform such specialized
tasks as pruning, inigation programming and repair, and pesticide application.
H. LICENSES AND PERMITS: contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and paying for all li-
censes and permits required by federal, state, and local laws that are necessary for the legal op-
eration of the contractor's business. such licenses and permits shall include, but not be limited to:
business, nursery, commercial pesticide applicator, tree contractor, and arborist. however, spe-
cial permits (such as special watering permits) will be obtained at the expense of the contracting
officer.
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 02970 - |
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
b.
b.
b.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I. WEATHER PERMITTING: all items in this agreement are stated assuming that weather condi-
tions are favorable. contractor is not to be held responsible, in any way, for delays in the comple-
tion of specified tasks due to weather conditions.
J. MODIFICATION: In all cases, the attached "technical specifications" shall supersede or modify
items stipulated in the "general requirements".
il. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
A. TURT'CARE
1. MOWING
All turf areas shall be mowed weekly, or as needed, during the growing season, mowing
height will be at 3 inches or at a height determined by the contractor. frequency of mowing
will vary in the spring and fall, due to seasonal weather conditions and growth rate of turf.
Approximately 26 cuts per season will be performed on furf. ln the event the season is
longer, there will be no charge for extra mowings; nor will there be any refund if the sea-
son is shorter of if inclement weather prohibits safe operation of equipment on the regular
scheduled mowing day.
Grass catchers will be used only if there is a specific need and will be used at the discre-
tion of the landscape care company inc. excessive clippings will always be removed from
turf grass catchers will be used around swimming pools.
Contractor reserves the right to leave unmown any areas that he feels would be unsafe to
mow due to, but not limited to," the following reasons.
L) Areas in use at the time of mowing by large groups of residents, children etc.
2.) Areas excessively wet due to improper drainage not caused by the contractor.
3.) Areas witb large concentration ofpet droppings.
4.) Areas under consfruction.
2. TRIMMING
All turf areas inaccessible to mowing equipment will be trimmed as needed, on a weekly
basis, to maintain a neat, well groomed appearance.
Where practical, contractor will use approved groMh regulators around fences, frees, and
other obstacles that may be damaged by repeated use of string line trimmers.
3. EDGING
Edging of walks, curbs, swimming pool decks, etc. will be done on a basis through the use
ofa steel bladed edger.
Edging is limited to concrete areas, in order to avoid damage to irregular asphalt, as well
as flagstone,. brick, wood walks and decks.
Drainage ditches will not be edged, unless otherwise specified.
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 02970 - 2
b.
b.
b.
B.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
!
I
I
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
100Y' CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
d. Excessive debris, resulting from edging, shall be collected and removed.
4. AREA POLICE
a. All landscape areas will be policed, in conjunction with mowing operations, for loose trash
and debris. Policing includes the removal of grass clippings from all walks after mowing.
b. Policing does not include the clean up of drives and parking lots, or the clean up of areas
due to vandalism, dumping, improperly contained dumpsters, acts of god, etc.
c. Pet droppings are not the responsibility ofthe landscape care company inc.
d. Items not covered under normal policing will be billed as an "extra".
5. WEEDCONTROL
All turf areas will be sprayed for the control ofbroadleafweeds, as needed. The cost ofall
broadleaf sprays is the responsibility of the contractor. Broadleaf weed control in turf is
handled on a curative basis, rather than a preventative basis.
Where needed, contractor will recommend pre-emergent weed control. Pre-emergent weed
contol will be done at the expense ofthe contracting o{ficer, and only after approval is
obtained.
6. FERTILIZATION
a. All turf areas will be fertilized a minimum of 3 times per season using a quality. well-
balanced fertilizer.
On the average 4 to 5 lbs. of actual nitrogen per 1000 square feet should be applied per
season. If contractor deems a soil test necessary to determine further the nutritional defi-
ciency ofthe turf, contracting officer will be notified and billed accordingly.
In the event iron is needed and used in granular form in the fertilizer formulation. care will
be taken to clean fertilizer off all sidewalks. Patios, pool decks. etc. to minimize the possi-
bility of iron stains. Howeveg even with the utmost of care taken. some staining may still
occur and be expected.
TREE. SHRUB AND BED CARE
I. BEDCARE
All bed areas will be checked on a regular basis for mulch coverage. Ifadditional mulch or
rock is needed in bed areas, this will be brought to the attention ofthe contracting officer.
All bed areas will be kept free of weeds by means of chemical control, mechanical cultiva-
tion and hand weeding as necessary. Every effort will be made to control grasses and
bindweed growing directly in shrubs and ground cover; however, conhol of these items is
not always guaranteed.
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 029't0 -3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
il
I
I
I
l
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
2. TREEANDSHRUBCARE
a. Contractor will monitor, on a regular basis, the health of all plant material and make nec-
essary recofllmendations to the contracting officer, with respect to such items as: fertiliza-
tion, insect and disease control, etc.
b. Landscape management contractor shall be responsible for pruning ofall trees and shrubs
on the property, with the exception ofplant material over 15 feet in height, providing con-
tract is a year-round contract. Contracts for growing season only will be pruned and
charged time and materials.
c. Plants shall be pruned in accordance with regularly accepted industry standards for prun-
ing. Pruning is done to promote healthy grouth; prevent weak or abnormal limb stnrcture;
control unwanted leggy growth; and maintain the natural groMh habit of the plants.
Proper pruning practices do not include sheering of plants into boxes, squares, balls, etc.
d. In order to prevent damage'to trees and shrubs planted in furf areas, by mowers and trim-
mers, a grass-free area or guard around all trees and shrubs will be provided and main-
tained by the maintenance contractor, at the expense ofthe contracting officer. Contractor
assumes no liability for damage to trees and shrubs not properly protected.
e. Due to the variable and unpredictable nature of insect and disease problems, hees and
shrubs will be sprayed on a time and material basis, as needed. Most sprays will be done
on a curative basis; however, contractor may elect form time to time to treat potential
problems on a preventative basis.
C, IRRIGATION CONTROL AND MAINTENANCE
l ACTryATION
a. Contractor shall be responsible for determining when to activate, and for activating the ir-
rigation system. Activation occurs usually between March and May, depending on weather
conditions.
b. At time of activation, all necessary repairs will be made to bring the system up to operat-
ing condition. These repairs will be done on a time and material basis. Contacting oflicer
will be kept informed of repair work being performed.
REGULAR MAINTENANCE
After system is activated and operating. Contractor will be responsible for checking the
system on a weekly basis, or as deemed necessary by contractor, to insure continuance of
proper operation.
Regular checking of irrigation system shall include:
1 .) Turning on all clocks to check for proper function.
2.) Tuming on all valves to insure proper operation.
3. Visually inspecting all heads for proper coverage and also for damage caused by
mowing operations. Minor adjustments as well as repair of contractor-cause dam-
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 02970 - 4
b.
b.
t
I
T
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
T
t
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
age, will be repaired at this time at no expense to contracting officer. Frequency and
duration. based on current weather conditions
c. In the event malfunctions are found during the regular check of the irrigation system, re-
pairs will be made on a time and material basis.
d. Contractor shall keep the need for water conservation in mind. During extended cold or
rainy periods, irrigation controllers will be fumed off. However, occasional rainstorms will
not constifute adequate reason for fuming off conhollers.
3. WINTERZATION
a. Contractor shall be responsible for determining when to winterize and for winterizing the
irrigation system. Winterization usually occurs between October I and November 15.
b. Proper winterization will include the use ofa compressor. unless otherwise specified.
c. Winterization will be done on a time and material base plus a charge for compressor time
if applicable.
4. MISCELLANEOUS
The landscape contractor will be informed if other parties have access to irrigation conhol-
lers. If the controllers are adjusted or furned off by parties other than contractor's employ-
ees, contractor must by notified to avoid possible damage to the landscape.
Contractor shall not be held liable for any damages caused by malfunctions of the iniga-
tion system, including, but not limited to: stuck valves, flooded basements, missing heads,
etc.
c. Coatractor shall not be leld liable for damages to sprinkler heads that are improperly in-
stalled above grade and constitute a mowing hazard. If this situation is applicable, con-
tracting officer will be notified immediately.
D. WINTERSERVICE
I. STANDARD SERVICES
A1l landscaped areas will be policed on a weekly basis for loose tash and debris. (refer to
itemA.4).
Will visit the site on a regular basis to inspect all landscape and plant material. Any prob-
lems will be brought to the attention of the contracting officer. At this time, confractor will
also determine the need for: winter watering, tree wrapping to prevent sunscald, special
pruning due to storm damage, etc.
Contractor shall be responsible for gathering and removing leaves resulting from fall leaf
drop. Only those areas having healy concentrations ofleaves that may cause damage to
turf or other landscape materials will be subject to leaf removal.
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 02970 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
t
t
I
l
I
d. Contractor will be available to the contracting officer to aid and assist in the preparation
and formulation of: plans, schedules, budgets, projections, etc., for the coming season.
E. ADDENDUM: CHANGES. DELETIONS, ADDITIONS
III. STATEMENT OF CHARGES
I, BASE PRICE CONTRACT ITEMS
A. TURFCARE
l. Mowing2. Trimming
3. Edging
4. Area Police
5. Weed Control
6. Fertilization
TREE, SHRUBANDBEDCARE
1. Bed Care
2. Tree and Slrub Care
IRRIGATION CONTROL AND MAINTENANCE
1. Regular Maintenance
2. Miscellaneous
WINTER SERVICE
l. Standard service
CHANGES, DELETIONS, ADDITIONS
TOTAI CONTRACT PRICE (A,B,C,D,E)
HOURLY CONTRACTITEMS
Sprinkler activation
Sprinkler winterization
Sprinkler repair
Insecticide Spray
Turf disease spray
Plant disease spray
Extra herbicide spray
General Labor rate
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
c.
D.
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 02970 - 6
I
t
I
t
I
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
l
I
I
I
I
LANDSCAPE MANAGEMENT CONTRACT
FOR
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
This Agreement, made this day of 20_by and befween
(herein after referred to as the conhacting officer) acting by
and through and,
(herein after referred to as the contoactor).
I. LOCATION.
lowing location (s).
WITNESSETH:
This Landscape Management Agreement is for services to be performed at the fol-
2. TERM. The term of this Agreement shall be for months. Beginning on the day of
_,20-.
3. ASSIGNMENT. Neither party may assign this conhact without the written consent of the other
party.
4. SCIIEDULING. All work scheduling shall be at the discretion of contractor as to time, day, month,
etc. Conhacted items will be given priority over time and material, or extra work, in order to remain on
established schedules.
5. DELAY. The conhactor shall not be held liable for delays in completion of contracted items, due
to, but not limited to: acts ofgod; acts ofcontracting officer; weather conditions; acts ofpublic utilities;
or any other unforeseen items beyond the reasonable conhol of the contractor.
6. MODIFICATIONS. The general requirements, technical specifications, statement of charges, and
landscape management contract are all considered a part ofthis agreement and shall constitute the entire
agreement befween the contracting parties. no variance or modification shall be valid and enforceable,
unless
.mutually agreed upon in writing.
7. PRICING AND PAYMENT. The total amount of the base contact. as outlined in the statement of
charges is
The amount is payable as follows:
8. TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE. Either party may terrninate this
agreement without cause, by sending written notice to the other party at the respective address, herein
stated. Notice is to be given at least days prior to effective date of termination.
full payment for services performed or material provided become due and payable on, or before, date of
termination. in the event of pre-payment of services not performed or materials not provided, refund will
be due and payable on, or before, date of termination.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 02970 -7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
1
I
9. TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. Either party may terminate this contract. for cause, upon sending
written notice to the other party. Contractor may terminate this agreement for cause: (a) upon contracting
officer's failure to make any of the agreed upon payments, as outlined herein; or (b) for the conhacting
officer's unreasonable determination of "lack of satisfactory performance or substantial completion of the
contractor's duties, as specified herein". Contracting ofhcer may terminate this agreement for cause: (a)
for lack of satisfactory performance; or (b) for obvious gross negligence or neglect by the contractor.
10. REMEDIES. It is expressly understood, however, that neither party may terminate this agreement
without first notifying the other party, in writing, ofthe alleged breach and demanding that said breach
be remedied within
-days
from said notice.
if, after sending proper notice, the alleged breach is not remedied within the specified time, the non-
breaching parfy may terminate this agreement upon days written notice to the
other party.
I l. NOTICES. All notices required hereunder shall be in writirg and shall be sent in the united state
mail, certified mail, retum receipt requested, conectly addressed as follows:
To contractor:
To Contracting Officer:
12. ARBITRATION. Any conhoversy or claim arising out of or relating to this contract, or the breach
thereof, shall be settled by arbihation in accordance with the (1) Construction Industry Arbitration rules
of the American Arbitration Association, or (2) the procedures of the Arbihation Committee of the As-
sociated Landscape Contractors of Colorado and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrato(s)
may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Choose (1) or (2)_.
13. ATTORNEY FEES. Should it become necessary to refer this account to an attorney for collection,
conhacting officer hereby agrees to pay all reasonable attomeys fees, court costs, and any other expenses
of collection incurred by the landscape management contractor.
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 02970 - 8
I WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
t All terms are fully understood by all parties involved in the agreement.
I
I
CONTRACTING OFFICER:CONTRACTOR:
I prop",ry Company Name
I N.-.
t ria"Title
I D"t"
I
I
t
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE
END OF SECTION
02970 - 9
I *ESTHAVEN coNDoMrNruMS
Vail, Colorado
T
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SECTION O33OO - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
II- PART I -GENERAL
I 1.1 RELATEDDOCUMENTS
a A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
t Conditions and Division I Specifrcation Sections, apply to this Section.
I 1.2 SUMMARY
- A. This Section specifies cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete
I materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes, for the following:
1. Footines.
|l 2. Founda-tion walls.
I 3. Slabs-on-grade.
4. Concretetoppings.
I 5. Building walls.
I B. Related Sections include the following:
dr
I L Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for drainage fill under slabs-on-grade.2. Division 2 Section "Risid Pavement" for concrete Davement and walks.
I I.3 DEFINITIONS
f A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the
I following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and otler pozzolans, ground granulated blast-
furnace slag, and silica fume; subj ect to compliance with requirements.
a-IIt 1.4 SUBMITTALS
t A. ProductData: Foreachtypeofproductindicated.
E
B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixfure. Submit altemate desigr mixhnes when
f characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, o. oth", circumstancest warrant adjustments.
I L Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site.f C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and
t placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stimrp spacing, bent bar
I diagrams, bar anangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing,
and supports for concrete reinforcement.
I
I
CAST-IN-PLACE CoNCRETE 03300 - 1
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
D. Qualification Data: For testing agency.
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
B.
C.
D.
F.
1.5
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
E. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers:
1. Cementitiousmaterials.
2. Admixtures.
3. Steel reinforcement and aacessories.
4. Vapor retarders,
F, Field quality-control test and inspection reports.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete
products and that complies with ASTM C 94lC 94IN4 requirements for production facilities and
equipment.
1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete
Production Facilities- "
Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated, as
documented according to ASTM E 548.
l. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing
Teclnician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-01 or an equivalent certification program.
2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACl-certified Concrete Strength Testing
Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade I. Testing Agency
laboratory supervisor shall be an ACl-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician -
Grade II.
Source Limitations; Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from
the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from one source, and obtain admixtures through
one sowce from a single manufacturer.
Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWSDI.4, "Structural Welding
Code-Reinforcing Steel. "
ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirernents in the Contract
Documents:
1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," Sections I through 5.
2. ACI I 17, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials."
Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material
evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures.
CAST.IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 2
2.1
t
I
I
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
1,6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
100%CD:. September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
t
l,
t
I
A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and
damage. Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorponted into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.
2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
specified.
3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
manufacturers specified.4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufachrers specifi ed.
FORM.FACINGMATERIALS
Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and
smooth concrete surfaces. Fumish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number ofjoints.
L Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials.
2. Exterior-grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1,
and as follows:
a. Medium{ensity overlay, Class 1 or better; mill-releas€ agent treated and edge
sealed.
Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material.
Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit.
Void Forms: Biodegradable paper surface, keated for moisfure resistance, strucfurally
sufficient to support weight of plastic concrete and otler superimposed loads.
Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 314 inch (19 by 19 mm), minimum.
Rustication Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, kerfed for ease of form removal.
Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with,
stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatrnents of
concrete surfaces.
L Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials.
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
2.2t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
t
t
I
I
I
I
,!
I
I
T
B.
2.4
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
G. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off metal or glass-fiber-reinforced plastic
form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of
concrete on removal.
1 . Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than I inch (25 mm) in
diameter in concrete surface.
STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed.
B. Low-Alloy-Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 706/l.706it4, deformed.
C. Plain-SteelWire: ASTM AS2gaTvanized.
D. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185, plain, fabricated from as-drawn steel
wire into flat sheets.
REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES
Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), plain-steel bars, cut bms true
to length with ends square and flee ofburrs.
Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening
reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel
wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater
compressive strength than concrete and as follows:
1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use
CRSI Class I plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports.
CONCRETE MATERIALS
Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and
source, throughout Project:
I . Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I/II gray. Supplement with the following:
a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C.
Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTMC33, ClasslN coarse aggregate or better, graded.
Provide aggregates from a single source.
1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch (19 mm) nominal.
2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement.
Water: ASTM C94/C94M and potable.
2.5
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
B.
C.
I
ICAST.IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 4
a.
b.
d.
e.
g
h.
i.
i
k.
t.
m.
n.
C.
D.
A.
2.7
t
I
t
I
I
l
t
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
t
t
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
2.6 ADMIXTURES
A. Air-Entrainine Admixture: ASTM C 260.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
Chemical Admixhres: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compafible with
other admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those
permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium
chl oride.
1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 4941C 494M, Type A.
2. RetardingAdmixture: ASTMC494lC494M,TypeB.
3. Water-ReducingandRetardingAdmixture: ASTM C 494lC494M,TypeD.
4. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 4941C 494M, Type F.
5. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixfure: ASTMC 494/C494M,
Type G.
6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II.
Granular Fill: Clean mixture of crushed stone or crushed or uncrushed gravel; ASTM D 448,
Size57, with 100 percent passing a l-112-inch (37.5-mm) sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a
No. 8 (2.36-mm) sieve.
Fine-Graded Granular Material: Clean mixture of crushed stone, crushed gravel, and
manufactured or natural sand; ASTM D 448, Size 10, with 100 percent passing a 3/8-inch (9.5-
mm) sieve, l0 to 30 percent passing a No. 100 (0.15-mm) sieve, and at least 5 percent passing
No. 200 (0.075-mm) sieve; complying with deleterious substance limits of ASTM C 33 for frne
aggregates.
CURINGMATERTALS
Evaporation Retarder: Waterbome, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application
to fresh concrete.
1. Available Products:
Axim Concrete Technologies; Cimfilm.
Burke by Edoco; BurkeFilm.
ChemMasters; Spray-Film.
Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior Company;
Aquafrlm.
Dayton Superior Corporation; Sure Film.
Euclid Chemical Company (The); Eucobar.
Kaufman hoducts, Inc.; Vapor Aid.
Lambert Corporation; Lambco Skin.
L&M Construction Chemicals, lnc.; E-Con.
MBT hotection and Repair, Div. of ChemRex; Confilm.
Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Sealtight Evapre.
Metalcrete Industries; Waterhold.
Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Monofilm.
Sika Corporation, Inc.; SikaFilm.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
o. Syrnons Corporation, a Dayon Superior Company; Finishing Aid.
p. Unitex; Pro-Film.q. US Mix Products Company; US Spec Monofilm ER.
r. Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi-Vex EnvioAssist.
B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing
approximately 9 oz.lsq. yd. (305 dsq.m) when dry.
C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C l7l, polyethylene film or white burlappolyethylene
sheet.
D. Water: Potable.
.- - ...-.. , P- 'Cl9gr,-.Waterbome, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTMC309, Type 1, ClassB,
dissffiting.
1. Available Products:
a. Anti-Hydro lnternational, Inc.; AH Curing Compound #2 DR WB.
b. Burke by Edoco; Aqua Resin Cure.
c. ChemMasters; Safe-Cure Clear.
d. Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior Company;
W.B. Resin Cure.
e. Dayton Superior Corporation; Day Chem Rez Cure (J-1 l-W).
f. Euclid Chemical Cornpany (The); Kurez DR VOX.
g. Kautnan Products, Inc.; Thinfilm420.
h. Lambert Corporation; Aqua Kure-Clear.
i. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; L&M Cure R.j. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; 1100 Clear.
k. Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Resin Cure E.
l. Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Resi-Chem Clear Cure.
m. Tamms Industries, Inc.; Horncure WB 30.
n. Unitex; Hydro Cure 309.
o. US Mix Products Company; US Spec Maxcure Resin Clear.p. Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi-Vex Enviocure 100.
RELATED MATERIALS
Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber
or ASTM D 1752, cork or self-expanding cork.
Semirigid Joint Filler: Two-component, semirigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy resin with a
Type A shore durometer hardness of 80 per ASTM D 224Q.
Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene
butadiene.
Reglets: Fabricate reglets ofnot less than 0.0217-inch- (0.55-mm) thick, galvanized steel sheet.
Temporarily fill or cover face opening ofreglet to prevent intusion of concrete or debris.
2.8
I
T
t
I
t
t
t
I
I
t
I
B.
c.
D.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 6
t
t
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
2.9
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
2.r0
A.
E. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot-dip galvanized steel sheet, not less than 0.0336 inch (0.85 mm)
thick, with bent tab anctrors. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of slots to prevent intrusion
of concrete or debris.
REPAIRMATERIALS
Repair Underlayment: Cement-based, polymer-modified, selfleveling product that can be
applied, in thicknesses from l/8 inch (3.2 mm) and that can be feathered at edges to match
adj acent floor elevations.
L Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic
cement as defined in ASTM C 219.
2. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions,
and application.
3. Aggegate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3.2 to 6 mm) or coarse sand as
recommended by underlayment manufacturer.
4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4100 psi (29 MPa) at 28 days when tested
according to ASTM C 109/C 109M.
Repair Overlayment: Cement-based, polymer-modified, selfJeveling product that can be
applied in thicknesses from l/8 inch (3.2 mm) and that can be feathered at edges to match
adj acent fl oor elevations.
1. Cement Binder: ASTMC 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic
cement as defined in ASTM C 219.
2. Primer: Product of topping manufacfurer recommended for substrate, conditions, and
application.
3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, l/8 to l/4 inch (3.2 to 6 mm) or coarse sand as
recommended by topping manufacturer.
4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5000 psi (34.5 MPa) at 28 days when tested
according to ASTM C 109/C 109M.
CONCRETE MXTURES, GENERAL
Prepme design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of
laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301 .
L Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture
designs based on laboratory trial mixtures.
Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than
portland cement in concrete as follows:
1. FIy Ash: 25 percent.
2. Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 25 percent.
3. Ground Granulated Blast-Fumace Slag: 50 percent.
4. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan and Ground Granulated Blast-Fumace Slag: 50 percent
portland cement minimum, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 percent.
lO0Yo CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
B.
B.
I
I CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
T
I
I
I
C. Admixfures: Use admixtures according to manufacfurer's written instructions.
1. Use water-reducing high-range water-reducing or plasticizing admixfure in concrete, as
required, for placement and workability.
2. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low
humidity, or other adverse placement conditions.
3. Use water-reducing admixfure in pumped concrete, concrete for healy-use industrial
slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a
water-cementitious materials rati o below 0. 5 0.
2.II FABRICATINGREINFORCEMENT
A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice."
2.12 CONCRTTE MXING
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to
ASTM C 94lC 94M, and fumish batch ticket information.
l. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and.32 degC), reduce mixing and
delivery time from 1-1l2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32
deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
FORMWORK
Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical,
lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure
can support such loads.
Construct formwork so concrete members and shucfures are of size, shape, alignment,
elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI I 17.
Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as follows:
1. Class A, 1i8 inch (3.2 mm) for smooth-formed finished surfaces.
Z. Class C, l/2 inch (13 mm) for rougb-formed finished surfaces.
Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss ofconcrete mortar.
Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces.
Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide
top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to I vertical.
L lnstall keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal.
2. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facins material.
3.1
B.
C.
D.
E.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 8
A.
B.
5-Z
J.J
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
!
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to acbieve required
elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed
strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds.
G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork
is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to
prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous
locations.
H. Chamfer exterior comers and edges of permanently exposed concrete.
I. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking screeds, and bulkheads
required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from hades providing such items.
J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and
other debris just before placing concrete.
K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and
maintain proper alignment.
L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written
instructions, before placing reinforcement.
EMBEDDEDITEMS
Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that
is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates,
diagrams, instructions, and directions fumished with items to be embedded.
1. Install anchor rods, accruately located, to elevations required and complying urith
tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and
Bridges."
2. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through-wall flashings in outer face
of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and
other conditions.
3. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated.
RXMOVING AND REUSING FORMS
General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does
not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50
degF (10 degC) for 24 hours after placing concrete, ifconcrete is hard enough to not be
damaged by form-removal operations and curing and protection operations are maintained.
Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or
otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply
new form-release agent.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 9
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
t
t
3.4
C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints.
Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete
surfaces unless approved by Architect.
C.
SHORES AND RESHORES
Comply with ACI 318 (ACI 3l8M) and ACI 301 for design, installation, and removal of
shoring and reshoring.
l. Do not remove shoring or reshoring until measurement of slab tolerances is complete.
Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate and
provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive stress or deflection.
VAPORRETARDERS
Plastic Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair vapor retarders according to ASTM E 1643
and manufacturer's written instructions.
|. Lap joints 6 inches (150 mm) and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape.
Bifuminous Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair vapor retmders according to
manufachuer's wdtten instructions.
Granular Course; Cover vapor retarder with granular fill, moisten, and compact with
mechanical equipment to elevation tolerances of plus 0 inch (0 mm) or minus 3/4 nch (19 nm).
l. Place and compact a ll2-inch- (13-mm-) thick layer of fine-graded granular material over
granular fill.
STEEL REINFORCEMENT
General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement.
l. Do not cut or puncfure vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before
placing concrete.
Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that
would reduce bond to concrete.
Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and
support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack
weld crossing reinforcing bars.
l. Weld reinforcing bars according to AWS DI.4, where indicated.
Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not towmd exposed concrete surfaces.
A.
B.
3.5
B.
3.6
B.
T
I
I
I
D.
CAST-IN.PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 10
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
E. lnstall welded wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to
minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset
laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with
wire.
I F. Epoxy-Coated Reinforcement: Repair cut and damaged epoxy coatings with epoxy repair
I coating according to ASTMD3963ID 3963M. Use epoxy-coated steel wire ties to fasten
eooxv-coated steel reinforcement.
JOINTS
General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.
Construction Joints: lnstall so strenglh and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at
locations indicated or as approved by Architect.
l. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across
construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through
sides of strip placements of floors and slabs.
2. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least l-ll2 inches (38 mm) into concrete.
3. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset
joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam-girder
intersection.
4. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and
girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs.
5. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls,
near comers, and in concealed locations where possible.
6. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or
partially hardened concrete surfaces.
7. Use epoxy-bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened
or partially hardened concrete surfaces.
Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contaction joints, sectioning
concrete into areas as indicated. Construct conhaction joints for a depth equal to at least one-
fourth of concrete thickness as follows:
l. Grooved Joints: Form conhaction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing
eachedgeofjointtoaradiusofl/8inch(3.2mm). Repeatgroovingofconhactionjoints
after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces.
2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof
abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut l/8-inch- (3.2-mm-) wide joints into concrete
when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before
concrete develops random contraction cracks.
Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab
junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and
other locations. as indicatec.
l. Extend joint-filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished
concrete surface, unless otherwise indicated.
A.
B.
c.
D.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 1l
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100%CD:September2005 !
FORCONSTRUCTION I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
A,
B.
3.8
3.9
2. Terminate full-u/idth joint-filler strips not less tt;:rn 1/2 inch (13 mm) or more than 1 inch
(25 mm) below finished concrete surface where joint sealants, specified in Division 7
Section "Joint Sealants"' are indicated.
3. Install joint-filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is
required, lace or clip sections together.
E. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies atjoints where indicated. Lubricate
or asphalt coat one-half ofdowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side ofjoint.
WATERSTOPS
Flexible Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other joints indicated to form a
continuous diaphragm. Install in longest lengths practicable. Support and protect exposed
waterstops during progress of the Work. Field fabricate joints in waterstops according to
manufacfurer's written instructions.
CONCRETE PLACEMENT
Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwor\ reinforcement, and embedded
items is complete and that required inspections have been performed.
Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless
approved by Architect.
C. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subjeot to
limitations of ACI 301.
1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to
mixture.
Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new
concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause sslms or planes of
weakness. If a section carmot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated.
Deposit concrete to avoid segegation.
l. Deposit concr€te in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork desigr pressures
and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints.
2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301.
3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. lnsert and withdraw vibrators
vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penehate placed layer and at least 6
inches (150 mm) into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of
concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration
to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and
other embedded items without causing mixfure constituents to segregate.
Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of
construction joints, until placement ofa panel or section is complete.
D,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
ICAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 12
B.
C.
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
l. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked
around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners.2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement.
3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike offto correct elevations.
4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required.
5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textued
surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disfurb
slab surfaces before starting finishing operations.
F. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from
physical damage or reduced shength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low
temperatw€s.
l. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 degF (4.a degC)
for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the
temperature range required by ACI 301 .
2. Do not use frozen matefials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete
on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or
chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs.
G. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows:
1 . Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F (32 deg C) at time of placement. Chilled
mixing water or chopped ice may be used to conhol temperature, provided water
equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nihogen to
cool concrete is Contractor's option.2. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep
subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.
3.10
A.
FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes
and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified
limits on formed-surface irregularities.
l. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view.
Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in
an orderly and s1'rnmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and
defects. Remove hns and other projections that exceed specifred limits on formed-surface
irregularities.
1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view.
Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces
adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent
formed surfaces. Continue final surface heatment of formed surfaces uniformlv across ad'iacent
unformed surfaces. unless otherwise indicated.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 13
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
3.1I FINISHINGFLOORS AND SLABS
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and
finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces'
B. Scratch Finish: While still plastic, texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull-
floated or darbied. Use stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes to produce a profile amplitude of li4
inch (6 mm) in I direction.
1. Apply scratch finish to surfaces to receive mortar setting beds for bonded cementitious
floor finishes
C. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small
or inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and frll low spots.
Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular
texrure.
L Apply float frnish to surfaces to receive howel finish and to be covered with fluid-applied
or sheet waterproofing, built-up or membrane roofing, or sand-bed tenazzo.
D. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply frrst troweling and consolidate concrete by
hand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of
trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that
would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings.
l. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring,
carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin-film-
finish coating system.
2. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an
unleveled, freestanding, l0-foot- (3.05-m) long straightedge resting on 2 high spots and
placed anylvhere on the surface does not exceed 3/16 inch (4'8 mm).
E. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and
elsewhere as indicated.
L lmmediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with
frber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish
with Architect before application.
3.12
A.
MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS
Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete sfuctures, unless otherwise indicated,
after work of other hades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with
in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to
complete the Work.
Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still
green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with comers, intersections, and
terminations slightly rounded.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
B.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 14
B.
D.
E.
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
l
t
I
I
I
I
T
l
I
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as
shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment at correct elevations,
complying with diagrams or templates from manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment.
D. Steel Pan Stairs: Provide concrete fill for steel pan stair treads, landings, and associated items.
Cast-in inserts and accessories as shown on Drawings. Screed, tamp, and trowel-finish concrete
surfaces.
3.r3
A.
CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING
General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 301 for hot-
weather protection during curing.
Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces ifhot, dry, or
windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h (1 kglsq. m x h) before and
during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after
placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing.
Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported
slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after
loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for the
remainder of the curing period.
Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed
surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces.
Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods:
1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the
following materials:
a. Water.
b. Continuous water-fog spray.
c. Absorptive cover, water safurated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete
surfaces and edges with l2-inch (300-mm) lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisfure-retaining
cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable widtb, wjth sides and ends lapped
at least 12 inches (300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less
than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover
material and waterproof tape.
a. Moisfure cure or use moisfure-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive
floor coverings.
b. Moisture cure or use moisfure-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive
penetrating liquid floor treatrnents.
c. Cwe concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture-retaining
cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer certifies will not interfere with
bonding of floor covering used on Project..
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 15
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
3.14
A.
3.15
A.
3.16
A,
100% CD: September2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
T
t
I
l
I
I
3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller
according to manufacfurer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to healy rainfall
within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair
damage during curing period.
a. After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging
concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound
manufacfurer unless manufacfurer certifies curing compound will not interfere
with bonding offloor covering used on Project.
4. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a
continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacfurer's written
instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial
application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity
ofcoating and repair damage during curing period.
LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS
Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Prepare, apply, and finish penetrating liquid floor
heatment according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Remove curing compounds, sealers, oil, dirt, laitance, and other contaminants and
complete surface repairs.
2. Do not apply to concrete that is less than seven days'old.
3. Apply liquid until surface is saturated, scrubbing into surface until a gel forms; rewet;
and repeat brooming or scrubbing. Rinse with water; remove excess material until
surface is dry. Apply a second coat in a similar manner if surface is rough or porous.
Sealing Coat: Uniformly apply a continuous sealing coat of curing and sealing compound to
hardened concrete by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions.
JOINT FILLING
Prepare, clean, and installjoint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least [one] [six] month(s). Do not fill joints
until construction haffic has permanently ceased.
Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact
faces ofjoint clean and dry.
Install semirigid joint filler full depth in saw-cut joints and at least 2 inches (50 mm) deep in
formed joints. Overfill joint and trim j oint filler flush with top of joint after hardening.
CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove
and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval.
B.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
IB.
C.
I
I
I
T
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 16
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to two
and one-half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 (1.18-mm) sieve, using only enough water
for handling and placing.
C. Repairing Formed Swfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks,
spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and
stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning.
1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than
I/2 inch (13 mm) in any dimension in solid concrete, but not less than I inch (25 mm) in
depth. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water,
and brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching
mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone
plugs secured in place with bonding agent.2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and
standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding
color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match
before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher
than surrounding surface.3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and
strucfural performance as determined by Architect.
D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and
veriff surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces
sloped to drain for trueness ofslope and smoothness; use a sloped template.
l. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts,
honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch (0.25 mrn) wide or
that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unr-einforced sections regardless of
width, and other objectionable conditions.2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding.3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface frnishing
operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired
areas to blend into adjacent concrete.4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment.
Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacfurer's
written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather
edges to match adjacent floor elevations.5. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low
areas to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of l/4 inch (6 mm) to match adjacent
floor elevations. Prepare, mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to
manufachrer's written instructions to produce a smootl, uniform, plane, and level
surface.
6. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes I inch (25 mm) or less in
diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with
clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4-inch (19-mm)
clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and
apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mixture as original
concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with
adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 17
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
A,
B.
100% CD: September 2005 I
FORCONSTRUCTION
7. Repair random cracks and single holes I inch (25 mm) or less in diameter with patching
mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt,
and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place
patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to
match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours.
E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Architect's approval, using epoxy adhesive and
patching mortar.
F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Architect's
approval.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform
field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
Inspections:
l. Steel reinforcement placement.
2. Steel reinforcement welding.
3. Headed bolts and studs.
4. Verification of use of required design mixture.
5. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing.
6. Curing procedures and maintenance ofcuring temperature.
7. Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams and
slabs.
Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to
ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements:
l. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100 cu. yd. (76 cu. m)
or fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day.
a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive-strength tests
for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly
selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used.
2. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample,
but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform
additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change.
3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete; one test for
each composite sample, but not less than one test for eacb day's pour of each concrete
mixfure.
4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M: one t€st hourly when air temperature is
40 deg F (4.4 degC) and below and when 80 deg F (27 degC) and above, and one test
for each composite sample.
5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 3llc 31M.
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
C.
L. Cast and laboratory cure
composite samPle.
CAST-IN.PLACE CONCRETE
two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each
03300 - l8
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100%CD: September2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C39M; test one laboratory-cured specimen at
7 days and three specimens at 28 days.7. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three
consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength
and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive shength by
more than 500 psi (3.4 MPa).8. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and
Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain
Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete
testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive
strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking
strength, and t1pe of break for both 7- and 28-day tests.9. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may
be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of
concrete.
10. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests ofconcrete
when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other
requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. Testing and inspecting agency
may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with
ASTM C 42lC 42M orby other methods as directed by Architect.
I L Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine
compliance ofreplaced or additional work with specified requirements.12. Conect deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate dos not comply
with the Contract Documents.
END OF SECTION O33OO
I
I
I
l CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 19
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SECTION 04860 - STONE VENEERASSEMBLIES
I
'r PARTI-GENERAL
J
I I.1 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes stone veneer in the following applications:
!I. On concrete retaining walls.
f 2. Anchored to concrete backup.
I 3. Adhered to cold-formed meLl f.u*ing and sheathing.
I B. Products installed, but not fumished, in this Section include steel lintels and shelf angles for
f stone veneer assemblies specified in Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications."
I r.z suBMrrrALSt
A. ProductData: Foreachtypeofproductindicated.
I l. For stone varieties proposed for use on Project, include data on physical properties
specified.
I B. Stone Samples: For each color, grade, finish, and variety of stone required.
(- r-^lored Mortar Samples: For each color required.It D. Qualification Data: For Instalier.
I 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I A. Installer Qualifications: An installer who employs experienced stone masons and stone fitters
I who are skilled in installing stone veneer assemblies similar in material, design, and extent to
those indicated for this Project and whose projects have a record of successful in-service
I Performance.
t B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution.
I L Build mockups for each type of stone veneer assembly in sizes approximately 48 inches
long by 48 inches high by full thickness, including face and backup.
I 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
I A. Protection of Stone Veneer Assemblies: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections,
and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work.
t *ESTHAVENC.ND.MTNTM'
Vail, ColoradoI
I
I
STONE VENEERASSEMBLIES 04860 - I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: Septernber 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
B. Stain Prevention: Immediately remove mortar and soil to prevent them from staining the face
of stone veneer assemblies.
C. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice
or frost. Do not build on frozen subgrade or setting beds. Comply with cold-weather
construction requirements contained in ACI 530.I/ASCE 6/TMS 602.
1. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40
deg F (4 deg C) and above and will remain so until masonry has dried.
D. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in
ACI 530.I/ASCE 6/TMS 602.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 STONE SOURCES
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide stone of the following variety and from the
following source:
I . Stone Type: Chief Joseph by Select Stone. www.selectstone.com, 888.237. 1000 or
approved equal.
2.2 STONE
A. Provide stone that complies with the following physical characteristics:
1. Maximum Absorption, by Weight: 3 percent apcording to ASTM C 97.
2. Minimum Compressive Shength: 4000 psi (28 MPa) according to ASTM C 170.
3. Stone shall be random, naturally straight-edged with pieces no smaller than 6" in height.
4. Stone caps shall be 3" thic( natural stone to match.
2.3 MORTARMATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-wpather
construction. Provide nafural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color
indicated.
l. Low-Alkali Cement: Not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested according to
ASTM C I14.
B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, TYPe S.
C. MasonryCement: ASTMC 91.
D. Aggregate: ASTM C 144 and as follows:
1. For pointing mortar, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing No. 16 sieve.
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
ISTONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 -2
I WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.A
2. Colored Aggregates: Natural-colored sand or ground marble, grarnte, or other sound
stone; of color necessary to produce required mortar color.
E. Mortar Pigments: Nafural or synthetic iron oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes and
wilh a record of satisfactory performance in stone masonry mortars.
F. Water: Potable.
VENEERANCHORS
Materials:
l. HotDip Galvanized Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B-2.
2. Hot-Dip Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366/4 366M, cold-rolled, carbon-steel sheet
hot-dip galvanized after fabrication to comply with ASTM A 153/4 153M, Class B-2.
Adjustable Veneer Anchors: 2-piece assemblies that allow vertical or horizontal adjustrnent but
resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to wall, for attachment over sheathing to
wood or metal studs, and that are capable of withstanding a 100-lbf (445-N) load in both tension
and compression without deforming or developing play in excess of 0.05 inch (1.3 mm).
L Screw-Attached Veneer Anchors: Units with hiangular wire tie and rib-stiffened, sheet
metal anchor section with screw holes top and bottom and with raised rib-stiffened strap
stamped into center to provide a slot for connection of wire tie.
a. Available Products:
1) Dur-O-Wal, a Dayton Superior Company; DlA2l3.2) Heckmann Building Products, Inc.; 315-D with 316.3) Hohmann & Bamard, Inc.; DW-l0
4) Masonry Reinforcing Corporation of America;
EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERI,ALS
Metal Flashing: Fabricate from the following metal complying with requirements specified in
Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" and below:
L Material: teme-coated stainless steel , 0.0156 inches thick.
Contractor's Option for Concealed Flashing: For flashing partly exposed to the exterior, use
metal flashing specified above. For flashing not exposed to the exterior, use one ofthe
following, unless otherwise indicated:
1. Copper-Laminated Flashing: 7-oz.lsq. ft. sheet copper bonded with asphalt befween 2
layers of glass-fiber cloth.
B.
2.5
B.
I
I STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
2.6 MISCELLANEOUSMASONRYACCESSORIES
100% CD: September 2005 t
FORCONSTRUCTION
T
I
I
I2.7
A. Asphalt Dampproofing for Concrete Backup: Cut-back asphalt complying with ASTM D 4479,
Type I, or asphalt emulsion complfng with ASTM D 1227, Type III or IV.
B. Expanded Metal Lath: 3.4 lb/sq. yd. (1.8 kglsq. m), self-furring, diamond-mesh lath complying
with ASTM C 847. Fabricate from structural-quality, zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet
complying with ASTM A 6531 A 653M, G60 (21 80).
MIXES
General: Do not use admixfures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators,
retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise
indicated.
l. Do not use calcium chloride.
2. Mixing Pointing Mortar: Thoroughly mix cementitious and aggregate materials together
before adding water. Then mix again, adding only enough water to produce a damp,
unworkable mix that will retain its form when pressed into a ball. Maintain mortar in this
dampened condition for one to two hours. Add remaining water in small portions until
mortar reaches desired consistency. Use mortar within 30 minutes of final mixing; do not
retemper or use partially hardened material.
Mortar for Stone Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification.
L Limit cementitious materials in mortar to portland cement, mortar cement, and lime.
2. Mortar for Setting & Pointing Stone: Type S.
Cement-Paste Bond Coat: Mix either neat cement and water or cement. sand. and water to a
consistency similar to that of thick cream.
L For latex-modified portland cement setting-bed mortar, substifute latex admixture for part
or all of water, according to latex-additive manufacturer's written instructions.
Pigmented Mortar: Select and proportion pigments with other ingredients to produce color
required.
l. Pigments shall not exceed l0 percent of portland cementby weight.
2. Pigments shall not exceed 5 percent of masonry cement by weight.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
SETTING OF STONE VENEER. GENERAL
Coat concrete backup with asphalt dampproofing.
Perform necessary field cutting as stone is set. Use hand tools to cut stone.
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
3.1
A.
B.
T
ISTONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 - 4
B.
c.
D.
B.
A.
3.2
J-)
3.4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
C. Arrange stones for good fit in uncoursed, random, rubble pattem with joint widths within
tolerances indicated for drystack appearance. Insert small stones into spaces between larger
stones as needed to produce joints as uniform in width as practical.
D. Maintain uniform joint widths except for variations due to different stone sizes and where minor
variations are required to maintain bond alignment, if any. Lay walls with joints not less than
l/4 inch at narowest points nor more than ll2 inch at widest points.
INSTALLATION OF ADHERED STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES
Install flashing over sheathing and behind building paper or building wrap by fastening through
sheathing into framing.
Install lath over building paper or building wrap by fastening through sheathing into framing to
comply with ASTM C 1063.
Install lath over unit masonry and concrete to comply with ASTM C 1063.
Coat bacla of stone units and face of scratch coat with cement-paste bond coat, then butter both
surfaces with setting mortar. Use sufficient setting mortar so a slight excess will be forced out
the edges of stone units as they are set. Tap units into place, completely frlling space between
units and scratch coat.
Rake out joints for pointing with mortar to depth of not less than 3/4 inch. Rake joints to
uniform depths with square bottoms and clean sides.
ADruSTINGAND CLEANING
In-Progress Cleaning: Clean stone veneer assemblies as work progresses. Remove mortar fins
and smears before tooling joints.
Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean stone veneer assemblies as
follows:
1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes
or chisels.
2. Test cleaning methods on mockup; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison
purposes.
3. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaner; remove cleaner promptly by
rinsing thoroughly with clear water.
EXCESS MATERI.ALS AND WASTE
Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masouy waste, including mortar and excess or soil-
contaminated sand, by crushing and mixing with fill material as fill is placed.
1. Do not dispose of masonrywaste as fill within l8 inches (450 mm) of finished grade.
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
END OF SECTION 04860
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 - 6
I
'ESTHAVENC.ND.MINTMSVail. ColoradoI
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SECTION O5I2O - STRUCTURAL STEEL
Itl
PART 1-GENERAL
I I.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Conhact, including General and Supplementary
f Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I r.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
t l. Structural steel.
2. Prefabricatedbuildinscolumns.
ll 3. Grout.I
B. Related Sections include the followins:
I t. Division 1 Section 'Quality Rlquir"-.ntr" for independent testing agency procedures
and admini strative requirements.
rr 2. Division 5 Section "Steel Deck" for field installation of shear connectors.
I 3. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for steel lintels or shelf angles not attached tof structural-steel frame miscellaneous steel fabrications and other metal items not defined
I 4. $tilffStiltfrttlg Sections for surface preparation andpriming requirements.I
I 1.3 DEFrNrrroNS
I A. Structural Steel: Elements of structural-steel frame, as classified by AISC's "Code of Standard
I Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges," that support desigrr loads.r B. Architecturally Exposed Stuctural Steel: Structural steel desigrated as architecturally exposed
r structural steel in the Contract Documents.
I
1.4 SUBMITTALS
I A. ProductData: Foreachtypeofproductindicated.
I B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of sfuctural-steel components.
I l. lnclude details ofcuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data.
11 2- Include embedment drawings.
I 3. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds,
and show size, length, and type ofeach weld.
T
I
STRUCTURALSTEEL 05120 - I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
C.
D.
E.
I
100% CD: September 2005 I
FOR CONSTRUCTION I
1.5
4. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts.
Identify pretensioned and slip-critical high-strength bolted connections.
Welding certificates.
Qualification Data: For fabricator testing agency.
Mill Test Reports: Signed by manufacturers certifying that the following products comply with
requirements:
L Structural steel including chemical and physical properties.
2. Bolts, nuts, and washers including mechanical properties and chemical analysis.
3. Shear stud connectors.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who participates in the AISC Qualify Certification
Program and is designated an AlSC-Certified Erector, Category CSE.
Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator who participates in the AISC Quality
Certification Program and is designated an AlSC-Certified Plant, Category Sbd.
Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWSDl.l, "Structural Welding
Code--Steel."
Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents:
1. AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."
2. AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings-Allowable Shess Design and Plastic
Desigr."
3 . AISC's "Specification for the Design of Steel Hollow Skuctural Sections."
4. AISC's "Specification for Allowable Stress Design of Single-Angle Members."
5. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
DELryERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Store materials to permit easy accgss for inspection and identification, Keep steel members off
ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel
members and packaged matedals from erosion and deterioration.
L Store fasteners in a protected place. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry
or rusty before use.
2. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or
overload to members or supporting skuctures. Repair or replace damaged materials or
structures as directed.
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
C.
D.
1.6
STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 - 2
I WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS IOO% CD: SCPICMbCT2OO5
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTIONI
r 1.7 COORDINATION
I A. Fumish anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delalng
I the Work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions for
installation.
. PART2-PRODUCTS
I 2.1 STRUCTURAL-STEEL MATERIALS
I A. W-Shapes: ASTMA9921A992M.
a B. Channels, Angles[, M] [, S]-Shapes: ASTM A 361,4' 36M-
t C. Plate and Bar: ASTM A 36/A36M.
D. Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500, Grade B structural tubing.
t E. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements.
I 2.2 BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS
I A. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), Type 1, heary hex
I steel struchual bolts; ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heary hex carbon-steel nuts; and
ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M) hardened carbon-steel washers.
I l. Finish: Plain.I
B. Tension-Control, High-Shength Bolt-Nut-Washer Assemblies: ASTM F 1852, Type l, heavy
I hex head steel structural bolts with splined ends; ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heavy hex
f carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M) hardened carbon-steel washers.
I l. Finish: Plain.r C. Shear Connectors: ASTMA 108, Grades l0l5 through 1020, headed-stud type, cold-finished
I carbon steel; AWS D1.1, Type B.
D. Unheaded Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade .
I |. Configurarion: Hooke<i.t 2. Nuts: ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex carbon steel.
3. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel.
I 4. Washers: ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M) hardened carbon steel.
I 5. Finish: plain.
I E. ThreadedRods: ASTMA 193/A 193M
I l. Nuts: ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563Il[) hex carbon steel.
r 2. Washers: ASTM A 36/4 36M carbon steel.
I
I
STRUCTURALSTEEL 05120 - 3
I
I
T
t
I
I
2.3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
F.
G.
H.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic
mixed with water to consistencv suitable for
3. Finish: Plain.
Clevises Turnbuckles: ASTM A 108, Grade 1035, cold-frnished carbon steel.
Eye Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A I 08, Grade I 030, cold-finished carbon steel.
Sleeve Nuts: ASTM A 108. Grade 1018. cold-finished carbon steel.
PRIMER
Primer: Fabricator's standard lead- and chromate-free, nonasphaltic, rust-inhibiting primer.
2.4
2.5
A.
GROUT
Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout:
aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining,
application and a 3O-minute working time.
I
t
I
I
t
FABRICATION
Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate
according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and AISC's
"Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Desigr and Plastic Design."
Camber structural-steel members where indicated.
Identify high+trength structural steel according to ASTM A 6/ A 6M and maintain
markings until structural steel has been erected.
Mark and match-mark materials for field assembly.
Complete structural-steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting shop-
pnmng operauons.
Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible.
1. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in AWS D1.1.
Bolt Holes: Cut, ddll, mechanically thermal cut, or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to
metal surfaces.
Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members hansmitting bearing loads.
Cleaning: Clean and prepare steel surfaces that are to remain unpainted according to SSPC-
SP 1, "Solvent Cleaning."
Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear
connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to
AWS Dl.1 and manufachrer's written instructions.
Welded Door Frames: Build up welded door frames attached to structural steel. Weld exposed
joints continuously and grind smooth. Plug-weld fixed steel bar stops to frames. Secure
L
2.
3.
4.I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
2.6
removable slops to frames with countersunk, cross-recessed head machine screws, uniformly
spaced not more than l0 inches (250 mm) o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
H. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel and for passage of
other work through steel framing members.
l. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. Do not thermally cut bolt holes
or enlarge holes by buming.
2. Base-Plate Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch holes perpendicular to
steel surfaces.
3. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items indicated to receive other work.
SHOP CONNECTIONS
High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strengtl bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for
Structural Joints Using ASTMA325 or A490 Bolts" for fype of bolt and type of joint
specified.
l. JointType: Snugtightened.
Weld Connections: Comply with AWS Dl.1 for welding procedure specifications, tolerances,
appearance, and quality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work.
l. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs, back gouge, and grind steel smooth.2. Verifr that weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment used for architecturally
exposed structural steel will limit distortions to allowable tolerances. Prevent weld show-
through on exposed steel surfaces.
a. Grind buft welds flush.
b. Grind or frll exposed frllet welds to smooth profile. Dress exposed welds.
SHOP PRIMING
Shop prime steel surfaces except the following:
1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded
members to a depth of2 inches (50 mm).2. Surfaces to be field welded.
3. Surfaces to be high-shength bolted with slip-critical connections.4. All steel to receive spray-on fueproofing.
Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Rernove loose rust and mill scale and
spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to the following specifications and
standards:
t. SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning."
Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's
written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a dry film thickness of not
B.
2.7
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 - 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
D.
2.8
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints,
comers, edges, and exposed surfaces.
D. Painting: Apply a 1-coat, nonasphaltic primer complying with SSPC-PS Guide 7.00, "Painting
System Guide 7.00: Guide for Selecting One-Coat Shop Painting Systems," to provide a dry
filmthickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm),
C.
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform shop tests and
inspections and prepare test reports.
l. Provide testing agency with access to places where structural-steel work is being
fabricated or produced to perform tests and inspections.
Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the
Contract Documents.
Bolted Connections: Shop-bolted connections will be inspected according to RCSC's
"Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
Welded Connections: In addition to visual inspection, shop-welded connections will be tested
and inspected according to AWS Dl.l and the following inspection procedures, at testing
agency's option:
1. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165.
2. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished
weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted.
3. Ultrasoniclnspection: ASTM E 164.
4. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94.
In addition to visual inspection, shop-welded shear connectors will be tested and inspected
according to requirements in AWS D1.l for stud welding and as follows:
L Bend tests will be performed if visual inspections reveal either a less-than- continuous
360{egree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector.
2. Tests will be conducted on additional shear connectors if weld fracture occurs on shear
connectors already tested, according to requirements in AWS Dl. L
PART 3 . EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify elevations of concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods,
bearing plates, and otJrer embedments, with steel erector present, for compliance with
requirements.
Proceed with installation onlv after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
3.2 PREPARATION
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
J.J
A. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep strucfural
steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in
intensity to desigr loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel,
connections, and bracing are in place, unless otherwise indicated.
ERECTION
Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC's
"Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and "Specification for Structural
Steel Buildings-Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Desigrr."
Base Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and
roughen surfaces prior to setting base plates. Clean bottom surface ofbase plates.
Set base plates for sfrucfural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required.
Weld plate washers to top of base plate.
Snug-tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed.
Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base plate
before packing with grout.
Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and base plates so no voids remain.
Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cwe.
Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for
Steel Buildings and Bridges."
Align and adjust various members forming part of complete frame or structure before
permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be
in permanent contact with members. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for
discrepancies in elevations and alignment.
L Level and plumb individual members of structure.
2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean
temperafure when structure is completed and in service.
Splice members only where indicated.
Remove erection bolts on welded, architecturally exposed structural steel; fil1 holes with plug
welds; and grind smooth at exposed surfaces.
Do not use thermal cutting during erection.
Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or using drift pins. Ream holes that must be
enlarged to admit bolts.
Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear
connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to
AWS Dl.1 and manufacturer's written instructions.
B.
l
2.
-).
4.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I
I
I
I
I STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 -7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
3.4 FIELD CONNECTIONS
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
A. High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for
Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint
specified.
l. JointType: Snugtightened.
B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS Dl.l for welding procedrue specifications, tolerances,
appearance, and quality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work.
1. Comply with AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and
"Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Desigrr and Plastic
Design" for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignment, and removal ofpaint
on surfaces adiacent to field welds.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to
inspect field welds and high-strength bolted connections.
B. Bolted Connections: Shop-bolted connections will be inspected according to RCSC's
"Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
C. Welded Connections: Field welds will be visually inspected according to AWS D1.1.
l. In addition to visual inspection, field welds will be tested according to AWS Dl.l and the
following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option:
a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165.
b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on
finished weld. Cracla or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be
accepted.
c. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164.
d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94.
D. hr addition to visual inspection, test and inspect field-welded shear connectors according to
requirements in AWS D1. I for stud welding and as follows:
L Perform bend tests if visual inspections reveal either a less-than- continuous 3 60-degree
flash or welding repairs to any shear connector.
2. Conduct tests on additional shear connectors if weld fracture occurs on shear coffiectors
already tested, according to requirements in AWS DI.1.
E. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the
Conhact Documents.
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
ISTRUCTURAL STEEL 05r20-8
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
3.6
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
Repair damage d galvanized, coatings on galvanized items with galvanized repair paint according
to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions.
Touchup Painting: After installation, promptly clean, prepare, and prime or reprime field
connections, rust spots, and abraded surfaces of prime-painted joists and accessories and
abutting strucfural steel.
l. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2 hand-tool cleaning or SSPC-SP 3 power-tool
cleaning.
2. Apply a compatible primer of same tlpe as shop primer used on adjacent surfaces.
Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting are specified in Division 9 painting Sections.
END OF SECTION 05I2O
B.
c.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 - 9
I *ESTHAVENC'ND.MINIUMS
Vail, ColoradoI
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SECTION O53IO - STEEL DECK
I
PART I.GENERAL
r I.I RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
t Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I 1.2 SUMMARY
- A. This Section includes the following:
t 1. Roofdeck.
2. Composite floor deck.
I B. Related Sections include the following:
I l. Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for concrete fil1.
t 2. Division 5 Section "Structural Steel" for shop- and field-welded shear connectors.3. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for framing deck openings with miscellaneous
steel shapes.
I 4. Division 9 painting Sections for repair painting of primed deck.
I 1.3 suBMrrrALS-I
A. Product Data: For each type ofdeck, accessory, and product indicated.
I B. Shop Drawings: Show layout and types of deck panels, anchorage details, reinforcing channels,
pans, cut deck openings, special jointing, accessories, and attachments to other construction.
I C. Welding certificates.
r D. Field quality-control test and inspection reports.
I
1.4 OUALITY ASSURANCE
t A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM E 329 for
testing indicated.
I B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWSDI.3, "Structural Welding
Code - Sheet Steel."
I C. AISI Specifications: Comply with calculated structural characteristics of steel deck according
to AISI's "North American Specification for the Desigrr of Cold-Formed Steel Structural
Members."
I
- STEELDECK 05310- I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
I.5 DELTVERY, STORAGE, AND TIANDLING
100% CD: September 200, I
FORCONSTRUCTTON
t
Protect steel deck from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and
handling.
B. Stack steel deck on platforms or pallets and slope to provide drainage. Protect with a
waterproof covering and ventilate to avoid condensation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1.Steel Deck:
a. ASC Profiles, lnc.
b. Canam Steel Corp.;The Canam Manac Group.
c. Consolidated Systems, Inc.
d. DACS, Inc.
e. D-Mac Industries lnc.
f. Epic Metals Corporation.
g. Marlyn Steel Decks, Inc.
h. New Millennium Building Systems, LLC.
i. Nucor Corp.; Vulcraft Division.
j. RoofDeck, Inc.
k. United Steel Deck, Inc.
l. Valley Joist; Division of EBSCO Industries, Inc.
m. Verco Manufacturing Co.
n. Wheeling Comrgating Company; Div. of Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corporation.
ROOF DECK
Steel Roof Degk: Fabricate panels, without top-flange stiffening grooves, to comply with "SDI
Specifications and Commentary for Steel Roof Declg" in SDI Publication No. 30, and with the
following:
l. Prime-Painted Steel Sheet: ASTMA 1008/4 1008M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade33
(230) minimum, shop primed with manufacturer's standard baked-on, rust-inhibitive
primer.
2. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 6531A653M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33 (230)
G60 (2180) zinc coating.
Deck Profile: Type WR" wide rib.
Profile Depth: As indicated.
Design Uncoated-Steel Thickness; As indicated.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
T
.).
4.
5.
2.1
2.2
STEEL DECK 053t0 - 2
4.
5.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
L
2.3
2.4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
6. Span Condition: Triple span or more.
7. Side Laps: Overlapped or interlocking seam at Contractor's option.
COMPOSITE FLOOR DECK
Composite Steel Floor Deck: Fabricate panels, with integrally embossed or raised pattem ribs
and interlocking side laps, to comply with "SDI Specifications and Commentary for Composite
Steel Floor Deck," in SDI Publication No. 30, with the minimum section properties indicated,
and with the following:
l. Prime-Painted Steel Sheet: ASTMA 1008/A 1008M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade33
(230) minimum, with top surface phosphatized and unpainted and underside surface shop
primed with manufacturers' standard gray baked-on, rust-inhibitive primer.
2. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653iA 653M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33 (230),
G30 (290) zinc coating.
Profile Depth: As indicated.
Design Uncoated-Steel Thickness: As indicated.
Span Condition: Triple span or more.
ACCESSORIES
General: Provide manufacturer's standard accessory materials for deck that comply with
requirements indicated.
Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion-resistant, low-velocity, power-actuated or pneumatically
driven carbon-steel fasteners; or self-drilling, self{hreading screws.
Side-Lap Fasteners: Corrosion-resistant, hexagonal washer head; self-drilling, carbon-steel
screws, No. l0 (4.8-mm) minimum diameter.
Flexible Closure Strips: Vulcanized, closed-cell, synthetic rubber.
Miscellaneous Sheet Metal Deck Accessories: Steel sheet, minimum yield sfrength of 33,000
psi (230 MPa), not less than 0.0359-inch (0.91-mm) desigr uncoated thickness, of same
material and finish as deck; ofprofile indicated or required for application.
Pour Stops and Girder Fillers: Steel sheet, minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi (230 MPa), of
same material and finish as deck, and of thickness and profile recommended by SDI Publication
No. 30 for overhang and slab depth.
Column Closures, End Closures, Z-Closures, and Cover Plates: Steel sheet, of same material,
finish, and thickness as deck, unless otherwise indicated.
Piercing Hanger Tabs: Piercing steel sheet hanger attachment devices for use with floor deck.
Flat Sump Plate: Single-piece steel sheet, 0.0747 inch (1.90 mm) thick, of same material and
finish as deck. For drains, cut holes in the field.
STEEL DECK 05310 - 3
3.1
5-L
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail. Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
J. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20 or DOD-P21035, with dry film containing a
minimum of 94 percent zinc dust by weight.
Repair Paint: Manufacturer's standard rust-inhibitive primer of same color as primer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine supporting frame and field conditions for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances and other conditions affecting perfonnance.
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
Install deck panels and accessories according to applicable specifications and commentary in
SDI Publication No. 30, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section.
Install temporary shoring before placing deck panels, if required to meet deflection limitations.
Locate deck bundles to prevent overloading of supporting mernbers.
Place deck panels on supporting frame and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned
and bearing on supporting frame before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or contract
side-lap interlocks.
Place deck panels flat and square and fasten to supporting frame without warp or deflection.
Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and other work projecting
through or adjacent to deck
Provide additional reinforcement and closure pieces at openings as required for strength,
continuity ofdeck, and support of other work.
Comply with AWS requirements and procedues for manual shielded metal arc welding,
appearance and quality of welds, and methods used for correcting welding work.
Mechanical fasteners may be used in lieu of welding to fasten deck. Locate mechanical
fasteners and install according to deck manufacturer's written instructions.
ROOF-DECK INSTALLATION
Fasten roof-deck panels to steel supporting members by arc spot (puddle) welds ofthe surface
diameter indicated or arc seam welds with an equal perimeter that is not less than 1-1/2 inches
(38 mm) long, and as follows:
l. Weld Diameter: As indicated.
2. Weld Spacing: Weld edge and interior ribs of deck units with a minimum of two welds
per deck unit at each support. Space welds as indicated.
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
t
I
I
A.
B.
U.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
3.3
A,
STEEL DECK 05310 - 4
I WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
t,a B. Side-Lap and Perimeter Edge Fastening: Fasten side laps and perimeter edges of panels
between supports, as indicated.
I C. Fnd Bearing: Install deck ends over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of 7-l/2
mches (38 mm), with end joints as follows:
I L End Joints: Lapped 2 inches (51 mm) minimum or butted at Contractor's option..I
D. Roof Sump Pans and Sump Plates: Install over openings provided in roof deck and
I mechanically fasten flanges to top of deck. Space mechanical iasteners not more than 12 inches
I (305 mm) apart with at least one fastener at each comer.
t l hstall reinforcing channels or zees in ribs to span between supports and mechanically
t fasten.
I E. Miscellaneous Roof-Deck Accessories: Install ridge and valley plates, finish strips, end
I closures, and reinforcing channels according to deck manufacfurer's written instructions.
mechanically fasten to substrate to provide a complete deck installation.
I L Weld cover plates at changes in direction of roofdeck panels, unless otherwise indicated.I
I 1.4 FLOOR-DEcKINSTALLATIoN
I A. Fasten floor-deck panels to steel supporting members by arc spot (puddle) welds of the surface
I diameter indicated and as follows:
-- 1. Weld Diameter: As indicated.r Weld Spacing: Space and locate welds as indicated.If B. Side-Lap and Perimeter Edge Fastening: Fasten side laps and perimeter edges of panels
between supports, as indicated.
t C. End Bearing: Install deck ends over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of l-ll2
inches (38 mm), with end joints as follows:
I l. EndJoints: Lappedorbuttedatconhactor'soption.
t D. Pour Stops and Girder Fillers: Weld steel sheet pour stops and girder fillers to supporting
I structue according to SDI recommendations, unless otherwise indicated.
I E. Floor-Deck Closures: Weld steel sheet column closures, cell closures, and Z-closures to deck,
I according to SDI recommendations, to provide tightfitting closures at open ends of ribs and
'! sides ofdeck.
I 3.5 FIELD QUALITYCONTROL
I A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to
I perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
r B. Field welds will be subject to inspection.
I
- STEELDECK 05310 - 5
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
C. Testing agency will report inspection results promptly and in writing to Contractor and
Architect.
Remove and replace work that does not comply with specified requirements.
Additional inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of
corrected work with specified requirements.
REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on both surfaces of deck
with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written inskuctions.
Repair Painting: Wire brushing, cleaning, and repair painting of rust spots, welds, and abraded
areas of both deck surfaces are included in Division 9.
Provide final protection and maintain conditions to ensure that steel deck is without damage or
deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 05310
D.
E.
I
t
I
I
I
II
t
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
3.6
B.
C.
STEEL DECK 05310 - 6
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
SECTION O83OO - SMOKE CONTAINMENT SYSTEM FOR FIRE RATED ELEVATOR
II.IF PARTI.GENERAL
I 1.1 WORKINCLUDED
I A. Provide Smoke Containment Unit with reinforced polyimide plastic film smoke containment
I curtain, contol station, sheet rnetal container, rewind switch, cove bases, and accessories as
required for complete,operational installation.
a,1.2 RELATED WORK
alI: A. Electrical
; l. Smoke Detector with auxiliary contact and emergency power supply.I 2. Box and wire for termination of Smoke Detector System.3. Tie in to 120 VAC Power.
t 4. Box and wire for Rewind Switch.
I 5. Box and wire for Housing Control.
I B. Framingrl. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for masonry shelfangles and connections.
r 2. Division 9 Section "GypSum Board Assemblies" for interior nonJoad-bearing, metal-stud
I framing and ceiling-iuspension assemblies.
- 3. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Shaft-Wall Assemblies" for interior non-load-
bearing, metal-stud-framed, shaft-wall assemblies.
II,)1.3 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For each type of cold-formed metal framing product and accessory indicated.
a B. Shop Drawings: Show layout, spacings, sizes, thicknesses, and t)?es of cold-formed metal
.! framing; fabrication; and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners.
Show reinforcing channels, opening framing, supplemental framing, strapping, bracing,
I bridging, splices, accessories, connection details, and attachment to adjoining work
|F C. Welding certificates.
I D. Qualification Data: For testing agency.t
E. Product Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency, unless otherwise stated, indicating that
I each of the following complies with requirements, based on evaluation of comprehensive tests
t for current products:' l. Mechanical fasteners.
- 2. Vertical deflection clips.
I
I *ESTHA'EN coNDoMrNruMS
Vail, ColoradoI
I
COLD-FORMEDMETALFRAMTNG 05400 - I
I
I
T
I
I
IB.
1.5
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated.
B. Product Tests: Mill certificates or data from a qualihed independent testing agency, or in-house
testing with calibrated test equipment indicating steel sheet complies with requirements,
including base-metal thickness, yield shength, tensile strength, total elongation, chemical
requirements, and metallic-coating thickness.
C. Welding: Qualify procedwes and personnel according to AWSDl.l/Dl.lM, "Structural
Welding Code--Steel"" and AWS DI.3, "Structwal Welding Code--Sheet Steel."
D. AISI Specifications and Standards: Comply with AISI's "North American Specification for the
Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members" and its "Standard for Cold-Formed Steel
Framins - General Provisions."
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLIhIG
Protect cold-formed metal framing from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during
delivery, storage, and handling.
Store cold-formed metal framing, protect with a waterproof covering, and ventilate to avoid
condensation.
PART2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacfurers offering
cold-formed metal fiaming that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide cold-formed metal framing
by one of the following:
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
3. Miscellaneous structural clips and accessories.
F. ResearcMEvaluation Reports: For cold-formed metal framing.
1. Allied Studco.
2. AllSteel Products, Inc.
3. Califomia Expanded Metal Products Company.
4. Clark Steel Framing.
5. Consolidated Fabricators Corp.; Building Products Division.
6. Craco Metals Manufacturing, LLC.
7. Custom Stud, Inc.
8. Dale/Incor.
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
T
I
t
I
l
il
I
I
I
I
I
I
I05400 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
9. Design Shapes in Steel.
10. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries Company.
1L Formetal Co. Inc. (The).
12. Innovative Steel Systems.
13. MarinoWare; a division of Ware Industries.
14. Quail Run Building Materials, Inc.
15. SCAFCOCorporation.
16. Southeastem Stud & Components, lnc.
17. Steel Construction Systems.
18. Steeler. lnc
19. Super StudBuildingProducts, lnc.
20. United Metal Products. Inc.
MATERTALS
Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1003/4 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of grade and
coating weight as follows:
1. Grade: ST33H (ST230H) and ST50H (ST340}I) As required by sfuctural drawings.2. Coating: G60 (2180).
Steel Sheet for Vertical Deflection Clips: ASTM A 653/4 653M, structural steel, zinc coated,
of grade and coating as follows:
l. Grade: 50(340), Class I or2.2. Coating: G90 (2275).
EXTERIOR NON-LOAD-BEARING WALL FRAMING
Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched,
with stiffened flanges, and as indicated on the structural drawings.
Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, ofweb depths indicated, unpunched,
with unstiffened flanges, and as indicated on the structural drawings.
Vertical Deflection Clipsl Manufacturer's standard blpass clips, capable of accommodating
upward and downward vertical displacement of primary strucfure through positive mechanical
attachment to sfud web.
L Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries Company.
MarinoWare, a division of Ware Industries.
SCAICO Corporation
The Sleel Network Inc.
Single Deflection Track: Manufacturer's single, deepJeg, U-shaped steel track; unpunched,
with unstiffened flanges, of web depth to contain studs while allowing free vertical movement,
2.2
a.
b.
c.
d.
B.
B.
c.
D.
z-J
I
I
t
t
I
n
t
I
I
I
n
t
I COLD.FORMED METAL FRAMING 05400 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
with flanges designed to support horizontal and lateral loads and transfer them to the primary
struchre, as indicated on the structural drawings.
2.4 FRAMING ACCESSORIES
A. Fabricate steel-framing accessories from steel sheet, ASTM A l003iA 1003M, Skuctural
Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of same grade and coating weight used for framing members.
B. Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless otherwise
indicaled, as follows:
l. Supplementaryframing.
2. Bracing, bridging, and solid blocking.
3. Web stiffeners.
4. Foundation clips.
2.5 ANCHORS, CLPS, AND FASTENERS
A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTMA 36/A36M, zinc coated by hot-dip process according to
ASTMA 123/AI23M.
B. Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with capability to sustain,
without faihue, a load equal to 5 times design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488
conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.
C. Power-Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated
from corrosion-resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10
times design load, as determined by testing per ASTME1190 conducted by a qualified
independent testing agency.
D. Mechanical Fasteners: ASTMC 1513, corrosion-resistant-coated, self-drilling, self-tapping
steel drill screws.
l. Head Type: Low-profile head beneath sheathing, manufacturer's standard elsewhere.
E. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Galvanizing Repair Paint; SSPC-Paint 20 or DOD-P-21035 ASTM A 780.
Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: Premixed, nonrnetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout
containing selected silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage-compensating agents, and
plasticizing and water-reducing agents, complying with ASTM C t 107, with fluid consistency
and 3O-minute working time.
Shims: Load bearing, high-density multimonomer plastic, nonleaching.
!
I
I
t
t
t
l
I
I
I
2.6
t
l
I
t
I
3
I
I
I
A.
B.
C.
COLD.FORMED METAL FRAMING 05400 - 4
B.
C.
2.7
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
D. Sealer Gaskets: Closed-cell neoprene foam, 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick, selected from
manufachrer's standard widths to match width of bottom hack or rim track members.
FABRICATION
Fabricate cold-formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with
connections securely fastened, according to referenced AISI's specifications and standards,
manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section.
l. Fabricate framing assemblies using jigs or templates.
2. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut.
3. Fasten cold-formed metal framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch
fastening, or riveting as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of framing members is not
permitted.
a. Comply with AWS Dl.3 requirements and procedures for welding appearance and
quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work.
b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, with screw
penetrating joined members by not less than three exposed screw threads.
4. Fasten other materials to cold-formed metal framing by welding, bolting, or screw
fastening, according to Shop Drawings.
Reinforce, stiffen, and brace framing assemblies to withstand handling, delivery, and erection
shesses. Lift fabricated assemblies to prevent damage or permanent distortion.
Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate assemblies level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum
allowable tolerance variation of l/8 inch in 10 feet (l1960) and as follows:
l. Spacing: Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus l/8 inch (3 mm)
from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements
of sheathing orother finishing materials.
2. Squareness: Fabricate each cold-formed metal framing assembly to a maximum out-of-
square tolerance of 1/8 inch (3 mm).
PART 3 -EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine supporting substrates and abutting structural framing for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
l. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.1
t
0
I
I
I COLD-FORMED METAL FMMING 05400 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS
Vail, Colorado
3.2 PREPARATION
I
I
il
t
I
t
I
T
B.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
A. Install load bearing shims or grout between the underside of wall bottom track or rim track and
the top of foundation wall or slab at sfud or joist locations to ensure a uniform bearing surface
on supporting concrete or masonry construction.
B. Install sealer gaskets to isolate the underside of wall bottom track or rim track and the top of
foundation wall or slab at stud or ioist locations.
C.
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
Cold-formed metal framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be field
assembled.
Install cold-formed metal framing according to AISI's "Standard for Cold-Formed Steel
Framing - General Provisions" and to manufacturer's written instructions unless more stringent
requirements are indicated.
Install shop- or field-fabricated, cold-formed framing and securely anchor to supporting
structure.
l. Screw, bolt, or weld wall panels at horizontal and vertical junctures to produce flush,
even, true-to-line joints with maximum variation in plane and true position between
fabricated panels not exceeding li 16 inch (1.6 mm).
Install cold-formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with
connections securely fastened.
L Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut.
2. Fasten cold-formed metal framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch
fastening, or riveting. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted.
a. Comply with AWS Dl.3 requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and
quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work.
b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, and
complying with requirements for spacing, edge distances, and screw penetration.
Install framing members in one-piece lengths unless splice connecfions are indicated for track
or tension members.
lnstall temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads comparable in
intensity to those for which sfructure was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place,
undisturbed, until entire integrated supporting structure hac been completed and permanent
connections to framing are secured.
Install insulation, specified in Division 7 Section "Building Insulation," in built-up exterior
framing members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and multiple studs at openings, that are
inaccessible on completion of fiaming work.
F.
D.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
0
I
t
I
E.
G,
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05400 - 6
B.
c.
D.
3.4
t
t
I
T
1
l
I
I
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
H. Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacfurer's standard
punched openings.
EXTERIOR NON-LOAD-BEARING WALL INSTALLATION
lnstall continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracla accurately and securely anchor to
supporting structure as indicated.
Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track, unless otherwise indicated. Space studs as
follows:
1. Stud Spacing: As indicated.
2. Stud Spacing: As indicated.
Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or
warped surfaces and similar requirements.
Isolate non-load-bearing steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of vertical
loads while providing lateral support.
l. krstall single-leg deflection tracks and anchor to building structue.
2. Connect vertical deflection clips to bypassing studs and anchor to building structure.
3. Connect drift clips to cold formed metal framing and anchor to building structure.
lnstall horizontal bridging in wall studs, spaced in rows indicated on Shop Drawings but not
more than 48 inches (1220 mm) apart. Fasten at each stud intersection.
1. Top Bridging for Single Deflection Track; Install row of horizontal bridging within 12
inches (305 mm) of single deflection track. lnstall a combination of flat, taut, steel sheet
straps of width and thickness indicated and stud or stud-track solid blocking of width and
thickness matching studs. Fasten flat straps to stud flanges and secure solid blocking to
sfud webs or flanges.
a. Install solid blocking at 96-inch QaA0-mm) centers.
2. Bridging: Cold-rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of
punched studs.
3. Bridging: Combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps ofwidth and thickness indicated
and stud-track solid blocking of width and thickness to match studs. Fasten flat straps to
sfud flanges and secure solid blocking to stud webs or flanges.
4. Bridging: Proprietary bridging bars installed according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners, clip
angles, continuous angles, anchors, fasteners, and sfud girts, to provide a complete and stable
wal l-framing system.
F.
I
T
I
t
I COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05400 - 7
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
3.5
looo/o CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
T
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
l
I
t
I
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform
field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
Field and shop welds will be subject to testing and inspecting.
Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect.
Remove and replace work where test results indicate that it does not comply with specified
requirements.
Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine
compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and
installed cold-formed metal framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and
manufacturer's written instructions.
Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacfurer and
Installer, that ensure that cold-formed metal framing is without damage or deterioration at time
of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION O54OO
B.
C.
D.
E,
3.6
B.
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05400 - 8
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
a'- SECTION O55OO - METAL FABRICATIONS
I
F PARTI-GENERAL
I r.1
''MMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
I l. Miscellaneous steel framing and supports.
11 2. Shelfangles.
f 3. Loose bearing and leveling plates.
4. Steel weld plates and angles.
4.. 5. Miscellaneous steel trim.
| 6. Metal ladders and safety cages.' 7. Loose steel lintels.. 8. Elevator hoist beams.
I g. Steel frames for overhead doors.t 10. Avrning frame and anchor plates.+
11. Pioe rail handrails at concrete stairs.
J B. See Division 5 Section "Metal Stairs" for metal-framed stairs and metal pipe and tube railings.
I
C. See Division 5 Section "Gratings" for metal gratings.
D. See Division 5 Section "Omamental Metal" for ornamental metal items.
I E. See Division 5 Section "Omamental Railings" for ornamental metal railings.
F. See Division 8 Section "Sectional Overhead Doors" for overhead doors.
\I
I}',1.2 SUBMITTALS
I' A. Product Data: For the following:- L Grout.
t B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their
connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.
I C. Templates: For anchors and bolts.t
I PARrz-PRoDUcrs
h 2,1 MANUFACTURERS
I
A. tn other Part 2 articles where titles below inhoduce lists, the following requirements apply to
I Product selection:
I
! WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
I
METALFABRICATIONS 05500 - l
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
A.
B.
2.2
T
t
I
l
I
I
I
l
I
I
T
I
1
J.
4.
5.
6.
B,
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.
2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
specified.
3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacfurers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
manufacturers specifi ed.
4. Manufacturers: Subjeot to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacfu rers specifi ed.
METALS
Metal Surfaces, General: hovide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes.
Fenous Metals:
Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 361.4 36M.
Rolled-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 786/A 786M, rolled from plate compllng with
ASTM A 36lA 36M or ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade C or D.
Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, cold-formed steel tubing.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard rveight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is
indicated or required by structural loads.
Slotted Channel Framing: Cold-formed metal channels complying with MFMA-3, l-5l8
by l-5/8 inches (41 by 4l mm). Channels made from galvanized steel complying with
ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, Grade 33 (Grade 230), wilh G90 (2275) coating;
0.079-inch (2-mm) nominal thickness.
Cast Iron: ASTM A 48/A 48M. Class 30, unless another class is indicated or required by
structural loads.
Nonfenous Metals:
l. AluminumExtrusions: ASTMB 221 (ASTMB 221M), alloy 6063-T6.
2. Aluminum-Alloy Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM B 63218 632M, alloy 6061-T6.
3. AluminumCastings: ASTM B261926M,Alloy443.0-F.
FASTENERS
General: Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with
coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class FelZt 5, at exterior walls. Provide stainless-steel
fasteners for fastening aluminum. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.
Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either
ASTMA 47lA47M malleable iron or ASTM A27lL27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers,
and shims as needed, hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A l53iA 153M.
METAL FABRICATIONS 05s00 -2
C.
D.
t
I
I
l
I
t
I
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
a.
b.
d.
e.
f.
o
100% CD: September2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
A. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer
complying with MPI #79.
B. Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with SSPC-Paint 20 or SSPC-Paint 29 and compatible with
topcoat.
1. Products:
Benjamin Moore & Co.; Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer CM18/19.
Carboline Company; Carboz;tnc 621.
ICI Devoe Coatings; Catha-Coat 313.
International Coatings Limited; Interzinc 315 Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer.
PPG Architectural Finishes, lnc.; Aquapon Zinc-Rich Primer 97-670.
Sherwin-Williams Company (The); Corothane I GalvaPac ZincPrimer.
Tnemec Company, Inc.; Tneme-Zinc 9O-97.
B.
2.5
I
t
l
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20, high-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds
in steel.
Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout; Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout
complying with ASTM C 1107.
Concrete Materials and Properties: Comply with requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-
Place Concrete" for normal-weight, air-entrained, ready-mix concrete with a minimum 28-day
compressive strength of 3000 psi (20 MPa), unless otherwise indicated.
FABRICATION
General: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Use connections that
maintain structural value ofjoined pieces.
l. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges.
Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.
2. Weld corners and seams continuously. Use materials and methods that minimize
distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion
without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. Finish exposed welds
smooth and blended.
3. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed
fasteners where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous.
4. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to
exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
5. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with
integrally welded steel strap anchors, not less than 24 inches (600 mm) o.c.
Miscellaneous Framing and Supports; hovide steel framing and supports not specified in other
Sections as needed to complete the Work. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of
welded construction. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items.
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
I
J
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
G.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
L Fabricate steel girderc for wood frame construction from continuous steel sbapes. Where
wood nailers are attached to girders with bolts or lag screws, drill holes at 24 inches (600
mm) o.c.
2. Fabricate steel pipe columns for supporting wood frame constnrction with steel
baseplates and top plates welded to pipe with fillet welds the same size as pipe wall
thickness.
3. Fire-Resistance Rating: as indicated.
C. Loose Steel Lintels: Fabricate loose steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated
for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated.
l. Lintels in Exterior Walls: Galvanize.
D. Shelf Angles: Fabricate shelf angles of sizes indicated and for attachment to framing. Fabricate
with horizontally slotted holes to receive 314-irrch (19-mm) bolts, spaced not more than 6 inches
(150 mm) from ends and 24 inches (600 mm) o.c.
1. Shelf Angles in Exterior Walls: Galvanize
2. Furnish wedge-type concrete inserts, complete with fasteners, to attach shelf angles to
cast-in-place concrete.
Loose Bearing and Leveling Plates: Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items
bearing on masonry or concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts.
Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown
with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter comers and use concealed
field splices where possible. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate
assembly and installation with other work.
1. Exterior Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Prime with zinc-rich prirner.
Metal Ladders and Safety Cages: Comply with ANSI .414.3, unless otherwise indicated.
1. ElevatorPitLadders: ComplywithASMEAlT.l.
2. Space siderails 16 inches (406 mm) apart, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Steel Ladder Construction: Flat bar siderails, with 3/4-inch- (19-mm) diameter steel bar
rungs fitted in centerline of siderails, plug-welded, and ground smooth on outer rail
faces. Provide nonslip srufaces on top of each rung.
4. Fabricate ladder safety cages to comply with ANSI A14.3. Fabricate from same metal as
ladders to which safety cages are attached and assemble by welding or riveting.
Pipe Guards: Fabricate from 3/8-inch- (9.5-rnm-) thick by l2-inch- (300-mrn-) wide steel plate,
bent to fit flat against the wall or column at both ends and to fit around pipe witb 2-inch (50-
mm) clearance between pipe and pipe guard. Drill each end for two 3/4-inch (19-mm) anchor
bolts.
Abrasive Metal Nosings.
L Extruded Units: Aluminum, with abrasive filler in an epoxy-resin binder.
E.
F.
H.
METAL FABRICATIONS 05s00 - 4
I
I WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% cD: september 2005
Vail. Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
\I
t a. Available manufacturers:
1) ACL lndustries, Inc.
r 2) American Safety Tread Co., lnc.
3) Amstep Products.
t li ffi'"T!:Products'Inc6) Granite State Casting Co.
. 7) Wooster Products Inc.
t b. Provide ribbed units, with abrasive filler strips projecting 1/16 inch (1.5 mm)
,^ above aluminum extrusion.
c. Provide solid-abrasive-type units without ribs.
I 2. Provide anchors for embedding units in concrete, either integral or applied to units.IIF 2,6 FINISHES
I A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
- recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Finish metal fabrications after
assemblv.I
I B. Steel and Iron Finishes:
I l. Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM Al23lA l23M or
I ASTM A 153/4' 153M as applicable.
2. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with
- requirements indicated below for environmental exposrue conditions of installed metal
!t fabrications:
r a
3lfs."$s?i3t'i3:,111:HJ:ffi#ifS[L[Jeceive
Zinc-tuch Primer:
|' b. Interiors (SSPC Zone lA): SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
I 3. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except
I those with galvanized finishes and those to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on
fueproofing, or masonry, to comply with SSPC-PA l, 'Paint Application Specification
No. l: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting," for shop painting.
I
. PART3-EXECUTION
I
3.I INSTALLATION
t A. General: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set
- m€tal fabrications accurately in location, with edges and surfaces level, plumb, and true.
D l. Fit exposed connections accurately together. Weld connections that are not to be left as
exposed joints but cannot be shop welded. Do not weld, cut, or abrade swfaces of
I exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.
I
I
METALFABRICATIONS 05500 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
where metal fabrications are required to be
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
,T
t
I
t
I
t
I
!
I
2, Provide anchorage devices and fasteners
fastened to in-place construction.
3. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into
concrete, masonry, or sjmilar construction.
B. Set bearing and leveling plates on cleaned surfaces using wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After
bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts and pack solidly with
nonshrink, nonmetallic grout..
C. Touch up surfaces and finishes after erection.
L Painted Surfaces: Clean freld welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and touch up
paint with the same material as used for shop painting.
2. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections. and abraded areas and reoair
galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION O55OO
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 6
I *ESTHAVENC'ND'MINTMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SECTION O55I I - METAL STAIRS
I
I
PART I -GENERAL
r! 1.I SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:,
l. Preassembled steel stairs with concrete-filled treads: Stair Type #l (interior)
I 2. lndustrial-type stairs with steel grating treads: Stair Type #2 (exterior)
I 3. Steel tube railings attached to all metal stairs and to walls adjacent to metal stairs.
I 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
- A. Structural Performance of Stairs: Provide metal stairs capable of withstanding the effects of
I gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated:
- 1. Uniforrn Load: 100 lbflsq. ft. (4.79 kN/sq. m).2. Concentrated Load: 300 lbf (1.33 kN) applied on an area of 4 sq. in. (2580 sq. mm).
| 3. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.l| 4. Stair Framing: Capable of withstanding stresses resulting from railing loads in addition
to loads specified above.
| 5. Preassembled steel stair manufacturers usually design stairs to Li240.
I 6. Limit deflection of heads, platforms, and framing mernbers to L/240 or l/4 inch (6.4
mm), whichever is less.
I B. Structrual Performance of Railings: Provide railings capable of withstanding the effects of
gravity loads and the following loads and stresses witlin limits and under conditions indicated:
,l l. Handrails:a
a. Uniform load of 50 lbg ft. (0.73 l<ilVm) applied in any direction.
I b. Concenfiated load of 200 lbf (0.89 lcl.l) applied in any direction.I c. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.
I 2. Top Rails of Guards:
I a. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ ft. (0.73 kN/m) applied in any direction.
a b. Concentrated load of 200 lbf (0.89 kN) applied in any direction.
I c. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concunently.
3. tnfill ofGuards:It a. Concenfiated load of 50 lbf (O.22kN) applied horizontally on an area of I sq. ft.
I C. Seismic Performance: Provide metal stairs capable of withstanding the effects of earthquake
I motions determined according to ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other
Strucfures": Section 9,'Earthquake Loads."I
I
METAL STAIRS
t
05511 - l
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
1.3 SUBMITTALS
100% CD: September2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
A. Product Data: For metal stairs.
B. Shop Drawings: lnclude plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
l. Include sfructural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer
responsible for their preparalion.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Fumish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves,
concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in
concrete or masonry. Deljver such items to Project site in time for installation.
B. Coordinate locations of hanger rods and struts with other work so that they will not encroach on
required stair width and will be within the fire-resistance-rated stair enclosure.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 METALS
A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes.
B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
C. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500 (cold formed) or ASTM A 513, Type 5 (mandrel drawn).
D. Rolled-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 7861A786M, rolled from plate complying with
ASTM A 36/.{ 36M or ASTMA 2831A283M, Grade C orD.
E. WireRodforGratingCrossbars: ASTMA 510 (ASTMA5I0M).
F. Uncoated, Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 101 lM, either commercial steel, Type B,
or structural steel, Grade 30 (Grade 205).
G. Expanded Metal, Carbon Steel: ASTM F 1267, Class 1 (uncoated).
H. Woven-Wire Mesh: Intermediate-crimp, 2-inch (50-mm) woven-wire mesh, made from 0.135-
inch (3.5-mm) nominal diameter wire complying with ASTM A 510 (ASTM A 510\4).
I. AluminumExtrusions: ASTMB22I (ASTMB2zllN f],,Alloy6063-T6.
2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Cast-Metal Abrasive Nosings: Cast gray iron, Class 20, with an integral abrasive finish.
1,. AvailableManufacfurers:
I
T
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
t
IMETAL STAIRS 05511 - 2
a.
b.
c.
d.
I
T
l
I
I
i
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
2.3
American Safety Tread Co., Inc.
Balco Inc.
Barry Pattern & Foundry Co., loc.
Granite State Casting Co.
Safe-T-Metal Co.
Wooster Products Inc.
2. Apply bifuminous paint to concealed bottoms,, sides, and edges of units set into concrete.
B. Fasteners: Provide zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633,
Class Fe/Zn 25 for exterior use, and Class FeiZn 5 where built into exterior walls.
C. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer
complying with MPI#79.
FABRICATION
Available Manufacturers:
l. Alfab, Inc.
2. American Stair, Inc.
3. Sharon Companies Ltd. (The).
Provide complete stair assemblies, including metal framing, hangers, struts, railings, clips,
brackets, bearing plates, and other components necessary to support and anchor stairs and
platforms on supporting structure.
L Join components by welding, unless otherwise indicated. Use materials and methods that
minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain
fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. At exposed
connections, finish exposed welds smooth and blended.2. Use connections that maintain structural value ofjoined pieces,3. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges, unless
otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.4. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without impairing work.
5. Form exposed cormections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed
fasteners where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous.
Stair Framing: Fabricate stringers of steel plates or channels. Construct platforms of steel plate
or channel headers and miscellaneous framing members.
l. Ifusing bolts, fabricate and join so bolts are not exposed on finished surfaces.
2. Where masonry walls support metal stairs, provide temporary supporting stuts designed
for erecting steel stair components before installing masonry.
Metal-Pan Stairs @ Stair fype #1 (interior): Form risers, subtread pans, and subplatforms to
configurations shown from steel sheet of thickness needed to comply with performance
requirements but not less than 0.0677 inch (1.7 mm).
B.
C.
D.
t
I
l
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I METAL STAIRS 05511 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINTMS
Vail, Colorado
l. At Contractot's option, provide stair assemblies with metal-pan subtreads filled with
reinforced concrete during fabrication. Concrete fill will allow for installation of finish
treads as per schedule.
E. Welded Steel Grating Stairs @ Stair type #2 (exlerior): Comply with NAAMMMBG53l,
"Metal Bar Grating Manual."
l Bearing Bar Spacing: 1./2 inches o.c.
2. Bearing Bar Depth: As required to comply with structural perforrnance requirements.3. Bearing Bar Thickness: As required to comply with structural performance requirements.4. Crossbar Spacing: 4 inches (102 mm) o.c.
5. Traffic Surface: Plain.
6. Steel Finish: Hotdip galvanized with a coating weight of not less than 1.8 oz./sq. ft. (550
dsq. -) of coated surface.
F. Steel Tube Railings @ Stair #1 (interior): Fabricate railings to comply with requirements
indicated for design, dimensions, details, finish, and member sizes, including wall thickness of
tube, posf spacings, and anchorage, but not less than that needed io withstand indicated loads.1. Configuration: l-l/2-nch- (38-mm-) square top and bottom rails and posts with infill
panels made from woven wire mesh in steel channel frames.
2. Fabricate railings with welded connections. Cope components at connections to provide
close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose.
3. Form changes in direction ofrailings by bending or by inserting prefabricated fittings.4. Form curveg by bending members in jigs to produce uniform curvature without buckling.5. Close exposed ends of railing members with prefabricated end fittings.6. Provide wall retums at ends of wall-mounted handrails.
7. Provide wall brackets, end closures, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors for
intercormecting components and for attaching to other work.
8. Connect posts to stair framing by direct welding.
G. Steel Tube Railings @ Stair #2 (exterior): Fabricate railings to comply with requirements
indicated for design, dimensions, details, finish, and member sizes, including wall thickness of
tube, post spacings, and anchorage, but not less than that needed to withstand indicated loads.l. Configuration: 1-llZ-inch- (38-mm-) round rails and posts,
2. Fabricate railings with welded connections. Cope components at connections to provide
close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose.
3. Form changes in direction ofrailings by bending or by inserting prefabricated fittings.4. Close exposed ends of railing members with prefabricated end fittings.5. Provide wall brackets, end closures, flanges, miscellgneous fittings, and anchors for
interconnecting components and for attaching to other work.
6. Connect posts to stair framing by direct welding.
FINISHES
Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectsral and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and desigrrating finishes. Finish metal stairs after assembly.
Hot-dip galvanize items @ Srak tl2 (exterior). Comply wirh ASTM A.123/A 123M or
ASTM A 153/A 153M as applicable.
100%CD: September2005 U
FORCONSTRUCTION t
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
l
I
I
l
I
.\^
METAL STAIRS 0551r -4
I
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
C. Preparation for Shop Priming@ Stair #l (interior): Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to
comply with requirements indicated below for environmental exposwe conditions of installed
products:
l. Interior Stairs (SSPC Zone 1,\): SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
D. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal stair components@ Stair #l (interior).
Comply with SSPC-PAI, "Paint Application Specification No. l: Shop, Field, and
Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal stairs. Set units accwately in
location, alignment, and elevation, measured from established lines and levels and free ofrack.
B. Install metal stairs by welding stair framing to steel structure or to weld plates cast into
concrete, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are
not to be left as exposed joints. Do not weld, cut, or abrade srufaces of exterior units that have
been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.
D. Place and finish concrete fill for treads and platforms to comply with Division 3 Section "Cast-
in-Place Concrete."
l. Install abrasive nosings wilh anchors flrlly embedded in concrete.
E. Attach handrails to wall with wall brackets.
1. Use type ofbracket with flange tapped for concealed anchorage to tfueaded hanger bolt.
F. Adjusting and Cleaning:
1. Immediately a{ter erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of
shop paint, and paint exposed areas witl the same material as used for shop painting.
2. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair
galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION 05511
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
l
l
I
I
I
I METAL STAIRS 05511 - 5
I WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
SECTION 05530 - GR{TINGS
t
PART 1 - GENERAL
I' I,1 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the followingltl. Metal bar gratings at exterior ar€away.
A 2. Metal frames and supports for gratings.
I
1' DTRFORMANCEREQUIREMENTSII A. Structural Performance of Gratings: Provide gratings capable of withstanding the effects of
gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated:
t L Floors: Uniform load of l25 lbflsq. ft. (6.00 kN/sq. m) or concentrated load of 2000 lbf
(8.90 kN), whichever produces the greater stress.
I B. Seismic Performance: Provide gratings capable of withstanding the effects of earthquake
motions determined according to ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other
r Structures": Section 9, *Earthquake Loads."
IL
I ? STIBMITTALSIll A. Product Data: For the following:
a L Formed-metal bar gratings.
t 2. Clips and anchorage devices for gratings.3. Paintproducts.
I B. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication and installation of gratings.
I r.4 QUALTTYASSURANCE-A. Metal Bar Graling Standards: Comply with NAAMM MBG 531, "Metal Bar Grating Manual."Il1
PART2 - PRODUCTS
t,2.1 METALS
t A. Ferrous Metals:
1. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 361A36M.
f
I
GRATINGS 05530 - l
I
T
I
I
t
1
I
A.
B,
2.2
WESTHAVEN CONDOMII{ruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
2. Wire Rod for Graiing Crossbars: ASTM A 510 (ASTM A 5l0M).
3. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/4 653M. structural oualitv. Grade 33
(Grade 230), with G90 (2275) coating.
FASTENERS
General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use
and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class FelZt 5, at exterior
walls. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening aluminum. Select fasteners for type, grade,
and class required.
Anchors: Provide anchors with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six times
the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal to four times the load imposed when
installed in conuete, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified
independent testing agency.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer
compl ying with I\/IPI#7 9.
Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dusttontent paint for regalvanizing welds in steel,
complying with SSPC-Paint 20.
FABRICATION
Cut, drill, and punch material cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges. Remove
sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.
Form fiom materials of size, thickness, and shapes indicated, but not less than that needed to
support indicated loads.
Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints.
Fabricate toeplates for attaching in the field.
METAL BARGRATINGS
Welded Steel Grating:
1. Bearing Bar Spacing: 13/16 inches (30 mm) o.c.
2. Bearing Bar Depth; As required to comply with skuctural performance requirements.
3. Bearing Bar Thickness: As required to comply with structual performance requirements.
4. Crossbar Spacing: 4 inches (102 mm) o.c.
5. Traffic Swface: Plain.
6. Steel Finish: Hot-dip galvanized with a coating weight of not less than 1.8 oz./sq. ft. (550
glsq. m) ofcoated surface.
2.3 t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
l
I
B.
2.4
B.
C.
D.
2.5
GRATINGS 05530 -2
I WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
I 2,6 GRATING FRAMES AND SUPPORTS
) A. Frames and Supports for Metal Gratings: Fabricate from metal shapes, plates, and bars of
I welded construction to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive gratings.
Miter and weld connections for perimeter angle frames. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive. hardware and similar items.t
I l. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate from same basic metal as gratings.
2. Equip units indicated to be cast into conuete or built into masonry with integrally welded- anchors. Unless otherwise indicated, space anchors 24 inches (OOO mm) o.". *d provideI minimum anchor units in the form of steel straps 1-li4 inches (32 mm) wide by l/4 inch
(6 mm) thick by 8 inches (200 mm) long.I
t B. Galvanize steel frames and supports in all exterior locations:
t
I 2.7 STEEL FINISHES
A. Finish gratings, frames, and supports after assembly.II B. Galvanizing: Apply zinc coating by the hot-dip process complying with ASTM A 123/A 123M.
t PART3-EXECUTION
|l 3.r TNSTALLATT.N, .ENERAL
I A. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing gratings. Set units accurately in
t location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels and free of rack.
-\ B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints.
t 1. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded. Do
not weld, cut, or abrade the surfaces of units that have been hotdip galvanized after- fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field corurections.
v C. Metal Bar Gratings: Comply with recommendations of referenced metal bar grating standards,
f including installation clearances and standard anchoring details.
' l. Attach removable units to supporting members with type and size of clips and fasteners
l ilffi::#:;:t;::i:i';'ff1' as recommended bv grating manuracturer ror tlpe or
- 2. Attach nonremovable units to supporting members by welding where both materials are
same; otherwise, fasten by bolting as indicated above.
a D. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean. field welds, bolted connections, and abraded meas and repair
galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.II
END OF SECTION 05530
I
I
GRATINGS 05530 - 3
r WESTHAVENCONDOMINruMS 100%CD: September2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
\lf
SECTION O57OO -ORNAMENTAL METAL
I
PART I . GENERALr
' I.I SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes custom omamental metal items and fasteners:I
I 1. Decorative metal panels @ frreplace surround.
t 2. Metal fireplace doors.
3. Exterior egress awnings and supports.
,1; 4. Fabricated mesh elevator panels
I
B. See Division 5 Section "Omamental Railings" for ornamental metal railings.
I C. See Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for awning frame and anchor plates.a
D. See Appendix E, "Public Area Finishes" for steel mesh at elevators.I
-l 1.2 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Daia: For each product indicated.
r B. Shop Drawings: Show details of fabrication and installation. Indicate materials, finishes,
I fasteners, anchorages, and accessory items.
C. Samplesl For eachtype ofexposed finishrequired.
l
PART 2 . PRODUCTSj
I 2.1 METALS
-
I A. Steel and hon:
- l. Bars: Hot-rolled, carbon steel complying with ASTM A 29/A29M, Grade 1010.
I 2. Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A36M.r 3. Steel Sheet, Cold Rolled: ASTM A 1008/4 1008M, either commercial steel, Type B, or
structural steel, Grade 25 (Grade 170), exposed.
t 2.2 MISCELLANEOUSMATERIALS
I
I A. Fasteners: Same basic metal as fastened metal; concealed, unless otherwise indicated, with
Phillips flat-head screws for exposed fasteners.I
I
ORNAMENTALMETAL 05700 - I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
t
I
T
2.5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
B. Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials with capability to sustain, without
failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times
the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined per ASTM E 488.
C. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy
welded.
D. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Division 9 painting Sections.
E. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Zinc-dust, zinc-oxide primer compatible with finish paint
systems indicated, and complying with SSPC-Paint 5.
AWNING SUPPORTS
Clevis: /," (12 mm) stainless steel cable with external thread on both ends - 30817 and 30818
by Jakob Inox or approved equal.
2.4 FABNCATED MESH PANELS
A. Flexible, stainless steel draping mesh with angle bar stainless steel frame: "Tailor" style mesh
by Cambridge Architectural Mesh, Cambridge, MD. or approved equal. Refer to Appendix E
for finish.
FABRICATION
Form ornamental metal frue to line and level with true curves and accurate angles and surfaces.
Finish exposed surfaces to smooth, sharp, well-defrned lines and arris.
Mill joints to a fight, hairline fit. Cope or miter comer joints. Fabricate connections that will be
exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water.
Fold back exposed edges to form a \/2-inch- (12-mm) wide hem, or ease edges and suppod
with concealed stiffeners.
Comply with AWS for recommended practices in strop welding. Clean exposed welded joints
of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces.
Where welding or brazing is indicated, weld or braze joints and seams continuously. Dress to
produce exposed surfaces in which joints are not visible.
Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials
from direct contact with incompatible materials.
Closures and Trim: Form from metal indicated below. Fabricate to fit tightly to adjoining
conshuction.
1. lnterior Installations: Steel sheet. 0.0428 inch ( 1.09 mm).
B.
C.
D.
F.
G.
I
I
t
I
T
I
t
IORNAMENTALMETAL05700 -2
I
I
t
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
2.6 FINISI{ES
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
T
I
A. Comply with NAAMM'S "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Protect mechanical finishes by
appllng a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
B. Steel and Iron Finishes:
l. Factory-Primed Finish: Prepare surfaces and apply air-dried primer to provide a
minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils (0.05 mm) to exposed surfaces and to concealed,
nongalvanized surfaces.
a. Preparation for Galvanized Metal: After galvanizing, clean and tr€at with metallic-
phosphate pretreatment.
b. Preparation for Uncoated Ferrous Metal: Comply with SSPC-SP 6, "Commercial
Blast Cleaning."
2. Powder-Coat Finish: Prepare, treat, and coal ferrous metal to comply with
manufacturer's written instnrctions.
a. Preparation of Uncoated Ferrous Metal: Comply with SSPC-SP 6, "Commercial
Blast Cleaning."
b. Preparation of Galvanized Metal: Thorouglrly removing $ease, dirt, oil, flux, and
other foreign matter.
c. Treat prepared metal with metallic-phosphate pretreatment, rinse, and seal
surfaces.
d. Apply thermosetting polyester or acrylic urethane powder coating with cured-film
thickness not less than 1.5 mils (0.04 mm).
e. Color: As selected from manufacturer's full range.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.I INSTALLATION
A. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing to in-place construction.
B. Set products accurately in location, alignment, and elevation. Fit exposed connections
accurately together to form tight, hairline joints or, where indicated, with uniform reveals and
spaces for sealants andjoint fillers.
C. Do not cut or abrade finishes that carurot be completely restored in the field. Retum items with
such finishes to the shop for required alterations, followed by complete refinishing, or provide
new units as required.
D. Install concealed gaskets, joint fillers, insulation, and flashings as work progresses.
E. Restore protective coverings that have been damaged during shipment or installation. Remove
protective coverings only when there is no possibility of damage from other work.
resln
ORNAMENTALMETAL 05700 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
END OF SECTION O57OO
100% CD: September2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
ORNAMENTALMETAL 05700 - 4
l
I
I
- WESTHAVENCONDOMINruMS
Vail. Coloradot
SECTION 05721 - ORNAMENTAI RAILINGSt
PART I - GENERALI!' r.l SUMMARY
t
T
ORNAMENTALRAILINGS
A. This Section includes the following:
l. Steel and iron ornamental railinss at interior residential unit.
I B. See Division 5 Section "Metal Stairs" for steel tube railings associated with metal stairs.
I,
I 1.2 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS
I A. Struchral Performance: Provide railings capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads
and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated:
l. Handrails:
a. Uniform load of 50 lbfl ft. (0.73 kN/m) applied in any direction.
b. Concentrated load of200 lbf(0.89 kN) applied in any direction.c. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.
fl 2. Top Rails of Guards:
t a. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ ft. (0.73 kNim) applied in any direction.I i 3:ilff:iT"T;:;l??:Jij"t'j.H};,'ii::,'ffiJ,T'"1"1,1""i""-,*,,
I B. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals! and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials.
t 1.3 suBMrrrALS
I A. Product Data: For railings assembled from standard components, grout, anchoring cement, and
I PantProducts.
- B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other'Work.
r l. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include strucfural analysis
.-- data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their
a PreParation'
C. Samples: For each exposed finish required.-Ir
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
0572t - |
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
IB.
2.1
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
A. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for
system's aesthetic effects and performance characteristics. Do not modify intended aesthetic
effects, asjudged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval.
B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for fabrication and installation.
l. Build mockups for each form and finish of railing consisting of two posts, top rail, infill
area, and anchorage system components.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
METALS
Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Same metal and finish as supported rails, unless otherwise
indicated.
Steel and hon:
l. Tubing: ASTM A 500 (cold formed).
2. Bars: Hot-rolled, carbon steel complying with ASTM A29/A 29M, Grade 1010.
3. Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/4' 36M.
4. Woven-Wire Mesh: Intermediate-crimp, 2-inch (50-mm) woven-wire mesh, made from
0.135-inch (3.5-mm) nominal diameter wire complying with ASTM A 510
(ASTM A 510M).
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Fasteners: Provide concealed fasteners, unless exposed fasteners are standard for railings
indicated.
L Steel Components: Plated-steel fasteners complying with ASTM B 633, Class FelZn 25
for electrodeposited zinc coating.
2. Dissimilar Metals: Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners.
Wood Rails: Hardwood rails of species and profile indicated, with manufacturer's standard
transparent finish and secured to recessed metal subrail.
Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Division 9 painting Sections.
Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Zincdust, zinc-oxide primer compatible with finish paint
systems indicated and complying with SSPC-Paint 5.
Grout and Anchoring Cemenl Factory-packaged, nonshrink, nonmetallic grout complying with
ASTM C 1107, or water-resistant, nonshrink, anchoring cement; recommended by manufacturer
for exterior use.
2.2
I
t
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
B.
c.
D.
ORNAMENTAL RAILINGS 05721 -2
I
l
I
T
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
2.3 FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate railings to comply with design, dimensions,
less than that required to support strucfural loads.
100Yo CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
and details indicated. but not
Welded Connections: Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings
designed for this purpose. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings.
Mechanical Connections: Connect members with concealed mechanical fasteners and fittinss.
Form changes in direction by bending or by inserting prefabricated elbow fittings-
Form curves by bending in jigs to produce uniform curvature; maintain cross section of member
throughout bend without cracking or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces.
Close exposed ends of hollow railing members with prefabricated end fittings.
Provide wall retums at ends of wall-mounted handrails, unless otherwise indicated.
Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous httings,
and anchors to interconnect railing members to other work, unless otherwise indicated.
Woven-Wire Mesh Infrll Panels: Fabricate panels from woven-wire mesh crimped into l-by-
1/2-by-1/8-inch (25-by-13-by-3-mm) metal channel frames. Make wire mesh and frames from
stainless steel.
FINISHES
Steel and hon:
L Galvafized Railings: Hot-dip galvanize exterior railings, after fabrication, to comply
with ASTM A|23/A123M. Provide hotdip galvanized fittings, brackets, fasteners,
sleeves, and other ferrous components.2. Shop-Primed Galvanized Railings: After galvanizing clean railings, treat with metallic-
phosphate process, and apply primer to comply with SSPC-PA l.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
B.
c.
D.
E.
2.4
3.1
I
I
I
l
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
F.
G.
H.
I,
INSTALLATION
General: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installing railings.
accurately in location, alignment, and elevation.
l. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of l/16 inch in 3 feet (2 mrn in 1 m).
2. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and variations
with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed ll4 inch
mm in 3 m).
Set railings
from parallel
in 12 feet (5
ORNAMENTAL RAILINGS 05721-3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
B. Anchor posts to metal surfaces as
purpose.
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
indicated using fittings designed and engineered for this
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
C. Anchor railing ends to concrete and masonry with sleeves concealed within railing ends and
anchored to wall construction with anchors and bolts.
D. Attach handrails to wall with wall brackets.
1. For steel-framed partitions, fasten brackets to steel framing or concealed steel
reinforcements using self-tapping screws of size and type required to support structural
loads.
E. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean abraded areas and paint exposed areas
with same material as used for shop painting.
END OF SECTION 05721
I
IORNAMENTAL RAILINGS 05721 - 4
I
I
r
' WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% cD: september 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTIONIII
SECTION 06100 . ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART I - GENERAL
I.1 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
- l. Wood subflooring.
2. Wood underlayment.
I i. Buildrng wrap.I
I 1.2 SUBMITTALS
It A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product indicated.I ' **tt"*:,HJ"Hiffiil;i;"*Xff;fil1il,T:;n':jffT;ii?',1#ff;T"
I B. Research/Evaluation Reports: For the following:
' L Power-driven fasteners.
2. Powder-actuatedfasteners.
I 3. Metal framing anchors.t 4. Buildingwrap.
I
t PART2-PRODUCTS
I 2.1 MANLFACTLRERS
t- A. In other Part2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
I requirements apply forproductselection:
l. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
I offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
! the manufaoturers specified.
I 2.2
'''D-'RESER'ATT'E-TREATEDMATERTALS
I A. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following:
' l. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar
I
members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofrng.
a
I
I
ROUGHCARPENTRY 06100 - I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
l
2.4
2.3 FIRE.RETARDANT-TREATED MATERLALS
A. General: Where fire-retardant-treated materials are indicated, provide materials that comply
with performance requirements in AWA C27 (plywood). Identify fire-retardant-treated wood
with appropriate classificatjon marking of UL, U.S. Testing, Timber Products Inspection, or
another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
l. Use treatment for which chemical manufacturer publishes physical properties of treated
wood after exposure to elevated temperatures, when tested by a qualified independent
testing agency according to ASTM D 5516, for ply'viood.
2. Use treatment that does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners.
3. Use Exterior tvoe for exterior locations and where indicated.
SHEATHING
Paper-Surfaced Gypsum Wall Sheathing: ASTMC 791C79M, with water-resistant material
incorporated into core and with water-repellent paper bonded to core's face, back, and long
edges.
I . Available Manufacturers:
a. American Gypsum Co.
b. G-P Gypsum Corporation.
c. National Gypsum Company.
d. United States Gypsum Co.
2. Type and Thickness: Regular" 5/8 inch & Type X, 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) thick.
Glass-Mat Gypsum Wall Sheathing: ASTM C 1l77lc 1177M.
1, Product: Subject to compliance with requiremenls, provide "Dens-Glass Gold" by G-P
Gypsum Corp.
2, Type and Thickness: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) thick.
Extruded-Polystyrene-Foam Wall Sheathing: ASTM C 578, Type IV, in manufacfluer's
standard lengths and widths with tongue-and-groove or shiplap long edges as standmd with
manufacturer. l
I . Availabte Manufacturers:
a. DiversiFoamProducts.
b. Dow Chemical Company (The).
c. Owens Coming.
d. TennecoBuildingProducts.
Polyisocyanurate-Foam Wall Sheathing: Aluminum-foil-faced, glass-fiber-reinforced, rigid,
cellular, polyisocyanurate thermal insulation complying with ASTM C 1289, Type I, Class 2.
Foam-plastic core and facings shall have a flame-spread index of 25 or less when tested
individually.
t
I
I
I
t,
l
I
I
I
I
B.
D.
ROUGHCARPENTRY 06100 -2
n.I It WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail. Colorado FORCONSTRUCTIONI|l 1. Available Manufacturers:
I a. Apache Products Company.
I b. Celotex Corporation (The); Building Products Division.
c. Rmax. lnc.
t E. Oriented-Strand-BoardRoofSheathing: Exposure l sheathing.
I 2.5 SUBFLooRINGANDUNDERLAYMENT\\
A. Oriented-Stand-Board, Combination Subfloor-Underlayment: Exposure I single-floor panels.
I B. Orienled-Strand-Board Subflooring: Exposure I single-floor panels or sheathing.
,| C. Hardboard Underlayment: AHAAI35.4, Class4 (Service), SurfaceSlS; with back side
sanded.r
fl 2.6 PLYWOODBACKINGPANELS
-
,- A. Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOCPS 1, Exposure l, C-D Plugged,
I fire-retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm)
II-' thick.
I
I 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
t A. Fasteners:
I
' l, Where rough carpqntry is exposed to wealher, in ground contaet, or in area of high
I relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with
r . ASTM A 153/A 153M.
i. ;il:l'#:iffi'JiT,Ir'?ffii'1ii1ffi A 307, Grade A (ASrM F s6BM, properry
I Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flatll washers.
I B. Metal Framing Anchors: Made from hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with
t ASTM A 653/4 653M, G60 (2130) coating designation.
l l. Available Manufacturers:
t a. Alpine Engineered Products, Inc.
I b. Cleveland Steel SpecialtyCo.
_ c. Harlen Metal Products, Inc.! d. KC Metals Products. Inc.
I I st1"':x"JilJ#$T'3ffiunr,,n,,
t g. SoutheastemMetals Manufacturing Co., Inc,
h. United Steel Products Company, lnc.
T
I
ROUGHCARPENTRY 06100 - 3
WESTILAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
I
100% CD: September 2005 I
FOR CONSTRUCTION
2. Researeh/Evaluation Reports: Provide products acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction and for which model code researcVevaluation reports exist that show
compliance of metal framing anchors, for application indicated, with building code in
effect for Project.
3. Allowable Desigr Loads: Meet or €xceed those indicated per manufacturer's published
values determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and
demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing
agency.
C. Building Paper: Asphalt-saturated organic felt complying with ASTM D226,Typel (No. 15
asphalt felt), unperforated.
D. Building Wrap: Air-retarder sheeting made from polyolefins; cross-larninated films, woven
strands, or spun-bonded fibers; coated or uncoated; with or without perforations; and complying
with ASTM E 16'17, Type I.
L AvailableManufacturers:
a. Celotex Corporation (The); Building Products Division.
b. DuPont (E. L du Pont de Nemours and Company).
Parsec. lnc.
Raven Industries, Inc.
Reemay, Inc.
Simplex Products.
Sto-Cote Prodgcts, Inc.
Tenneco Buildins Products.
2. Thickness: Not less than 10 mils.
3. Permeance: Not less than 10 perms (575 ng/Pa x s x sq. m).
4. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less per ASTM E 84.
5. Allowable Exposurd. Time : Not less than three months.
E. Building Wrap Tape: Pressure-sensitive plastic tape recommended by building wrap
manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in building wrap.
F. Sheathing Tape: Pressure'sensitive plastic tape for sealing joints and penetrations in sheathing
and recommended by sheathing manufacturer for use with type of sheathing required.
G. Sill-Sealer Gaskets: Glass-fiber-resilient insulation, fabricated in strip form, for use as a sill
sealer; l-inch (25-mm) nominal thickness, compressible to l/32 inch (0.8 mm); selected from
manufactureCs standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and
fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit.
I
I
I
;
I
I
T
t
I
t
I
t
I
l
I
I
T
I
d.
g
ROUGHCARPENTRY 06100 - 4
I
t WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTIONt
I Locate furring, nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for
attacbin s other construction.
t B. Securely attach rough carpenhy work to subshate by anchoring and fastening as indicated,
complying with the following:
I l. cABoN1R-z7zforpower{riven fasteners.t 2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacfurer.
.- 3. Table 602.3(l), "Fastener Schedule for Structwal Members," and Table 602.3(2),
! "Altemate Attachments," in the lntemational One- and Two-Family Dwelling Code.
C. Use finishing nails for exposed work, unless otherwise indicated. Countersink nail heads and
I fill holes with wood filler.r
D. Comply with applicable recommendations contained in APA Form No. E30K, "APA
I Design/Construction Guide: Residential & Commercial," for t5ryes of structural-use panels and
t applications indicated.
- 1. Comply with "Code.Plus" provisions in above-referenced guide.
f E. Fastening Methods: -iL Sheathing: Nail to steel framing.
I 2. Underlainent: Naii to subflooring.l1 3. Plywood Backing Panels: Nail or screw to supports.
'| F. Apply building paper horizontally with 2-inch (50-mm) overlap and 6-inch (150-mm) end lap;
I fasten to sheathing with galvanized staples or roofing nails. Cover upstanding flashing with 4-
inch (102-mm) overlap.
-I G. Building Wrap Application: Cover wall sheathing with building wrap as indicated. Cover
upstanding flashing with 4-inch (I02'mm) overlap. Seal seams, edges, and penetrations with
I rape.
t H. Apply sheathing tape to joints between sheathing panels and at items penetrating sheathing.
Apply at upstanding flashing to overlap both flashing and sheathing.r-
I
END OF SECTION O6IOO
i
I
I
I
I
I
ROUGHCARPENTRY 06100 - 5
a
I' WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD:September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTIONIt
SECTION 06150 -WOOD DECKINGI
PART 1 - GENERAL
L
} 1.1 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:I
1. Solid-sawn ceiling and floor decking.II 1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
-l. For wood deckine.
t B. Certificates of Chain-of-Custody: Signed by manufacturers certifying that wood used to
produce wood decking was obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification
I body to comply with FSC 1.2, "Principles and Criteria." Include evidence that mill is certified
t for chain-of-custody by an FSC-accredited certification body.
I 1.3 QUALITYASSURANCE
I A. Forest Certification: Provide wood decking produced from wood obtained from forests certified
t by an FSC-accredited certifrcation body to comply with FSC 1.2, "Principles and Criteria."
I 1.4 DELTVERY, SToRAGE, ANDTIANDLINGI
A. Schedule delivery ofwood decking to avoid extended on-site storage and to avoid delaying the
I Work.
-
- PART2-PRODUCTS
I
2.1 LUMBER, GENERALI
r A. Grade Stamps: Factory mark with grade stamp of inspection agency on surfaces that will not be
exposed to view.
I B. Moisture Content: Provide wood decking with 12 percent maximum moisture content at time of
dressins.II
tt
I wooD DECKING 06150 - I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
2.2 SOLID-SAWN WOOD DECKING
100% CD:September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
A. Wood Species: Ipe (Tabebuis spp.) Brazilian hardwood
B. Decking Nominal Size: 2x6 and 1x6.
C. Decking Grade: Select Decking, NFPA Class A.
D. Surface and Edge Pattem: Smooth surface, Vee grooved at ceiling applications. Flat edge at
flooring applications.
E. Weight in lbs (cubic foot) :66
F. Bending strength: 26300 (PSI)
G. Modulus of elasticity: 3,310,000 (CPSI)
H. Hardness (PSI): 3670
2.3 FASTENERS AND ACCESSORY MATERTALS
A. Fastener Material: Stainless steel.
B. Sealant: Latex sealant compatible with substrates.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate decking in lengths for controlled random lay-up,
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Solid-Sawn Wood Decking: Install to comply with referenced decking standard and with end
joints located according to lay-up indicated.
B. Repair damaged surfaces and finishes after completing erection. Replace damaged decking if
repairs are not approved by Architect.
END OF SECTION 06150
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
l
I
I
T
IWOODDECKING061s0 -2
I
f WESTHAVENCONDOMINruMS
Vail. ColoradoI!
SECTION 06401 . EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORKI
PART 1 - GENERAL
! I.I SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
I l. Exterior standing and running trim.
T1 2. Exterior omamental work.
t 3. Exterior frames andjambs.
4. Exterior wood sidins.
I B. Related Work: Section oolso - wooa Decking
90YoCD July 2005
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
I t.z suBMrrrALSt
A. Product Data: For wood-preservative materials and finishes indicated.II B. Shop Drawings: Include location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale
details, attachment devices, and other components.
I C. Samples: For lumber for exterior wood stain finish, for each finish system and color, with one-
half of exposed surface finished.
I
. 1.3 QUALITYASSURANCE
I A. Qualrty Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's "Architectural WoodworkI Qualify Standards."
I L Provide AWI certification labels or compliance certificate.
T B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to
I demonsfrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution.
I: l. Build mockups for each type of wood siding assembly in sizes approximately 24 inches
(1200 mm) long by 48 inches (1200 mm) high by fuil thickness, including face and
! backup.
I PART2.PRODUCTSt
I 2.r MATERTALS
I A. Woodwork for Semi-Transoarent Finish:
t
t
EXTERTORARCHTTECTURAL WOODWORK 06401- 1
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
90%CD: July2005
NOTFORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
2.2
l Species and Grade: Westem Red Cedar, Grade A
B. Exterior Standing and Running Trim: Finished lurnber and moldings.
1. Species and Grade: Western Red Cedar, Grade A
C. Wood-Preservative-Treated Materials, Nonpressure Process: Treat woodwork items to receive
water-repellent preservative treatnent to comply with AWPA Nl using the following
preseruative:
1. Water-Repellent Preservative: Formulation containing 3-iodo'2-propynyl butyl
carbamate (IPBC) complying with AWPA P8 as its active ingredient.
D. Screws: Stainless steel.
E. Nails: Stainless steel
C.
FABRICATION
Wood Moisture Content: 7 to 12 percent.
Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing, and hardware application, to maximum
extent possible, before shipment to Project site. Disassemble cornponents only as necessary for
shipment and installation. Where necessary for frtting at site, provide ample allowanoe for
scribing, trimming, and fitting.
Backpriming: Apply one coat of sealer or primer, compatible with finish coats, to concealed
surfaces of woodwork.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Fasteners for Exterior Finish Carpentry: Provide nails of stainless steel.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3,1 INSTALLATION
A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before
installation. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop-fabricated work for
completion and cornplete work as requrred, including backpriming and removal of packing.
B. Quality Standard: lnstall woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for the same grade
specified for type of woodwork involved.
C. Install woodwork true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required with concealed shims.
Install level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in 2400 mm).
A,
B.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
IEXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06401-2
F.
G.
H.
t
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
T
I
l
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 90% CD: July 2005
Vail, Colorado NOTFOR CONSTRUCTION
D. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, and reflnish cut surfaces or repair damaged
finish at cuts.
Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to
grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing. Use
fine finishing nails for exposed nailing, countersurk and filled flush with woodwork.
Complete the finishing work specified to extent not completed at shop or before installation of
woodwork. Fill nail and screw holes with matching filler where exposed.
Refer to Djvision 9 Sections for final finishing of installed architectural woodwork.
Clean woodwork on exposed and semiexposed surfaces, Touch up shop-applied finishes to
restore damaqed or soiled areas.
END OF SECTION 06401
EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06401-3
IIIr WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
I
SECTION 06402 - INTENOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORKI
PART 1-GENERAL
|,I' I.I SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes interior woodwork including for the following applications:
I l Standing and running trim.
t ? Stairworkandrails.
I 3. Wood ceilings & trim4. Shop finishing of woodwork.
l 5. Shelving and clothes rods.
JI'' B. Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips,
f unless concealed within other construction before woodwork installation.
I C. Rough carriages for stairs are interior architectural woodwork.
I l. See Appendix A - Wood Trim ProfilesI2. See Division 5 Section "cold-formed metal framing" and Division 9 Section "Gypsum
t Board Assemblies" for platform framing and other rough framing associated with
t stairwork.
I 1.2 SUBMTTTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
I l. Handrail brackets.t 2. Finishing materials and processes.
t B. Samples:r'l. Lumber and panel products for transparent finish, for each species and cut, finished on
I one side and one edge.
fl 2.
3,TlT,iliJ#JJ.tfl*5vith
shop-applied opaque finish, for each finish system and
- 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I A, Qualrty Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's "Architectural WoodworkI Quality Standards" for grades of interior architectural woodwork, construction, finishes, and
other requirements.II 1. Provide AWI certilication labels or compliance certihcate indicating that woodwork
complies with requirements of grades specified.l
I
INTEzuORARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 - I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
2.r
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
2. Deliver wood products to project site or a location within Eagle County a minimum of 30
days prior to installation.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitatjons: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet
work is complete, and IIVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative
humidity at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the construction
oeriod.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
WOODWORKFABRICATORS
Fabricators: Subject to compliance with requirements, interior architectural woodwork
fabricator shall be approved by the architect and interior designer.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Wood for standing and running trim:
l. ZetlnteriorFinishPackage-Species: Cherry.
2. Alpine Interior Finish Package - Species: Alder
B. Wood for lnterior Wood ceilings (Below top floor):
1. Species:: Alder lx6 t&g with v-groove, knots and smooth texture.
C. Wood for Interior Wood ceilings (top floor only):
1. Species:: Brazilian Ipe hardwood, select grade, NFPA Class A rated, to match exterior
soffits
D. Wood Products:
l. Medium-DensityFiberboard: ANSI 4208.2, Grade MD
2. HardwoodPlywoodandFaceVeneers: HPVAHP-l.
E. All interior wood wall and ceiling finish shall have a Class C flame spread,76-200 and smoke
developed rating of 0450 as per ASTM E84
FIRE.RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIAL S
Fire-Retardant-Treated Lumber and Plyrvood: Materials impregnated with fre-retardant
chemical formulations to comply with AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood),
Exterior Type or Interior Type A. Use fire-retardant-treatment formulations that do not bleed
through or otherwise adversely affect finishes. Kiln-dry material after fieatrnent.
I
I
l
T
I
l
IINTERIOR ARCHITECTI,RAL WOODWORK 064W-2
B.
B.
B.
C.
2.4
2.5
2.6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
B. Fire-Retardant Particleboard: Panels made Aom softwood particles and fire-retardant chemicals
mixed together at time of panel manufacture with flame-spread index of 25 or less and smoke-
developed index of25 or less per ASTM E 84.
INSTALLATION MATERIALS
Furring, Blocking, Shjms, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, fire-retmdant-
treated, kiln-dried to less than 15 percent moisture content.
Handrail Brackets: Cast Extruded from malleable iron with wall flange drilled and tapped for
concealed hanger bolt and with support arm for screwing to rmderside of rail. Sized to provide
l-l/2-inch clearance between handrail and wall.
FABRICATION
General: Complete fabrication to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site.
Where necessary for fitting at site, provide allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting.
L lnterior Woodwork Grade: Customcomplying with the referenced quality standard.
2. Shop cut openings to maximum extent possible. Sand edges of cutouts to remove
splinters and burrs.3. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide, flat
members, except for members with ends exposed in finished work.4. Assemble casings in plant except where limitations of access to place of installation
require field assembly.
Stairwork and Rails:
l. Treads: Transparent finish.
2. Risers: Transparent flnish.
3. Stringers: Transparent finish.
4. Balusters: Transparent finish.
5. Handrails: Transparent finish.
6. Scotia, Cove, and Other Moldings: Transparent finish.
SHOP FINISHING
Finish architectural woodwork at fabrication shop. Defer only final touchup, cleaning, and
polishing until after installation.
Backpriming: Apply one coat of sealer or primer, compatible with finish coats, to concealed
surfaces of woodwork. Apply two coats to back of paneling.
Transparent Finish: Comply with requirements indicated below for grade, finish system,
staining, and sheen, with sheen measured on 60-degree gloss meter per ASTM D 523:
l. Grade: Premium
2. Staining: Match approved sample for color.
INTERIOR ARCHITECTUML WOODWORK 06402 - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
T
t
B.
D.
E.
F.
G.
3.1
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
3. Wash Coat for Stained Finish: Apply a vinyl wash coat to woodwork made from closed-
grain wood before staining and finishing.
4. Glaze: 10-25Yo as requested to match mixed wood.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
C.
INSTALLATION
Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas and
examine and complete work as required, including removal of packing and backpriming before
installation.
Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for the same grade
specified in this Section for tlpe of woodwork involved.
Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight to a tolerance of l/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm
in2400 mm). Shim as required with concealed shims.
Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining worl and refinish cut surfaces and repair damaged
fmish at cuts.
Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with
countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation. Use
frne finishing nails or finisbing screws for exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush with
woodwork and matching final finish if transparent finish is indicated.
Standing bnd Running Trim: Install with minimum number ofjoints possible, using fullJength
pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to greatest extent possible. Fill gaps, if any,
befween top of base and wall with plastic wood filler, sand smooth, and finish sarne as wood
base. iffrnished.
Stairwork and Rails: Cut caniages to accurately fit treads and risers and securely anchor to
supporting substrates. Glue treads to risers, and glue and nail treads and risers to carriages.
Support wall railings on indicated metal brackets or wood posts securely fastened to wall
framing.
l. Install stairwork with treads and risers no more than l/8 inch (3 mm) from indicated
position and no more thar' l/16 inch (1.5 mm) out of position for adjacent treads and
risers.
END OF SECTION 06402
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 - 4
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
SECTION 07131 - SELF-ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFIIIG
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.2
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. Scope of this Section:
B. Alternate for stud walls near grade.
C. Submittals: In addition to Product Data and product test reports, submit Shop Drawings show-
ing details for substrate joints and cracks, sheet flashings, penetrations, inside and outside cor-
ners, tie-ins with adjoining waterproofing, and other termination conditions.
D. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who is authorized, approved, or licensed by wa-
terproofing manufacturer to install manufacfurer's products and with not less than 3 years ex-
perience.
E. Environmental Limitations: Apply waterproofing within the range of ambient and subsfiate
temperatures recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. Do not apply waterproofing to a
damp or wet subshate.
F. Proceed with waterproofing work only after substrate construction and penetration work have
been completed.
PART 1-PRODUCTS
PRODUCTS
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following products for
use on exterior balcony deck waterproofing:
l. GraceConstructionProducts; Bituthene4000.2. T. C. Miradri; Miradri.
3. Protecto Wrap "JifS Seal"
4. PolyguardProducts, Inc.; Polyguard 650.
B. Rubberized-Asphalt Sheet 60-mil thich self-adhering sheet consisting of 56 mils of rubberized
asphalt laminated to a 4-mil thiclq 0.004 inch crosslaminated polyethylene film with release
liner on adhesive side and formulated for application with primer or surface conditioner that
complies with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Primer: Liquid waterbome primer recommended for substrate by manufacturer of sheet water-
proofing material.
D. Surface Conditioner: Liquid, waterbome surface conditioner recommended for substrate by
manufachrer of sheet waterproofing material.
E. Mastic, Adhesives, and Tape: Liquid mastic and adhesives, and adhesjve tapes recommended by
waterproo fi n g manufacfu rer.t
I SELF-ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING 07131 - 1
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
F. Protection Course: Semirigid sheets of fiberglass or mineral-reinforced-asphaltic core, pressure
laminated befween 2 asphalt-saturated fibrous liners and nominal thickness l/8 inch. for walls
and, if applicabl e, decVpTaza applications.
Part 3 EXECUTION INSTALLATION
A. Clean, prepare, and treat subskates according to manufacturer's written instructions. Provide
clean, dust-free, and dry substrates for waterproofing application.
B. Remove fins, ridges, mortar, and other proj ections and filI honeycomb, aggregate pockets,
holes, and other voids.
l. Prepare, fill, prime, and treat joints and cracks in substrates. Remove dust and dirt from
joints and cracks according to ASTM D 4258.
2. Corners: Prepare, prime, and treat inside and outside comers according to
ASTM D 6135,
3, Prepare, treat, and seal vertical and horizontal surfaces at terminations and penetrations
through waterproofing and at drains and protrusions according to ASTM D 6135.
C. Application: lnstall self-adhering sheets according to waterproofing manufacturer's written in-
structions and recommendations in ASTM D 6135.
L Apply primer to substrates at required rate aod allow to dry.
2. Apply and firmly adhere sheets over area to receive waterproofing. Accurately align sheets
and maintain uniform Z-l/?-\nch minimum lap widths and end laps. Overlap and seal seams
and stagger end laps to ensure watertight installation.
3. Apply continuous sheets over sheet strips bridging subshate cracks, construction, and con-
traction joints.
4. Seal exposed edges of sheets at terminations not concealed by metal counterflashings or
ending in reglets with mastic or sealant.
5. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in waterproofing not compllng with requirements.
Slit and flatten fish mouths and blisters. Patch with sheets extending 6 inches beyond re-
paired areas in all directions.
6. Correct deficiencies in or remove sheet waterproofing that does not comply with re-
quirements, repair substrates, reapply waterproofing, and repair sheet flashings.
7 . Install protection course with butted joints over waterproofing membrane before starting
subsequent construction operations.
D. Do not permit foot or vehicular traf{ic on unprotected horizontal membrane.
1 . Protect waterproofing from damage and wear during remainder of construction period.
2. Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and proce
dures recommended by manufacturer of affected constuction.
END OF SECTION 07131
I
t
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
ISELF-ADIIERING SHEET WATERPROOFING 07131-2
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SECTION O7I4I - COLD FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
I r.rI
A. Scope of work: Below grade vertical waterproofing at foundation walls.It B. Related Sections: Section 03300 - Cast in place concrete.
I C. Submittals: In addition to Product Data and product test reports, submit Shop Drawings show-
t ing details for subsfiate joints and cracks, sheet flashings, penetrations, inside and outside cor-
ners, tie-ins with adjoining waterproofing, and other termination conditions.
I D. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who is authorized approved, or licensed by wa-
terproofing manufacfurer to install manufacturer's products.
I E. Environmental Limitations: Apply waterproofing within the range of ambient and subshateu temperatures recommended by waterproofing manufacfurer. Do not apply waterproofing to a
damp or wet substrate.
I PART2.PRODUCTS
I r.2 PRODUCTS
.r A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following products at:
II I . Two part, self curving, rubber fluid membrane.
a. Grace Construction Products, Procor.a
B. Cold Fluid-Applied Waterproofing: Comply with ASTM C 836.
I
I l. Primer: Manufacturer's standard, factory-formulated polyurethane or epoxy primer.
I C. Sheet Flashing: 50-mil minimum, nonstaining uncured sheet neoprene.
It l. Adhesive; Manufacturer's recommended contact adhesive.
I D. Reinforcing Strip: Manufacturer's recommended fiberglass mesh or polyester fabric.a
E. Protection Course: Drain and Dry drainage matting by Mar-Koet.II PART3
t 1.3 EXECUTTON INSTALLATTON
I *ESTr{AVEN coNDoMrNruMS
Vail, ColoradoI
I
I
coLD FLUrD-APPLTED WArER?ROOFTNG 0714I - I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
A. Clean, prepare, and treat substrates according to manufacfurer's written instructions. Provide
clean, dust-free, and dry substrates for waterproofing application.
1. Verify that substrate is visibly &y and free of moisture. Test for capillary moisture by
plastic sheet method according to ASTM D 4263.
B. Remove fins, ridges, mortar, and other projections and fill honeycomb, aggregate pockets,
holes, and other voids.
C. Prepare vertical and horizontal surfaces at terminations and penetations through waterproofing
and at expansion joints, drains, and sleeves according to ASTM C 898 and manufacfurer's writ-
ten instructions.
l. Apply a double thickness of waterproofing and embed a joint reinforcing strip in prepara-
tion coat when recommended by waterproofing manufacturer.
D. Prepare, treat, rout, and filljoints and cracks in subshate according to ASTM C 898 and water-
proofing manufacturer's written instructions. Remove dust and dirt from joints and cracks com-
plying with ASTM D 4258 before coating surfaces.
E. Install sheet flashing and bond to deck and wall substrates where indicated or required accord-
ing to waterproofing manufacfurer's written instructions.
l. Extend sheet flashings onto perpendicular surfaces and other work penetrating substrate
according to ASTM C 898.
F. Apply waterproofing according to ASTM C 898 and manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Apply one or more coats of waterproofing to obtain a seamless membrane free of en-
trapped gases, with an average dry film thickness of 60 mils (1.5 mm) and a minirnum
dry film thickness of 50 mils (1.3 mm) at any point.
2. Install protection coluse with butted joints over nominally cured membrane before start-
ing subsequent construction operations.
G. Place and secure protection board/drainage panels according to manufacturer's written instruc-
tions. Use adhesives. Protect drainage panels during subsequent construction.
END OF SECTION 07141
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
l
I
I
t
tCOLD FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING 07141-2
I. WESTHAVENC0NDOMINTMS
Vail. ColoradoI
SECTION 07 I 42 - HOT FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFINGI
PART 1_GENERAL
I A. Scope of Work:
o Surfaces tobe waterproofed over parkin g garageI
J ' Underlayment at roof slopes Iess than 2:1
I
o Exterior balcony decks and parapet walls
o Above grade vertical waterproofing at stone veneerI
100Yo CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
r B. See Division 2 Section "Landscape Planting" for soil and plant material.rr C. See Division 3 "Cast in Place Concrete" for concrete subsnate.
I D. Submittals: In addition to Product Data and product test reports, submit Shop Drawings show-a ing details for substrate joints and cracks, sheet flashings, penetrations, inside and outside cor-
ners, tie-ins with adjoining waterproofing, and other termination conditions.
I E. Installer Qualifications; A qualified installer who is authorized, approved, or licensed by wa-
terproofing manufacfurer to install manufacturer's products.
f F. Environmental Limitations: Apply waterproofing within the range of ambient and substrate
temperatures recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. Do not apply waterproofing to a
- damp or wel subshate.r'' G. Warranty: Provide certification that manufacfurer has provided l0 year wananty.
-I 1.2 PRODUCTS
I A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, proyide one of the followingproducts:
I 1. American Hydrotech, Inc,; Fabric Reinforced Monolithic Membrane 6125 Garden Roof
Assembly.
' B. Membrane: Single-component; 215 MILS 100 percent solids; hot fluid-applied, rubberized as-
"halt with properties measured per applicable test methods in CAN/CGSB-37.50 - M89.I r--
t C. Surface Conditioner: ASTM D 41, Manufacturer's recommended surface conditioner.
I D. Reinforcing Fabric: Manufactwer's recommended spun-bonded polyester fabric.
!
E. Elastomeric Flashing Sheet: 60-mil- (1.3-mm-) minimunro nonstaining uncured sheet neoprene.I
I
HOTFLUID-APPLIEDWATERPROOFING 07142 - |
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
t
I
I
l.J
F. AdhesiveVSealant: Manufacturer'srecommendedadhesives and sealants.
G. Protection Course: Semirigid sheets offiberglass or mineral-reinforced-asphaltic core, pressure
laminated between 2 asphalt-saturated fibrous liners and nominal thickness 1/4 inch (6 mm) or 2
layers of l/8 ".
Root Barrier/Separation Course: 160 Mil thick polyester reinforced, modified asphalt sheet with granular
surface and root inhibiting additive.
I. Molded-Sheet Drainage Panel: Prefabricated, composite drainage panels, manufactured with a
permeable geotextile facing laminated to a molded-plastic-sheet drainage core.
l. Drainage Core: Three-dimensional, nonbiodegradable, molded-plastic-sheet material de-
signed to effectively drain water under backfill presswe; complying with the following
properties determined according to tests indicated:
J. Filter Fabric: Non woven, polymeric, geotextile fabric.
EXECUTION
Clean and prepare substrate according to manufacfurer's written instructions. Provide clean,
smooth, free ofvoids, spalled areas and sharp protrusions, dust-free, and dry substrate for wa-
terproofi ng application.
Apply waterproofing only to concrete that is cured for 28 days.
l. Mask off adjoining surfaces not receiving waterproofing to prevent spillage and over-
spray affecting other construction.
2. Close off deck drains and other deck penehations to prevent spillage and migration of
waterproofing fluids.
3. Remove grease, oil, form-release agents, paints, curing oompounds, and other penetrating
contaminants or film-forming coatings from concrete.
4. Remove fins, ridges, and other projectiorn and fill honeycomb, aggregate pockets, and
other voids.
Prepare, treat, rout, and fill joints and cracks in sub'sfiate according to CAN/CGSB-37.51, "Ap-
plication of Rubberized Asphalt, Hot-Applied, for Roofing and Waterproofing," and water-
proofing system manufacturer's written instructions.
l. Adhere elastomeric flashing sheet to substrate in a layer of hot, rubberized asphalt. Ex-
tend elastomeric flashing sheet a minimum of 6 inches ( 150 mm) on each side ofjoints
and cracks and beyond deck drains, comers, and penefiations.
2. Prepare vertical and horizontal surfaces at terminations and penetrations through water-
proofing and at drains and sleeves.
a. At expansionjoints and discontinuous deck-to-wall or deck-to-deckjoints, bridge
joints with elastomerio flashing sheet extended a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm)
on each side ofjoints and adhere to zubstrates in a layer of hot, rubberized asphalt.b. Install elastomeric flashing sheet at terminations and adhere to deck and wall sub-
sfates in a layer ofhot, rubberized asphalt.
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
IHOT FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING 07142 -2
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3. Embed the root barrier protection course into the membrane while it is still hot to insure
a good bond. Overlap adjoining sheet edges 4" (100 mm) and seal the laps with a pro-
pane torch.
D. Membrane Application: Apply rubberized asphalt according to CAN/CGSB-37.51 and manu-
facturer's written instructions.
E. Place and secure molded-sheet drainage panels according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Use adhesives that do not penehate waterproofing. Lap edges and ends of geotextile to main-
tain continuity. Protect installed molded-sheet drainage panels during subsequent construction.
F. Do not permit foot or vehicul ar trafftc on unprotected horizontal membrane.
L Protect waterproofing from damage and wear during remainder of construction period.
2. Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and proce-
dures recommended bv manufactwer of affected construction.
G. Water Test
a. Perform a water test by means of electronic testing or by ponding water at a minimum
depth of 2" (50.8 mm) for a period of 48 hours to check the integrity of the membrane in-
stallation.
b. VERIFY that the structure can support the deadload weight ofa watertest before test-
ing.
c. If leaks should occur the water must be drained completely and the membrane installa-
tion repaired.
END OF SECTION 07142
HOT FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING 07142 - 3
I WESTHAVEN C'ND.MINIUMS
Vail, ColoradoI
100% CD: September2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SECTION O72IO - BUILDING INSULATION
'' PART I-GENERAL
I A. Scope of work:I
Concealed batts or blanket building insulation.
I Fire safing insulation.
I Perimeter insulation adjacent to living spaces as shown.
Roof insulating panels
I Nail Base
I Exterior Wall lnsulation
I B. Submittals: Product Data for each type of insulation product specified.
It C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire-test-
I response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84,
I ASTM E 119, or ASTM E 136 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to au-t thorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing
and inspecting agency.
t
1,2 PRODUCTS
I A. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced stan-
dards.
! L Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated; selected from manufacturer's stan-
dard thicknesses, widths, and lengths.
I B. Extruded-Polystyrene Drainage Panels: ASTM C 578 for fype indicated below, fabricated with! tongue-and-groove edges and with one side having a matrix of vertical and horizontal drainage
channels and faced with insulation manufacturer's standard nonwoven hltration fabric.
f l. TypeIV, l.60lb/cu. ft.(26-kglcu.m)minimumdensity.
! C. Unfaced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665,Type I (blankets without membrane
I facing) of type described below:
Mineral-Fibet Type: Fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool..5 lbs. Per cu. Ft.
I for glass and 2.5 lbs. Per cu. Ft. for mineral wool. R-21 for exterior walls, As indicatedI on drawings for interior sound proof walls,. Surface-Buming Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread and smoke-developedindices
of25 and 450, respectively.
I D. HCFC FREE "Green" Polyiso Roof Board Insulation: Provide products that comply with the
I fotlowing:
f L ASTMstandardsspecified.
2. Factory Mutual (FM) approvals specifred.
r 3. Underwriters Laboratories Inc, (UL) classifications specified.
I
I
BTIILDINGINSULATION 07210 - |
WESTI{AVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
4. Metro-Dade County, Florida Product Control.
5. California State Insulation Quality Standards and Title 25 Foam Flammability Criteria.
6. BOCA National Building Code Sections on Foam Insulation
7. ICBO Uniform Building Code Sections on Foam Insulation.
8. SBCCI Standard Building Code Sections on Foam lnsulation.
9. Canadian Compliance: CANruLC, CGSB, andCCMC.
10. Montreal Protocol requirements to eliminate HCFC l41b from production by January 1,
2003
E. ACFoam Nail Base: Closed-cell HCFC FREE "Green" polyisocyanurate foam board
manufactured using [HCFC] [ACUltra Hydrocarbon] blowing agent and bonded to 7/16 inch
thick APA/TECO rated OSB on the top side and a fiber-reinforced felt facer on the bottom; for
use with [metal roofing] [tile roofing] [BUR] [single-ply], FM [1-60] [1-90] [1-105] wind
rating; compressive shength - 20 psi.
. Federal Specification HH-I- 1972/GEN has been cancelled
. ASTMCl289,TypeV
. Miami-Dade Counfy, Florida Product Control No. 00-0208.04 (with l9i32" plywood)
. State of Califomia, License #TC 1231
. IBC, NBC, UBC and SBC Sections on Foam Insulation (Chapter 26).
. APA./TECO rated OSB nailable surface
FM Standard 445014470 Approval (l-105, l-90, l-60)
ACFoam Nail Base Insulation is approved for Class I insulated roofdeck construction.
Refer to FM Approval Guide for details.
UL Standard 1256 Classification
Insulated metal deck conskuction assemblies - Construction #120 and #123 .
UL Standard 790 Classification
For use with Class A, B or C shingles, metal or tile roof coverings.
UL Standard 263 Fire Resistance Classification (ASTM El 19)
Some classifications for fire resistance areP225,P230,P259,P508, P510, P514,P701,
P7't7, P7 19, P7 23, P7 28, P7 32, P7 34, P739, p80 l, p8 I 5, and p8 I 9.
F. Slag-Wool-Fiber Board Safing Insulation: Semirigid boards designed for use as fire stop at
openings between edge of slab and exterior wall panels, produced by combining slag-wool fi-
bers with thermosetting resin binders to comply with ASTM C 612,Type IA and IB; nominal
density of 4 lb/cu. It.; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics; thermal resistivity of
4 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu x in. at 75 deg F .
I . Calking Compound: Material approved by manufacturer of safing insulation for sealing
joint between foil backing of safing insulation and edge of concrete floor slab against
penetration of smoke.
2. Safing Clips: Galvanized steel safrng clips approved by manufacturer of safing insulation
for holding safing insulation in place.
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IBUILDING INSULATION 072t0 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
1.3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS 100% CD: September2005
Vail, Colorado FORCONSTRUCTION
G. Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 439'7,l0 mils thick, with maximum permeance rating
of 0.13 perm.
H. Rigid Insulation Sheathing:
Reinforced, laminated skin over rigid polfsocyanurate foam board for use on exterior under
finish materials to comply with ASTM C1289.
I . Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. R-board insulation sheathing, Atlas Roofing.
b. Propink, rigid foam insulation: Owens-Corning
2. Surface buming characteristics: Maximum flame spread and smoke-developed
indices of 25 and 450 respectively.
I Vapor-Retarder Tape: Pressure-sensidve tape of type recommended by vapor retarder manu-
facturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder.
EXECUTION
Installation, General: Comply with insulation manufacfurer's written instructions applicable to
products and application indicated.
l. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, unsoiled, and has not been exposed at any time
to ice and snow.2. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Complete
building exfremity to be enveloped. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids
wjth insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement.
3. Apply single layer ofinsulation to produce thickness indicated, unless multiple layers are
otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness.
lnstall board insulation on concrete substrates by adhesively attached, spindle-type insulation
anchors.
Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected fiom vapor transmission. Secure in
place with adhesives or other anchorage system.
Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather exposlreE,
physical abuse, and otler causes.
Tape all joints ofrigid sheathing to provide cohesive air barrier.
END OF SECTION O72IO
C.
D.
t
I BTIILDING INSULATION 072t0 -3
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
SECTION O74I ] - METAL ROOF PANELS
! PART I -GENERAL
I 1,I SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
I 1. Factory-formed and field-assembled, standing-seam metal roof panels.
f 2. Metal soffit panels.
t B. See Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashine and Trim" for custom-fabricated and on-site, roll-
I formed sheet metal roofing.
It C. See Division 7 Section "Building Insulation" for roof insulation.
I D. See Division 7 Section "Hot Fluid Applied Waterproofing" for WPM under low slope roofs.r
I 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
I A. Wind-Uplift Resistance: Comply with UL 580 for wind-uplift resistance class indicated.
I B. Structural Performance: Capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and the following
loads and stresses, based on testing according to ASTM A-653 7 ASTM 4-954:
I l. WindLoads: Minimumdesignwindpressuresof90 lbf/sq.ft.,exposureB,actinginwardI or outward.
2. Snowloads: 100 lbflsq. ft.I
t C. Seismic Performance: Provide metal roof panel assemblies capable of withstanding the effects
of earthquake motions determined according to Seismic Design Category C.
I D. Conform to SMACNA Guidelines.
r E. Mockups: Copy from 04860.
I
- I.3 SUBMITTALS
r A. Product Data: For each type of metal roof panel and accessory indicated.
I B. Shop Drawings: Show layouts of metal roof panels, including plans, elevations, sections,
I details, and attachments to other work.
I l. Include details of edge conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, trim,
I flashings, closures, and accessories.
2. Include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer
responsible for their preparation.
I
t *E'THAVEN coNDoMrNruMs
Vail. ColoradoI
I
METALROOFPANELS 07411- 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IB.
1.4
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS fi0%CD: September 2005
Vail. Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
C. Coordination Drawings: Drawn to scale and coordinating metal roof panel installation with
penetrations and roof-mounted items.
Samples: For each exposed finish.
Material certificates.
Field quality-control inspection reports.
Product test reports.
Maintenance data.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer.
1. lnstaller's responsibilities include fabricating and installing metal roof panel assemblies
and providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering
responsibility.
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Proiect site.
WARRANTY
Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace components of metal roof panel assemblies that fail in materials or worlcrnanship within
specified warranty period.
l. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Structural failures, including rupturing, cracking, or puncturing.
b. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal
weathering.
2. Wananty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
Special Wananty on Panel Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer
agrees to repair finish or replace metal roof panels that show evidence of deterioration of
factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.
l. Warranty Period: l0 years from date of Substantial Completion.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
1.5 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
METALROOFPANELS 07411 - 2
A.
B.
B.
2.1
2.2
2.4
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
100% CD: September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for
product selection:
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the manufacturers specifi ed.
THERMAL INSULATION FOR FIELD-ASSEMBLED METAL ROOF PANELS
Refer to Division 7 Section "Building Insulation."
Retainer Strips: 0.019-inch- (0.5-mm-) thick, formed, galvanized steel or PVC retainer clips
colored to match insulation facine.
LINDERLAYMENT MATERTALS
Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Sheet: 30 to 40 mils (0.76 to 1.0 mm) thick minimum,
consisting of slip-resisting polyethylene-frlm top surface laminated to layer of butyl or SBS-
modified asphalt adhesive, with release-paper backing; cold applied. Provide primer when
recommended by underlayrnent manufacturer.
l. Thermal Stability: Stable after testingat240 deg F (1 16 deg C); ASTM D 1970.
2. Low Temperature Flexibility: Passes after testing at minus 20 degF Q9 degC);
ASTMD 1970.
Non-asphaltic Slip Sheel Building paper, minimum 5 lbl100 sq. ft. (0.24 kg/sq. m), rosin sized.
MISCELLAMOUS METAL FRAMING
General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.
L Steel Sheet Components: Complying with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal and with
manufacfurer's standard corrosion-resistant zinc coating.
Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645.
L Minimum Base Metal Thickness: As indicated.
2. Depth: 7/SinchQ2mm).
Cold-Rolled Funing Channels: 0.0538-inch (l.37-mm) bare steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-
inch- (13-mm-) wide flange.
l. Depth: 3/4 inch (19 mm).
METAL ROOF PANELS 0741t - 3
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.5
Z. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, comrgated-edge type of steel sheet with minimum bare
steel thickness of 0.0312 inch (0.79 mm).
3. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/4 641M, Class I zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625-inch- (1.59-
mm-) diameter wire, or double strand of 0.0475-inch- (1.2l-mm-) diameter wire.
D. Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted or nonslotted web, face flange of l-1/4 inches (32 mm), wall
attachment flange of 718 inch (22 mm), minimum bare metal thickness of 0.0179 inch (0.45
mm), and depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Fasteners: Selttapping screws, bolts, nuts, self-locking rivets and bolts, end-welded studs, and
other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. Provide exposed fasteners with
heads matching color of metal roof panels by means of plastic caps or factory-applied coating.
1. Fasteners for Roof Panels: Self-drilling or self-tapping 410 stainless or zinc-alloy steel
hex washer head, with EPDM or PVC washer under heads of fasteners bearine on
weatfier side of metal roof panels.
2. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws with hex washer
head.
3. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets.
METAL ROOF PANELS
Concealed-Fastener, Lap-Seam Metal Roof Panels: Factory-formed, designed to be field
assembled by lapping and interconnecting side edges of adj acent panels and mechanically
attaching through panel to supports using concealed fasteners and factory-applied sealant in side
laps. Include accessories required for weathertight installation.
l. AvailableManufacturers:
a. AEP Span, Span-Lok
2. Profile: Standing seam as indicated on Drawings.
3. Material: Metallic+oated steel sheet, 24 gauge thick.
a- Exterior Finish: Aged Galvanized Vintage III teatment, providing a dmker weathered
appearance. Aged Galvanized III has a specular gloss of l0-1.57o when tested in accordance
with ASTD D-523-89 at 60".
4. Panel Coverage: 30'-0"
5. Panel Height: 2 inches
6. Panel Width: 16 inches
7. Uplift Rating: UL 580.
METAL SOFFIT PANELS
General: Provide factory-formed metal soffit panels designed to be field assernbled by lapping
and interconnecting side edges of adjacent panels and mechanically attaching through panel to
2.6
2.7
METALROOFPANELS 07411 - 4
B.
D.
2.8
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100%CD: September2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
supports using concealed fasteners and factory-applied sealant in side laps. Include accessories
required for weatherti ght installation.
B. Metal Soffit Panels: Match profile and material of metal roof panels.
1. Finish: Match finish and color of metal roof panels.
2. Sealant: Factory applied within interlocking joint.
C.
ACCESSORIES
Roof Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete metal roof panel
assembly including trim, copings, fasciae, comer units, ridge closures, clips, flashings, sealants,
gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal roof panels,
unless otherwise indicated.
1. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and ridges, fabricated of same metal as metal roof
panels.
Z. Clips: Minimum 0.0625-inch- (1.6-mm-) thick, stainless-steel panel clips desigred to
withstand negative-load requirements.
3. Cleats: Mechanically seamed cleats formed from minimum 0.0250-inch- (0.64-mm-)
thick, stainless-steel or nylon-coated aluminum sheet.4. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolehn-foam or
closed-cell laminated polyethylene; minimum I -inch- (25-mm-) thick, flexible closure
strips; cut or premolded to match metal roof panel profile. Provide closure strips where
indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction.
Flashing and Trim: Formed from 0.0179-inch- (0.45-mm-) thick, metallic-coated steel sheet.
Provide flashing and trim as required to seal against weather and to provide finished
appearance. Locations include eaves, rakes, corners, bases, framed openings, ridges, fasciae,
and fillers. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent metal roof panels.
Gutters: Formed from 0.0179-inch- (0.45-mm-) thick, metallic-coated steel sheet. Match
profile of gable trim, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes, and other special pieces as
required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- (2400-mm-) long sections, sized according to
SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Fumish gutter supports spaced 36 inches
(900 mm) o.c., fabricated from same metal as gutters. Provide bronze, copper, or aluminum
wire ball strainers at outlets. Finish gutters to match metal roof panels.
Downspouts: Formed from 0.0179-inch- (0.45-mm-) thick, metallic-coated steel sheet; in 10'
foot- (3-m-) long sections, complete with formed elbows and offsets. Finish downspouts to
match metal roof panels.
Roof Curbs: Fabricated from 0.0478-inch- (1.2-mm-) thick, metallic-coated steel sheet; with
welded top box and bottom skirt, and integral full-length cricket. Fabricate curb zubframing of
minimum 0,0598-inch- (1.5-mm-) thick, angle-, C-, or Z-shaped steel sheet. Fabricate curb and
subframing to withstand indicated loads, of size and height indicated. Finish roof curbs to
matcb metal roof panels. Insulate roof curb with I -inch- (25-mm-) thick, rigid insulation.
METAL ROOF PANELS 07411 - 5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100% CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.9 FABRICATION
General: Fabricate and finish metal roof panels and accessories at the factory to greatest extenl
possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated
performance requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles
and with dimensional and structural requirements.
Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for fulI
length ofpanel.
Where indicated, fabricate rnetal roof panel joints with factory-installed captive gaskets or
separator strips that provide a tight seal and prevent metal-to-metal contact, in a manner that
will minimize noise from movements within panel assembly.
Sheet Metal Accessories: Fabricate flashing and him to comply with recommendations in
SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal,
and other characteristics of item indicated.
Protect mechanical and painted finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a
strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
PREPARATION
Substrate Board: Install subsfrate boards over roof sheathins on entire roof surface. Attach
with substrate-board fasteners.
l. Install substrate board with long joints in continuous shaight lines, perpendicular to roof
slopes with end joints staggered between rows. Tightly butt substrate boards together.
2. Comply with UL requirements for fire-rated construction.
Install flashings and other sheet metal to comply with requirements specified in Division 7
Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."
TINDERLAYIvIENT INSTALLATION
Polyethylene Sheet Underlayment: Install polyethylene sheet on roof sheathing under metal
roofpanels. Use adhesive for anchorage. Apply at locations indicated on Drawings, in shingle
fashion to shed water, with lapped and tapedjoints ofnot less than 2 inches (50 rnrn).
Felt Underlayment: Install felt underlayment and building-paper slip sheet on roof sheathing
under metal roof panels. Use adhesive for temporary anchorage. Apply at locations indicated
on Drawings, in shingle fashion to shed water, with lapped joints of not less than 2 inches (50
mm).
Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self-adhering sheet underlayment, \vrinkle free, on
roof sheathing under metal roof panels. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment
manufacturer for installation; use primer rather than nails for installing underlayment at low
B.
c.
D.
3.1
B.
J,Z
B.
U,
METAL ROOF PANELS 07411-6
B.
C.
D.
J.J
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
100Yo CD September 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
temperatures. Apply over entire roof, in shingle fashion to shed water, with end laps of not less
than 6 inches (150 mm) staggered 24 inches (600 mm) between courses. Overlap side edges not
less than 3-1/2 inches (90 mm). Roll laps with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days.
D. Apply slip sheet over underlayment before installing metal roof panels.
METAL ROOF PANEL INSTALLATION. GENERAL
General: Provide metal roofpanels of ftrll length from eave to ridge, unless otherwise indicated
or restricted by shipping limitations. Anchor metal roof panels and other components of the
Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement.
1. Field cutting of metal roof panels by torch is not permitted.
2. Rigidly fasten eave end of metal roof panels and allow ridge end free movement due to
thermal expansion and conhaction. Predrill panels.
3. Provide metal closures at peaks, rake edges, rake walls and each side of ridge and hip
caps. I4. Flash and seal metal roofpanels with weather closures at eaves, rakes, and at perimeter of
all openings. Fasten with self-tapping screws.5. Locate panel splices over, but not attached to, structural supports. Stagger panel splices
and end laps to avoid a four-panel lap splice condition.6. Lap metal flashing over metal roof panels to allow moisture to run over and off the
material.
Fasteners:
l Steel Roof Panels: Use stainless-steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the exterior and
galvanized steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the interior.2. Aluminum Roof Panels: Use aluminum or stainless-steel fasteners for surfaces exposed
to the exterior and aluminum or salvanized steel fasteners for swfaces exDosed to the
interior.
Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates,
protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating, by
applying rubberized-asphalt underlayment to each contact surface, or by other pennanent
separation as recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer.
L Coat back side of aluminum roof panels with bituminous coating where roof panels will
contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction.
Joint Sealers: Install gaskets, joint fillers, and sealants where indicated and where required for
weatherproof performance of metal roof panel assemblies.
L Seal metal roof panel end laps with double beads of tape or sealant, full width of panel.
Seal side j oints where recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer.
2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 7 Section
"Joint Sealants."
METALROOFPANELS 074n -7
3.5
WESTHAVEN CONDOMINIUMS 100YoCD: September 2005
Vail, Colorado FOR CONSTRUCTION
3.4 FIELD.ASSEMBLED METAL ROOF PANEL INSTALLATION
A. Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panels: Fasten metal roof panels to supports with concealed clips at
each standing-seam joint at location, spacing, and with fasteners recommended by
manufacturer.
1. Install clips to supports with self-tapping fasteners.
2. Snap Joint: Nest standing seams and fasten together by interlocking and completely
engaging factory-appli ed sealant.
B. Metal Soffit Panels: Provide metal soffit panels fuIl width of soffits. Install panels
perpendicular to support franing.
l. Flash and seal panels with weather closures where metal soffit panels meet walls and at
perimeter of all openings.
ACCESSORY INSTALLATION
General: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting and
provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components.
1. Install components required for a complete metal roof panel assembly including trim,
copings, ridge closures, sflrm covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips,
and similar iterns.
2. Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions,
and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where
possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints,
and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant.
3. Provide elbows at base of downspouts to direct water away from building.
4. Tie downspouts to underground drainage system indicated.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal roof panels are
installed. unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On
completion of metal roof panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal
roof panel manufacfurer. Maintain in a clean condition during construction.
END OF SECTION 0741I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.6
METALROOFPANELS 074t1-8
I WEST}IAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail. Colorado
I
SECTION 07460 _ FIBER * CEMENT SIDING
PART I - GENERAL
r I.I SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:t
I . Fiber-cement sidine.
I
IOOY, CD: September 2005
FORCONSTRUCTION
1.2 SUBMITTALS
I A. ProductData: Foreachtypeofproductindicated.
B. Samples: Full-size units of each type of siding and trim in each color, texture, and pattern
I required.I
C. Mockup: Build mockup to verify selections made under submittals and to demonstrate
I aesthetics effects and qualities of materials and execution.
I
r PART2-PRODUCTS
I
I 2.t SIDTNG
I A. Fiber-Cement Siding: Siding made from fib"r-""rrr.nt board that complies with ASTM C 1186,
TypeA, GradeII; is classified as noncombustible when tested according to ASTME 136; and
I has a flame-spread index of25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84.I
1. Available Products; Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
I incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
t 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. James Hardie Inc.; Hardiplank Lap Siding
b. CertainTeed Corp.; WeatherBoards FiberCement Siding
I 3. Horizontal Pattern: Boards 7-114 to 7-l/2 inches wide in plain lap style and smooth
I 4. ;?ffi Painting: Manufacturer's standard factory applied paint in color as selected byf architect.
T 2.2 ACCESSORIES
I A. Siding Accessories: Provide starter strips, edge trim, comer cap, and other items as
t recommended by siding manufacturer for building configuration.
r l Provide accessories made from same material as siding, unless otherw"ise indicated.
I
T
FIBER CEMENT SIDING 07460 - 1
WESTIIAVEN CONDOMINruMS
Vail, Colorado
100% CD: Septernber 2005
FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
2. Provide accessories matching color and texture of siding, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Fasteners: Use stainless-steel fasteners.
1. Where fasteners will be exposed to view, use prefinished aluminum fasteners in color to
match item beins fastened.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Coordinate installation with flashings and other adjoining construction to ensure proper
sequencing.
B. Comply with siding manufacfurer's written installation instructions unless more stringent
requirements apply.
END OF SECTION 07460
FIBERCEMENT SIDING 0't460 -2